Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Resolution - 2012-R0329 - Contract - SAK Construction LLC - Rehab Sewer Manholes - 09/13/2012
REsolution N0. 2012-RO329 September 13, 2012 Item No. 5.6 RESOLUTION 'BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK: THAT the Mayor of the City of Lubbock is hereby authorized and directed to execute for and on behalf of the City of Lubbock, Contract No. 10671 for rehabilitation of existing sanitary sewer manholes, by and between the City of Lubbock and SAK Construction, LLC of O'Fallon, Missouri, and related documents. Said Contract is attached hereto and incorporated in this resolution as if fully set forth herein and shall be included in the minutes of the City Council. Passed by the City Council on September 13, 2012 / e ``,f , MAYOR ATTEST: Rebe ea Garza, City Secretary APPROVED AS TO CONTENT: Marsha Reed, P.E., Chief Operating 6fficer APPROVED AS TO NORM: Chad Weaver, Assistant City Attorney vw:ccdocs/RES.Contract-SAK Construction, LLC August 15, 2012 Contract is viewable in the Office of the City Secretary BOND CHECK BEST RATING LICENSED IN TEXAS DATE BY: CONTRACT AWARD DATE: September 13, 2912 CITY OF LUBBOCK SPECIFICATIONS FOR Rehabilitation of Existing Sanitary Sewer Manholes ITB 12-10671-CI CONTRACT # 10671 PROJECT NUMBER: 91038 Plans'& Specifications may be obtained from THE REPRODUCTION COMPANY www.thereoroductioncoLnpM.com Phone: (806) 763-7770 -�O) a- (R03��l lc*ub'oof ck I[XAS CONTRACT PREPARED BY: PURCHASING AND CONTRACT MANAGEMENT OFFICE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ADDENDUM(S) PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK cityof lubock iFSdS ADDENDUM #1 Rehabilitation of Existing Sanitary Sewer Manholes DATE ISSUED: August 1, 2012 ITB 12-10671-CI ORIGINAL CLOSE DATE & TIME: August 1, 2012 @ 3:00 p.m. NEW CLOSE DATE & TIME: August 8, 2012 @ 3:00 p.m. The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named Invitation to Bid (ITB). Where any item called for in the ITB documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect. Bidders are invited to review the following: 1. The close date for the bid has been extended to Wednesday, August 8, 2012 at 3:00 P.M. City of Lubbock t Corey Isaacs Buyer P.O. Box 2000 - Lubbock, Texas 79457 Questions may be faxed to (806)775-2164 or Emailed to cisaacs a mylubbock.us THANK YOU, &" 9"4" Buyer It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permits competitive bids. It shall be the bidder's responsibility to advise the City of Lubbock Director of Purchasing & Contract Management if any language. requirements etc., or any combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the reguirements stated in thiPfB to a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the Purchasing Manager no later than five (5) business days prior to the bid close date. A review of such notifications will be made. PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Contractor Checklist Before submitting your bid, please ensure you have completed and included the following documents in the order they are listed. The contractor is only to submit (1) one original unbound copy of every item listed. 1. x Carefully read and understand the plans and specifications and properly complete the BID SUBMITTAL FORM. Bid submittal form MUST be completed in blue or black ink or by typewriter. Signatures must be original, in blue or black ink, and by hand. The bidder binds himself on acceptance of his bid to execute a contract and any required bonds, according to the accompanying forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the prices stated below. In case of a discrepancy between the Unit Price and the Extended Total for a Bid item, the Unit Price will be taken."Include corporate seal and Secretary's signature. Identify addenda received (if any). Include frm's FEDERAL TAX ID number or Owner's SOCIAL SECURITY number. 2. x Include BID BOND or CASHIER'S OR CERTIFIED CHECK as your bid surety. Failure to provide a bid surety WILL result in automatic rejection of your bid. 3. x Complete and sign the CITY OF LUBBOCK INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT. Contractor's signature must be original. 4. x Clearly mark the bid number, title, due date and time and your company name and address on.the outside of the envelope or container. S. x Ensure your bid is RECEIVED by the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management Office prior to the deadline. Late bids will not be accepted. 6. x Complete and sign the SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE. All "YES" responses must be explained in detail and submitted with Bid. 7. x Complete and sign the SUSPENSION AND DEBARMENT CERTIFICATION. Include firm's FEDERAL TAX ID number or Owner's SOCIAL SECURITYnumber. 8. x Complete and submit the LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS. DOCUMENTS REQUIRED WITHIN SEVEN BUSINESS DAYS AFTER CLOSING• 9. x Complete and submit the FINAL LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS. FAILURE TO PROVIDE ANY OF THE ABOVE MAY RESULT IN YOUR BID BEING DEEMED NON -RESPONSIVE AND, THEREFORE, NOT FURTHER EVALUATED. PLEASE INCLUDE THIS COMPLETED PAGE AS THE FIRST PAGE OF YOUR BID SUBMITTAL. SAK Construction, LLC (Type or Print Company Name) _ f, i 2 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 1. NOTICE TO BIDDERS 2. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 3. BID SUBMITTAL — (must be submitted by published due date & time) 3-1. UNIT PRICE BID SUBMITTAL FORM 3-2. CITY OF LUBBOCK INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT 3-3. SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE 3-4. SUSPENSION AND DEBARMENT CERTIFICATION 4. LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS 5. PAYMENT BOND 6. PERFORMANCE BOND 7. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE 8. CONTRACT 9. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT 10. DAVIS BACON WAGE DETERMINATIONS 11. SPECIAL CONDITIONS (IF APPLICABLE) 12. SPECIFICATIONS 3 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK NOTICE TO BIDDERS -, ITB 12-10671-CI Sealed bids addressed to Marta Alvarez, Director of Purchasing and Contract Management, City of Lubbock, Texas, will be received in the office of the Purchasing and Contract Management Office, City Hall, 1625 13th Street, Room 204, Lubbock, Texas, 79401, until 3:00 P.M., CST on August 1, 2012or as changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to furnish all labor and materials and perform all work for the construction of the following described project: I ' Rehabilitation of Existing Sanitary Sewer Manholes After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed bids will be opened in the office of the Purchasing and Contract Management Office and publicly read aloud. It is the sole responsibility of the bidder to ensure that his bid is actually in the office of the Purchasing and Contract Management Office for the City of Lubbock, before the expiration of the date above first written. Bids are due at 3:00 P.M. CST on August 1, 2012, and the City of Lubbock City Council will consider the bids on August 23, 2012, at the City Hall, 1625 13th Street, Lubbock, Texas, pr as soon thereafter as may be reasonably convenient, subject to the right to reject any or all bids and waive any formalities. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $100,000 and the successful bidder will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $50,000. Said statutory bonds should be issued by a company carrying a current Best Rating of "A" or better. THE BONDS MUST BE IN A FORM ACCEPTABLE TO THE CITY ATTORNEY AND MUST BE DATED THE SAME DATE THAT THE CONTRACT WAS AWARDED. The estimated budget for this project is $325,000. Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than 5% of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within ten (10) business days after notice of award of the contract to him. FAILURE OF THE BIDDER TO INCLUDE BID SECURITY WITH THE BID SUBMITTAL SHALL CONSTITUTE A NONRESPONSIVE BID AND RESULT IN DISQUALIFICATION OF THE BID SUBMITTAL. It shall be each bidder's sole responsibility to inspect the site of the work and to inform himself regarding all local conditions under which the work is to be done. It shall be understood and agreed that all such factors have been thoroughly investigated and considered in the preparation of the bid submitted. There will be a non -mandatory pre -bid conference on July 19, 2012 at 11:00 A.M. CST Ld Bidders may view the plans and specifications without charge at The Reproduction Company, 2102 Avenue Q, Lubbock, Texas 79405 or at www.thereproductioncompany.com. ONE SET OF f PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY BE OBTAINED, AT THE CITY'S EXPENSE, e_ 4 FROM THE REPRODUCTION COMPANY WITH A $100 REFUNDABLE DEPOSIT, Phone: (806) 763-7770. Deposit Checks shall be made PAYABLE TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK, and will be refunded if documents are returned in good condition within Sixty (60) days after the opening of bids. Additional sets of plans and specifications may be obtained at the bidder's expense. Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in the contract documents on file in the office of the Purchasing and Contract Management Office of the City of Lubbock, which document is specifically referred to in this Notice to Bidders. Each bidder's attention is further directed to Texas Government Code, Chapter 2258, Prevailing Wage Rates, and the requirements contained therein concerning the above wage scale and payment by the contractor of the prevailing rates of wages as heretofore established by owner in said wage scale. The City of Lubbock hereby notifies bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority and women business enterprises shall be afforded equal opportunities to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, disability, or national origin in consideration for an award. The City of Lubbock does not discriminate against persons with disabilities. City of Lubbock pre -bid meetings and bid openings are available to all persons regardless of disability. If you require special assistance, please contact the Purchasing and Contract Management Office at (806) 775-2572 or write to Post Office Box 2000, Lubbock, Texas 79457 at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting. C�YIi`Z�7�11:: • Marta-ACVarez PURCHASING AND CONTRACT MANAGEMENT OFFICE t GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 BID DELIVERY TIME & DATE 1.1 The City of Lubbock is seeking written and sealed competitive bids to furnish Rehabilitation of Existing Sanitary Sewer Manholes per the attached specifications and contract documents. Sealed bids will be received no later than 3:00 P.M. CST, on August 1.2012 at the office listed below. Any bid received after the date and hour specified will be rejected and returned unopened to the bidder. Each bid and supporting documentation must be in a sealed envelope or container plainly labeled in the lower left-hand comer: "ITB #12-10671-CI, Rehabilitation of Existing Sanitary Sewer Manholes" and the bid opening date and time. Bidders must also include their company name and address on the outside of the envelope or container. Bids must be addressed to: Marta Alvarez, Director of Purchasing and Contract Management City of Lubbock -- 1625 13th Street, Room 204 Lubbock, Texas79441 j. 1.2 Bidders are responsible for making certain bids are delivered to the Purchasing and Contract Management Office. Mailing of a bid does not ensure that the bid will be delivered on time or delivered at all. If bidder does not hand deliver bid, we suggest that he/she use some sort of delivery service that provides a receipt. 1.3 Bids will be accepted in person, by United States Mail, by United Parcel Service, or by private courier service. No bids will be accepted by oral communication, telephone, electronic mail, telegraphic transmission, or telefacsimile transmission. THE CITY WILL NOT ACCEPT FAX BIDS. 1.4 The City of Lubbock reserves the right to postpone the date and time for opening bids through an addendum. 2 PRE -BID MEETING 2.1 For the purpose of familiarizing bidders with the requirements, answering questions, and issuing addenda as needed for the clarification of the Invitation to Bid (ITB) documents, a non - mandatory me bid meeting will be held at 11:00 A.M. CST,_ on Julv 19, 2012 in the CM Proiect Room 203, 1625 13'b Street, Lubbock, Texas. All persons attending the meeting will be asked to identify themselves and the prospective bidder they represent. 2.2 It is the bidder's responsibility to attend the pre -bid meeting though the meeting is not mandatory. The City will not be responsible for providing information discussed at the pre -bid meeting to bidders who do not attend the prebid meeting. 3 ADDENDA & MODIFICATIONS 3.1 Any changes, additions, or clarifications to the ITB are made by ADDENDA information I available over the Internet at www.bidsMc.com. We strongly suggest that you check for any addenda a minimum of forty-eight hours in advance of the response deadline. BUSINESSES WITHOUT INTERNET ACCESS may use computers available at most pjlblic libraries. 3.2 Any bidder in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the specifications or other documents may request an interpretation thereof from the Purchasing and Contract Management Office. At the request of the bidder, or in the event the Purchasing and Contract Management Office deems the interpretation to be substantive, the interpretation will he made by written addendum issued by the Purchasing and Contract Management Office. Such addenda issued by the Purchasing and Contract Management Office will be available over the Internet at www.bidsync.com and will become part of the bid package having the same binding effect as provisions of the original ITB. NO VERBAL EXPLANATIONS OR INTERPRETATIONS WILL BE BINDING. In order to have a request for interpretation considered, the request must be submitted in writing and must be In 5 5.1 received by the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management Office no later than five (5) calendar days before the bid closing date. 3.3 All addenda, amendments, and interpretations of this solicitation shall be in writing. The City of Lubbock shall not be legally bound by any amendment or interpretation that is not in writing. Only information supplied by the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management Office in writing or in this ITB should be used in preparing bid responses. All contacts that a bidder may have had before or after receipt of this ITB with any individuals, employees, or representatives of the City and any information that may have been read in any news media or seen or heard in any communication facility regarding this bid should be disregarded in preparing responses. 3.4 The City does not assume responsibility for the receipt of any addendum sent to bidders. EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS AND REQUIREMENTS 4.1 Each bidder shall carefully examine all ITB documents and thoroughly familiarize itself with all requirements before submitting a bid to ensure that their bid meets the intent of these specifications. 4.2 Before submitting a bid, each bidder shall be responsible for making all investigations and examinations that are necessary to ascertain conditions and requirements affecting the requirements of this Invitation to Bid. Failure to make such investigations and examinations shall not relieve the bidder from obligation to comply, in every detail, with all provisions and requirements of the Invitation to Bid. 4.3 Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents, shall be given to the Purchasing and Contract Management dffice and a clarification obtained before the bids are received, and if no such notice is received by the Purchasing and Contract Management Office prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be deemed that the bidder fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its bid to complete the work in accordance with these plans and specifications. If bidder does not notify Purchasing and Contract Management Office before bidding of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for all purposes that the plans and specifications are sufficient and adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) calendar days prior to the bid closing date. BID PREPARATION COSTS 5.1 Issuance of this ITB does not commit the City of Lubbock, in any way, to pay any costs incurred in the preparation and submission of a bid. 5.2 The issuance of this ITB does not obligate the City of Lubbock to enter into contract for any services or equipment. 5.3 All costs related to the preparation and submission of a bid shall be paid by the bidder.. TRADE SECRETS, CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND TIE TEXAS PUBLIC INFORMATION ACT 6.1 If you consider any portion of your bid to be privileged or confidential by statute or judicial decision, including trade secrets and commercial or financial information, clearly identify those portions. 6.2 The City of Lubbock will honor your notations of trade secrets and confidential information and decline to release such information initially, but please note that the final determination of whether a particular portion of your bid is in fact a trade secret or commercial or financial information that may be withheld from public inspection will be made by the Texas Attorney General or a court of competent jurisdiction. In the event a public information request is received for a portion of your bid that you have marked as being confidential information, you will be notified of such request and you will be required to justify your legal position in writing to the Texas Attorney General pursuant to Section 552.305 of the Government Code. In the event that it is determined by opinion or order of the Texas Attorney General or a court of competent jurisdiction that such information is in fact not privileged and confidential under Section 552.110 of the Government Code and Section 252.049 of the Local Government Code, then such information will be made available to the requester. 6.3 Marking your entire bid CONFIDENTIAL/PROPRIETARY is not in conformance with the Texas Open Records Act. 7 LICENSES, PERMITS, TAXES The price or prices for the work shall include full compensation for all taxes, permits, etc. that the bidder is or may be required to pay. 8 UTILIZATION OF LOCAL BUSINESS RESOURCES Prospective bidders are strongly encouraged to explore and implement methods for the utilization of local resources, and to outline in their bid submittal how they would utilize local resources. 9 CONFLICT OF INTEREST 9.1 The bidder shall not offer or accept gifts or anything of value nor enter into any business arrangement with any employee, official or agent of the City of Lubbock. 9.2 By signing and executing this bid, the bidder certifies and represents to the City the bidder has not offered, conferred or agreed to confer any pecuniary benefit or other thing of value for the receipt of special treatment, advantage, information, recipient's decision, opinion, recommendation, vote or any other exercise of discretion concerning this bid. 10 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 10.1 All work covered by the contract shall be done in accordance with contract documents described in the General Conditions. 10.2 All bidders shall be thoroughly familiar with all of the requirements set forth on the contract documents for the construction of this project and shall be responsible for the satisfactory completion of all work contemplated by said contract documents. 11 PLANS FOR USE BY BIDDERS It is the intent of the City of Lubbock that all parties with an interest in submitting a bid on the project covered by the contract documents be given a reasonable opportunity to examine the documents and prepare a bid without charge or forfeiture of deposit. The contract documents may be examined without charge as noted in the Notice to Bidders. 12 BIDDER INQUIRIES AND CLARIFICATION OF REQUIREMENTS 12.1 It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permit competitive bids. It shall be the bidder's remonsibility to advise the Purchasing and Contract Management Office if My language. requirements, etc., or anv combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements stated in this ITB to a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management Office no later than five (5) calendar days before the bid closing date. A review of such notifications will be made. 13 14 15 16 17 Corey Isaacs, Buyer City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management Office 1625 13'h Street, Room 204 Lubbock, Texas 79401 Fax: 806-775-2164 Email: cisaacs@palubbock.us Bidsync: www.bidsvnc.com TIME AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION 13.1 The construction covered by the contract documents shall be substantially completed within Ninety (90) Consecutive Calendar Days from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed issued by the City of Lubbock to the successful bidder. An additional Thirty (30) consecutive calendar days shall be provided for achieving Final Completion from the date of Substantial Completion. 13.2 The Contractor will be permitted to prosecute the work in the order of his own choosing, provided, however, the City reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit a progress schedule of the work contemplated by the contract documents. In the event the City requires a progress schedule to be submitted, and it is determined by the City that the progress of the work is not in accordance with the progress schedule so submitted, the City may direct the Contractor to take such action as the City deems necessary to ensure completion of the project within the time specified. PAYMENT All payments due to Contractor shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of the contract documents. AFFIDAVITS OF BILLS PAID The City of Lubbock reserves the right, prior to final acceptance of this project to require the Contractor to execute an affidavit that all bills for labor, materials and incidentals incurred in the construction of the improvements contemplated by the contract documents have been paid in full and that there are no claims pending, of which the Contractor has been notified. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP The intent of these contract documents is that only materials and workmanship of the best quality and grade will be finnished. The fact that the specifications may fail to be sufficiently complete in some detail will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for providing materials of high quality and for protecting them adequately until incorporated into the project. The presence or absence of a representative of the City on the site will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility of complying with this provision. The specifications for materials and methods set forth in the contract documents provide minimum standards of quality, which the Owner believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project. GUARANTEES 17.1 All equipment and materials incorporated in the project and all construction shall be guaranteed against defective materials and workmanship. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, a written general guarantee which shall provide that the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work, and pay for any and all damages of any nature whatsoever resulting in such defects, when such defects appear within ONE year from date of final acceptance of the work as a result of defective materials or workmanship, at no cost to the Owner (City of Lubbock). 17.2 Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the contractual agreement, the Contractor represents and warrants fault -free performance and fault -free result in the processing date and date -related data (including, but not limited to calculating, comparing and sequencing) of all hardware, 9 software and firmware products delivered and services provided under this Contract, individually or in combination, as the case may be from the effective date of this Contract. Also, the Contractor warrants calculations will be recognized and accommodated and will not, in any way, result in hardware, software or firmware failure. The City of Lubbock, at its sole option,. may require the Contractor, at any time, to demonstrate the procedures it intends to follow in order to comply with all the obligations contained herein. 17.3 The obligations contained herein apply to products and services provided by the Contractor, its sub -contractor or any third party involved in the creation or development of the products and services to be delivered to the City of Lubbock under this Contract. Failure to comply with any of the obligations contained herein, may result in the City of Lubbock availing itself of any of its rights under the law and under this Contract including, but not limited to, its right pertaining to termination or default. 17.4 The warranties contained herein are separate and discrete from any other warranties specified in this Contract, and are not subject to any disclaimer of warranty, implied or expressed, or limitation to the Contractor's liability which may be specified in this Contract, its appendices, its schedules, its annexes or any document incorporated in this Contract by reference. 18 PLANS FOR THE CONTRACTOR The contractor will, upon written request, be furnished up to five sets of plans and specifications and related contract documents for use during construction. Plans and specifications for use during construction will only be furnished directly to the Contractor. The Contractor shall then distribute copies of plans and specifications to suppliers, subcontractors or others, as required for proper prosecution of the work contemplated by the Contractor. 19 PROTECTION OF THE WORK The Contractor shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, and protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, and all means of construction, and any and all parts of the work whether the Contractor has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until the date the City issues its certificate of completion to Contractor. The City reserves the right, after the bids have been opened and before the contract has been awarded, to require of a bidder the following information: (a) The experience record of the bidder showing completed jobs of a similar nature to the one covered by the intended contract and all work in progress with bond amounts and percentage completed. (b) A sworn statement of the current financial condition of the bidder. (c) Equipment schedule. 20 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX 20.1 This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption provisions pursuant to provisions of Article 20.04 of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act. 20.2 The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the work without paying the tax at the time of purchase. 21 PROTECTION OF SUBSURFACE LINES AND STRUCTURES It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to prosecute the work contemplated by the contract documents in such a way as to exercise due care to locate and prevent damage to all underground pipelines, utility lines, y€ conduits or other underground structures which might or could be damaged by Contractor during the construction of the project contemplated by these contract documents. The City of Lubbock agrees that it will furnish Contractor the location of all such underground lines and utilities of which it has knowledge. However, such fact shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities aforementioned. All such underground lines or structures cut or damaged by Contractor during the prosecution of the work contemplated by this contract shall be repaired immediately by Contractor to the satisfaction of the City of Lubbock, Texas, at Contractor's expense. -= 10 g, 22 23 24 25 BARRICADES AND SAFETY MEASURES The contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights and danger signals, and shall take such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons, property and the work as may be necessary. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades, signs, and lights to protect it, and when damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately removed and replaced by Contractor at his own cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of barricades, signs, and lights shall not cease until the date of issuance to Contractor of City's certificate of acceptance of the project. EXPLOSIVES 23.1 The use of explosives will not be permitted unless written permission to do so is obtained by the Contractor from the City. In all cases where written permission is obtained for the use of explosives, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all damage, which may occur as a direct or indirect result of the blasting. In addition, in all cases where explosives are authorized to be used, the Contractor shall use utmost care so as not to endanger life or property and the Contractor shall further use only such methods as are currently utilized by persons, firms, or corporations engaged in similar type of construction activity. 23.2 Explosive materials shall not be stored or kept at the construction site by the Contractor. 23.3 In all cases where explosives are to be used during the construction of the project contemplated by this contract, it shall be the duty of the Contractor to notify each utility company having structures (above or below the ground) in proximity to the site of the work of Contractor's intention to use explosives, and such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable the companies to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. Such notice, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any damage resulting from his blasting operations. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE The successful bidder shall be required to have a responsible local representative available at all times while the work is in progress under this contract. The successful bidder shall be required to furnish the name, address and telephone number where such local representative may be reached during the time that the work contemplated by this contract is in progress. INSURANCE 25.1 The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies shall contain an agreement on the part of the insurer waiving the right to subrogation. The Contractor shall procure and carry at his sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted before contract execution. 25.2 PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE FORM OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE ALONG WITH A COPY OF THE ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED TO ON AUTO/GENERAL LIABILITY ON A PRIMARYAND NON CONTRIBUTORY BASIS TO INCLUDE PRODUCT-COMP/OP AND PROVIDE A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS REQUIRED BELOW, OR IN THE ALTERNATIVE, SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY A 11 STATEMENT FROM THE CONTRACTOR TO THE EFFECT THAT NO WORK ON r, THIS PARTICULAR PROJECT SHALL BE SUBCONTRACTED. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF COVERAGE INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION COVERAGE FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR. THE ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT SHALL INCLUDE PRODUCTS AND COMPLETE OPERATIONS. 26 LABOR AND WORKING HOURS 26.1 Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these contract documents. The wage rate that must be paid on this project shall not be less than specified in the schedule of general prevailing rates of per diem wages as above mentioned. The bidders' attention is further directed to the requirements of Texas Government Code, Chapter 2258, Prevailing Wage Rates providing for the payment of the wage schedules above mentioned and the bidder's obligations thereunder. The inclusion of the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages in the contract documents does not release the Contractor from compliance with any wage law that may be applicable. Construction work under the contract requiring an inspector shall not be performed on weekends or holidays unless the following conditions exist: 26.1.1 The project being constructed is essential to the City of Lubbock's ability to provide the necessary service to its citizens. 26.1.2 Delays in construction are due to factors outside the control of the Contractor. The Contractor is approaching the penalty provisions of the contract and Contractor can show he has made a diligent effort to complete the contract within the allotted time. 26.2 Before construction work requiring an inspector is to be performed on Sunday or holidays, the Contractor must notify the Owner's Representative not less than three full working days prior to the weekend or holiday he desires to do work and obtain written permission from the Owner's Representative to do such work. The final decision on whether to allow construction work requiring an inspector on Sunday or holidays will be made by the Owner's Representative. 26.3 In any event, if a condition should occur or arise at the site of this project or from the work being done under this contract which is hazardous or dangerous to property or life, the Contractor shall immediately commence work, regardless of the day of the week or the time of day, to correct or alleviate such condition so that it is no longer dangerous to property or life. 27 PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES AND FILING OF PAYROLLS The contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the project under this contract in full (less mandatory legal deductions) in cash, or by check readily cashable without discount, not less often than once each week. The Contractor and each of his subcontractors shall keep a record showing the name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor or subcontractor in the construction of the public work and the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. This record shall be open at all reasonable hours to inspection by the officers and agents of the City. The Contractor must classify employees according to one of the classifications set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages, which schedule is included in the contract documents. The Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the City of Lubbock on whose behalf this contract is made, sixty ($60) dollars for each laborer, workman, or mechanic employed for each.calendar day, or portion thereof, such laborer, workman or mechanic is paid less than the wages assigned to his particular classification as set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these contract documents. 12 28 29 30 PROVISIONS CONCERNING ESCALATION CLAUSES Bids submitted containing any conditions which provide for changes in the stated bid price due to increases or decreases in the cost of materials, labor or other items required for the project will be rejected and returned to the bidder without being considered. PREPARATION FOR BID 29.1 The bidder shall submit his bid on forms furnished by the City, and all blank spaces in the form shall be correctly filled in, stating the price in numerals for which he intends to do the work contemplated or furnish the materials required. Such prices shall be written in ink, distinctly and legibly, or typewritten. In case of discrepancy between the unit price and the extended total for a bid item, the unit price will be taken. A bid that has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. 29.2 If the bid is submitted by an individual, his name must be signed by him or his duly authorized agent. If a bid is submitted by a fain, association, or partnership, the name and address of each member must be given and the bid signed by a member of the firm, association or partnership, or person duly authorized. If the bid is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and business address must be given, and the bid signed by an official or duly authorized agent. Powers of attorney authorizing agents or others to sign bids must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the bid. The bid shall be executed in ink. 29.3 Each bid shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed as specified in the Notice to Bidders, and endorsed on the outside of the envelope in the following manner: 29.3.1 Bidder's name 29.3.2 Bid for 12-10671-CI, Rehabilitation of Existing Sanitary Sewer Manholes. Bid submittals may be withdrawn and resubmitted at any time before the time set for opening of the bids, but no bid may be withdrawn or altered thereafter. 29.5 Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(g), a competitive sealed bid that has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE BID SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO BID OPENING. BOUND COPY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by bidder shall be bound and will include the following: (a) Notice to Bidders. (b) General Instructions to Bidders. (c) Bidder's Submittal. (d) Statutory Bonds (if required). (e) Contract Agreement. (f) General Conditions. (g) Special Conditions (if any). (h) Specifications. (i) Insurance Certificates for Contractor and all Sub -Contractors. (j) All other documents made available to bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. If Plans and Specifications are too bulky or cumbersome to be physically bound, they are to be considered incorporated by reference into the aforementioned contract documents. 13 31 OUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS - The bidder may be required before the award of any contract to show to the complete satisfaction of the City of Lubbock that it has the necessary facilities, ability, and financial resources to provide the service specified therein in a satisfactory manner. The bidder may also be required to give a past history and j references in order to satisfy the City of Lubbock about the bidder's qualifications. The City of Lubbock may make reasonable investigations deemed necessary and proper to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work, and the bidder shall furnish to the City of Lubbock all information for this purpose that _ may be requested. The bidder's bid may be deemed not to meet specifications or the bid may be rejected if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, the bidder fails to satisfy the City of Lubbock that the bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to complete the work described therein. Evaluation of the bidder's qualifications shall include: (a) The ability, capacity, skill, and financial resources to perform the work or provide the service required. (b) The ability of the bidder to perform the work or provide the service promptly or within the time specified, without delay or interference. (c) The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience, and efficiency of the bidder. A The quality of performance of previous contracts or services. (e) The safety record of the Contractor and proposed Sub -Contractors Before contract award, the recommended contractor for this project may be required to show that he has experience with similar projects that require the Contractor to plan his work efforts and equipment needs with City of Lubbock specifications in mind. Demonstration of experience shall include a complete list of ALL similar municipal and similar non -municipal current and completed projects for the past three (3) years for review. This list shall include the names of supervisors and type of equipment used to perform work on these projects. In addition, the Contractor may be required to provide the name(s) of supervisor(s) that will be used to perform work on this project in compliance with City of Lubbock specifications herein. 32 BID AWARD ` 32.1 The City of Lubbock reserves the right to reject any or all bids, reject any particular item on a bid, and to waive immaterial formalities and to accept the offer most advantageous to the City of Lubbock in its sole discretion. Unless otherwise specified herein, the City shall award the bid based on the total bid for Bid Items 1 through 7 plus the sum of any Alternate Bids or Options the City may select. 32.2 All bids are evaluated for compliance with specifications before the bid price is considered. Response to specifications is primary in determining the best low bid. Failure to comply with the specifications may result in disqualification of the bid. 32.3 In case of tie bids, preference will be given to local bidders. Consistent and continued tie bidding may be cause for rejection of bids by the City of Lubbock and/or investigation by the Attorney General to determine possible Anti -Trust violations. 32.4 Before the City may award a bid to a nonresident bidder, the nonresident bidder's bid must be lower than lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas bidder by the same margin or amount that a Texas bidder would be required to underbid the nonresident bidder in the nonresident bidders' home state. 32.5 Any contract made, or purchase order issued, as a result of this Invitation to Bid, shall be entered into the State of Texas and under the laws of the State of Texas. In connection with the performance of work, the Bidder agrees to comply with the Fair Labor Standard Act, Equal Opportunity Employment Act, and all other applicable Federal, State, and Local laws, f regulations, and executive orders to the extent that the same may be applicable. 32.6 NO INDIVIDUAL OF ANY USING DEPARTMENT HAS THE AUTHORITY TO LEGALLY AND/OR FINANCIALLY COMMIT THE CITY TO ANY CONTRACT, - 14 33 34 AGREEMENT OR PURCHASE ORDER FOR GOODS OR SERVICES, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SANCTIONED BY THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS INVITATION TO BID. 32.7 The estimated budget for this project is $325,000. ANTI -LOBBYING PROVISION 33.1 DURING THE PERIOD BETWEEN THE BID CLOSE DATE AND THE CONTRACT AWARD, BIDDERS, INCLUDING THEIR AGENTS AND REPRESENTATIVES, SHALL NOT DIRECTLY DISCUSS OR PROMOTE THEIR BID WITH ANY MEMBER OF THE LUBBOCK CITY COUNCIL OR CITY STAFF EXCEPT IN THE COURSE OF CITY -SPONSORED INQUIRIES, BRIEFINGS, INTERVIEWS, OR PRESENTATIONS, UNLESS REQUESTED BY THE CITY. 33.2 This provision is not meant to preclude bidders from discussing other matters with City Council members or City staff. This policy is intended to create a level playing field for all potential bidders, assure that contract decisions are made in public, and to protect the integrity of the bid process. Violation of this provision may result in rejection of the bidder's bid. PREVAILING WAGE RATES 34.1 Bidders are required to comply with Texas Government Code, Chapter 2258, Prevailing Wage Rates, with respect to the payment of prevailing wage rates for the construction of a public work, including a building, highway, road, excavation, and repair work or other project development or improvement, paid for in whole or in part from public funds, without regard to whether the work is done under public supervision or direction. A worker is employed on a public work if the worker is employed by the contractor or any subcontractor in the execution of the contract for the project. 34.2 A worker employed on a public work by or on behalf of the City of Lubbock shall be paid not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for the work of a similar character in the locality in which the work is performed, and not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for legal holiday and overtime work. 34.3 The State of Texas has adopted the Federal Davis -Bacon wage rates for use in Texas pursuant to and in accordance with the Texas Government Code, Section 2258.022. Bidders may access the U. S. Department of Labor web site at the following web address to obtain the rates to be used in Lubbock County: hiip://www.wdol.jzov/lndex.pnx 34.4 It shall be the responsibility of the successful bidder to obtain the proper wage rates from the web site for the type of work defined in the bid specifications. 34.5 A contractor or subcontractor who violates Texas Government Code Section 2258.023 shall pay to the City of Lubbock sixty ($60) dollars for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the contract. 15 BID SUBMITTAL FORM PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 16 BID SUBMITTAL FORM UNIT PRICE BID CONTRACT DATE: August 7, 2012 ITB 12-10671-CI, Rehabilitation of Existing Sanitary Sewer Manholes Bidof SAK Construction, LLC (hereinafter called Bidder) To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner) Ladies and Gentlemen: -, The Bidder, in compliance with your Invitation to Bid for the construction of Rehabilitation of Existing Sanitary Sewer Manholes having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related contract documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the intended project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies; and to construct the project in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, within the time set forth therein and at the price stated below. The bidder binds himself on acceptance of his bid to execute a contract and any required bonds, according to the accompanying forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the prices stated below. BARK Rin—RRHARTLITATTON OF RYTIRTING CANITARV CT.WV.R MANAnrVQ ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT OF ESTIMATED UNIT EXTENDED NO. MEASURE QUANTITY PRICE AMOUNT 1 Mobilization — Contractor mobilization including LS 1 $ insurance, payment bond, performance bond, move -in 0 ° _ do and move -out cost 2 Provide and maintain a Traffic Control Plan — LS 1 Preparation, approval from COL Traffic Engineering,�CS�"� ll and all other work considered incidental to this item. 3 Furnish and install Poly -Triplex or approved EA 1 equivalent Cured -in -Place Fiberglass Reinforced Resin Liner System (4' Deep) 11600 Series. Including labor (7� all materials, equipment and to perform installation per the specifications including all other work considered incidental to this item. 4 Extra Vertical Feet (EVF) of Poly -Triplex or approved VLF 20 equivalent Cured -in -Place Fiberglass Reinforced Resin Liner System, 11600 Series. 5 Furnish and install Poly -Triplex or approved EA 19 equivalent Cured -in -Place Fiberglass Reinforced ' Resin Liner System (4' Deep) 6800 Series. Including all materials, equipment and labor to perform 2 installation per the specifications including all other work considered incidental to this item. 6 Extra Vertical Feet (EVF) of Poly -Triplex or approved equivalent Cured -in -Place Fiberglass Reinforced VLF 180 J I t 6 (3�(� Resin Liner System, 6800 Series. 7 Emergency bypass pumping as needed and approved - HR 8 D� 0 Including materials, equipment and labor to perform �JD �-Z�� work. TOTAL BASE BID (ITEMS 1— 7) 2 1_ Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on a date to be specified in a written "Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to substantially complete the project within Ninety (90) Consecutive Calendar Days thereafter as stipulated in the specifications and other contract documents. An additional Thirty (30) consecutive calendar days shall be provided for achieving Final Completion from the date of Substantial Completion. Bidder hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as liquidated damages the sum of Three -Hundred dollars ($300) for each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time set forth herein above for substantial and final completion of this project, all as more frilly set forth in the general conditions of the contract documents. Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with instruction number 29 of the General Instructions to Bidders. Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality in the bidding. The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of SEVENTY (70) calendar -t days after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids. The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to commence work on or before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work on U which he has bid; as provided in the contract documents. , Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's check or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract, obtain all required insurance policies, and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within ten (10) business days after notice of award of the contract to him Bidder's Initials 11 Enclosed with this bid is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for N/A Dollars ($ N/A ) or a Bid Bond in the sum of 5% of proposal price Dollars ($ 5% of PP), which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages in the event the bid is accepted by the Owner and the undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents, insurance certificates, and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within ten (10) business days after the date of receipt of written notification of acceptance of said bid; otherwise, said check or bond shall be returned to the undersigned upon demand. Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all contract documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(a), a competitive sealed bid that has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE BID SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO BID OPENING. (Seal if Bidder is a Corporation) ATTEST: s�-?47t=71- Secretary Steve Stulce, Secretary Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: Addenda No. 1 Date 8 1 12 Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date INMVBE Firm: Dat ust 7 0 -12 Authorized Pignature Boyd Hirtz, Vice esident (Printed or Typed Name) SAK Construction, LLC Company 864 Hoff Road Address O'Fallon St. Charles City, County MO 63366 State Zip Code Telephone: 636 - 385-1000 Fax: 636 385-1100 FEDERAL TAX ID or SOCIAL SECURITY No. 20-4193988 EMAIL: bhirtz@sakcon. com I I Woman I 1 Black American I I Native American j Hispanic American Asian Pacific American Other (Snecifvi 1 CONTRACTOR: (Name, legal status and address) SAK CONSTRUCTION, LLC 864 Hoff Road O'Fallon, MO 63366 OWNER: (Name, legal status and address) City of Lubbock 162513th Street, Room 204 Lubbock, TX 79401 Document A31OT"' -2010 Bid Bond SURETY: (Name, legal status and principal place of business) This document has Travelers Casualty And Surety Company important legal One Tower Square consequences. Hartford, CT 06183 Consultation with an attorney Is encouraged Mail Notices To: with respect to Its Travelers co or modification. Attn: Inez Meyerholz - Bond Claims One Tower Square 2S1A Any singular reference to Hartford, CT 06183 Contractor, surety, Owner, or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. BOND AMOUNT: Five Percent of the Amount Bid -••••••---....... dollars ($ 6% of Amount Bid) PROJECT: Project Nos. 12-10671-Cl 110671191038 . Rehabilitation of Existing Sanitary Sewer Manholes (Name, location or address, and Project number, if any) The Contractor and Surety are bound to the Owner in the amount set forth above, for the payment of which the Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, as provided herein. The conditions of this Bond are such that if the Owner accepts the bid of the Contractor within the time specified in the bid documents, or within such time period as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, and the Contractor either (1) enters into a contract with the Owner in accordance with the terms of such bid, and gives such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents, with a surety admitted in the jurisdiction of the Project and otherwise acceptable to the Owner, for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or (2) pays to the Owner the difference, not to exceed the amount of this Bond, between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Owner may in good faith contract with another party to perform the work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. The Surety hereby waives any notice of an agreement between the Owner and Contractor to extend the time in which the Owner may accept the bid. Waiver of notice by the Surety shall not apply to any extension exceeding sixty (60) days in the aggregate beyond the time for acceptance of bids specified in the bid documents, and the Owner and Contractor shall obtain the Surety's consent for an extension beyond sixty (60) days. If this Bond is issued in connection with a subcontractor's bid to a Contractor, the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location of the Project, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished, the intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. Signed and sealed this 8th day of August, 2012. _DAA�,a &,.A, , (Witness) A NO W& CA0, ta� aa&'A l4� (Witness) Saiena Wood, Witness (Principe/ (Seal) Andrew P. Thome, Attoraey4n-Fact Init AIA Document A310'"— 2010. Copyright OD1963, 1970 and 2010 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright taw and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document. or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties: and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under ? the law. Purchasers are permitted to reproduce ten (10) copies of this document when completed. To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents, e-mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel, cQpydghL@Aia.oro. 0611111 j I r V State of Missouri County of St. Louis On 8/08/2012, before me, a Notary Public in and for said County and State, residing therein, duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared Andrew P. Thome known to me to be Attorney -in -Fact of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY the corporation described in and that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and known to me to be the person who executed the said instrument in behalf of said corporation, and he duly acknowledged to me that such corporation executed the same. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal, the day and year stated in this certificate above. Salena Wood, Notary Public SALENAWOOD Notary Public -Notary Seal STATE OF MISSOURI St. Loyis County My d6i�fflio 1Qn R.Xpite§t Jul' .17, 2016 My Commission Expires: ��filil��l�Fi i 9i� ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FOR CONTRACTOR11 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FOR CONTRACTOR, IF LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY STATE OF MISSOURI COUNTY OF ST. CHARLES ' CIN THE "I DAY OF 7 U1BEFORE ME PERSONALLY APPEARED TO ME KNOWN AND KNOWN TO ME TO BE THE ji tP 9 1(\X AA- _ OF SAK CONSTRUCTION, LLC, A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, DESCRIBED IN AND WHO EXECUTED THE FOREGOING INSTRUMENT AND ACKNOWLEDGED TO ME THAT (S)HE EXECUTED THE FOREGOING INSTRUMENT 1 AND ACKNOWLEDGED TO ME THAT (S)HE EXECUTED THE SAME AS AND FOR THE ACT AND DEED OF SAID LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY. NOTARY PUBLIC ANDREA CARLSTROM Nciary Public Notary Seal STATE OF MISSOURI Commission for St. Charles County My Commission Expires July 10, 2016 Commmission #12366546 Hi POWER OF ATTORNEY THE RED BORDER TRAVELERSJ� Farmington Casualty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company -St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company Attorney -In Fact No. 223577 St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Certificate No. 004867754 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota, that Farmington Casualty Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Maryland, that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., is a corporation duty organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Andrew P. Thome, Dana A. Dragoy, Kristen L. Lucas, Peter J. Mohs, Helen A. Antoine, Selena Wood, Debra A. Woodard, and Barbara Buchhold of the City of C-hesteWleld , State of Missouri , their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. ;fie �a IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed aed their`corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this day of May 2012 %: Farmington Casualty Company , Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance_ Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insu aikiUnderwriters, Inc. St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company 21 st St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company \Rs4q \.tY ARO Y .........,1 J O 1%puAy9 _u41 tip n wytiw,._. Se YgtL ; GIIFO.RA AY 6�4f*....4 4 rF��^' y+Ect ass 19%7 $ I9J1 �°, `y3EA j�o' 3° CO" WL WWt R N > SBRL a a 8 State of Connecticut City of Hartford ss. By: Z&.44) A14--.01,__ Georg Thompson, nior Ice President On this the 21St day of May 2012 , before me personally appeared George W. Thompson, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do. executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. 4.T!? In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. TAii+ My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2016. ou Marie C. Tetreault, Notary Public 58440-6-11 Printed in U.S.A. WARNING: 11i:CWT TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA HARTFORD,CONNECTICUT D6183 FINANCIAL STATEMENT AS OF DECEMBER 31. 2011 CAPITAL STOCKS 6,480.OW CASH AND INVESTED CASH i 103,657.622 UNEARNED PREMIUMS S 813,328,908 937,601,730 BONDS INVESTMENT INCOME DUE AND ACCRUED 3,525A92,354 49.234.241 LOSSES REINSURANCE PAYABLE ON PAID LOSSES & LOSS ADJ. EXPENSES 2,604.702 OTHER INVESTED ASSETS 249,171,eD7 LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES 626,056,953 3018561601 PREMIUM BALANCES 239,278,662 67.832.057 COMMISSIONS TAXES, LICENSES AND FEES 60,276,105 NET DEFERRED TAX ASSET REINSURANCE RECOVERABLE 10,983.463 OTHER EXPENSES 29.886,813 SECURITIES LENDING REINVESTED COLLATERAL ASSETS 7,344,088 FU14DS HELD UNDER REINSURANCE TREATIES 05.031,410 UNDISTRIBUTED PAYMENTS 2.693.987 CURRENT FEDERAL AND FOREIGN INCOME TAXES 49.060.527 361,289 REMITTANCES AND ITEMS NOT ALLOCATED 18,641,351 OTHERASSETS AMOUNTS WITHHELD I RETAINED BY COMPANY FOR OTHERS 31,880,277 RETROACTNE REINSURANCE RESERVE ASSUMED 3,152,706 POLICYHOLDER DIVIDENDS 8.117,549 PROVISION FOR REINSURANCE 6.397,371 PAYABLE TO PARENT, SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES 53,786,609 PAYABLE FOR SECURITIES 1.249.909 PAYABLE FOR SECURITIES LENDING 7.344.080 CEDED REINSURANCE NET PREMIUMS PAYABLE (7t,042,044) ESCHEAT LIABLI TY 591.043 OTHER ACCRUED EXPENSES AND LIABILITIES 501.836 TOTAL LIABILITIES $ 2.604.372.282 CAPITAL STOCK $ 6A80,ODD PAID IN SURPLUS 433.64760 OTHER SURPLUS 1.211.791AM TOTAL SURPLUS TO POLICYHOLDERS $ 1,652,076,268 TOTALASSETS 4 256--�'M I TOTAL LIABILITIES & SURPLUS & 4S 2 STATE OF CONNECTICUT COUNTY OF HARTFORD ) SS. CITY OF HARTFORD ) MICHAELJ. DOODY, BEING DULY SWORN, SAYS THAT HE 1S SECOND VICE PRESIDENT, OF TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, AND THATTO THE BEST OF HIS KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF, THE FOREGOING IS A TRUE AND CORRECT STATEMENT OF THE FINANCIAL CONDITION OF SAID COMPANY AS OF THE 31ST DAY OF DECEMBER, 2011. SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME THIS 13TH DAY OF APRIL, 2012 SECOND VICE PRESIDENT NOTARY P LI SUSAN M. WEESSLEDER Ablaly Public 11fy Commission Eapkesll'ovember 30, 2012 Fjj u IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may call Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America and its affiliates' toll -free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1-800-328-2189 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance: P. O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512) 475-1771 Web: http://www.tdi.state.tx.us E-mail: ConsumerProtectionOtdi.state.tx.us PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact your Agent or Travelers first. if the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR BOND: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document and is given to comply with Texas legal and regulatory requirements. (PN-042-B) Ed.10.18.07 PIPE RE14ABILMAMON AND TUNNEL CONTRACTOR April 26, 2011 Hadonal Headquarters 564 Hoff Rd OfFagm%MO 63366 636379.2350(dephone. 63079/461 fox ww.vsak-cons6,xdmcorn . jerry Shaw Amsident RobartAfihoider We GWrnwn Toni Kairshman awirman To Whom it May Concern: Boyd Hirtz, Vice President and General Manager of our CIPP Division is hereby authorized to sign bids, extend offers, submit proposal9 and execute contracts on behalf of SAK Construction, LLC. 1 ome P. Shaw,lr. President SAK Construction, LLC State of Missouri) County of St. Charles} On this 2e day of April, in the year 2011, before me, Troy Thomas Bradshaw, a notary public, personally appeared, Jerome P. Shaw, proved on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the pers6n whose name is subscribed to this instrument, and acknowledged he executed the same. Witness my hand and official seal. a NOTARY PUBLIC TroyThomas Bradshaw Not,cy PublicNotaryseai Stele of Wssoud Countyof Wan" My Commission Expires 12/11/2011 Commission #07410273 SEAL An Equdopa-qnryin,pf%•er �J l� CITY OF LUBBOCK INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT II To Be Completed by Bidder and Agent II Must be submitted with Bid I, the undersigned Bidder, certify that the insurance requirements contained in this bid document have been reviewed by me and my Insurance Agent/Broker. if I am awarded this contract by the City of Lubbock, I will be able to, within ten (10) business days after being notified of such award by the City of Lubbock, furnish a valid insurance certificate to the City meeting all of the requirements defined in this bid. Boyd Hirtz, Vice President Contractor ( riginal Signat e) Contractor (Print) CONTRACTOR'S BUSINESS NAME: SAK Construction, LLC (Print or Type) CONTRACTOR'S FIRM ADDRESS: 864 Hoff Road, O' Fallon, MO 63366 NOTE TO CONTRACTOR If the time requirement specified above is not met, the City has the right to reject this bid and award the contract to another contractor. If you have any questions concerning these requirements, please contact the Director of Purchasing & Contract Management Office for the City of Lubbock at (806) 775-2572. BID # 12-10671-CI, Rehabilitation of Existing Sanitary Sewer Manholes SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE The City of Lubbock City Council desires to avail itself of the benefits of Section 252.0435 of the Local Government Code, and consider the safety records of potential contractors prior to awarding bids on City contracts. Pursuant to Section 252.0435 of the Local Government Code, City of Lubbock has adopted the following written definition and criteria for accurately determining the safety record of a bidder prior to awarding bids on City contracts. The definition and criteria for determining the safety record of a bidder for this consideration shall be: The City of Lubbock shall consider the safety record of the bidders in determining the responsibility thereof. The City may consider any incidents involving worker safety or safety of the citizens of the City of Lubbock, be. it related or caused by environmental, mechanical, operational, supervision or any other cause or factor. Specifically, the City may consider, among other things: a. Complaints to, or final orders entered by, the Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission (OSHRC), against the bidder for violations of OSHA regulations within the past three (3) years. b. Citations (as defined below) from an Environmental Protection Agency (as defined below) for violations within the past five (5) years. Environmental Protection Agencies include, but are not necessarily limited to, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACOE), the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC) (predecessor to the TCEQ), the Texas Department of State Health Services (DSHS), the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department (TPWD), the Structural Pest Control Board (SPCB), agencies of local governments responsible for enforcing environmental. protection or worker safety related laws or regulations, and similar regulatory agencies of other states of the United States. Citations include notices of violation, notices of enforcement, suspension/revocations of state or federal licenses or registrations, fines assessed, pending criminal complaints, indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final orders, and judicial final judgments. C. Convictions of a criminal offense within the past ten (10) years, which resulted from bodily .harm or death. d. Any other safety related matter deemed by the City Council to be material in determining the responsibility of the bidder and his or her ability to perform the services or goods required by the bid documents in a safe environment, both for the workers and other employees of bidder and the citizens of the City of Lubbock. In order to obtain proper information from bidders so that City of Lubbock may consider the safety records of potential contractors prior to awarding bids on City contracts, City of Lubbock requires that bidders answer the following three (3) questions and submit them with their bids: QUESTION ONE Has the bidder, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the bidder, or anyone acting for such t firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received citations for violations of OSHA within the past three (3) years? YES NO X If the bidder has indicated YES for question number one above, the bidder must provide to City of Lubbock, with its bid submission, the following information with respect to each such citation: Date of offense, location of establishment inspected, category of offense, final disposition of offense, if any, and penalty assessed. Bidder's Initials �t E� z_ QUESTION TWO Has the bidder, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the bidder, or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received citations for violations of environmental protection laws or regulations, of any kind or type, within the past five years? Citations include notice of violation, notice of enforcement, suspension/revocations of state or federal licenses, or registrations, fines assessed, pending criminal complaints, indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final orders, and judicial final judgments. YES NO x If the bidder has indicated YES for question number two above, the bidder must provide to City of Lubbock, with its bid submission, the following information with respect to each such conviction: Date of offense or occurrence, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition of offense, if any, and penalty assessed. QUESTION THREE Has the bidder, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by bidder, or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership, or institution, ever been convicted, within the past ten (10) years, of a criminal offense which resulted from serious bodily injury or death? YES NO x If the bidder has indicated YES for question number three above, the bidder must provide to City of Lubbock, with its bid submission, the following information with respect to each such conviction: Date of offense, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition of offense, in any, and penalty assessed. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF LUBBOCK I certify that I have made no willful misrepresentations in this Questionnaire nor have I withheld information in my statements and answers to questions. I am aware that the information given by me in this questionnaire shall be investigated, with my full permission, and that any misrepresentations or omis ' ns may cause my bid to be rejected. Signature Boyd Hirtz, Vice President Title 2 SUSPENSION AND DEBARMENT CERTIFICATION r l_ Federal Law (A-102 Common Rule and OMB Circular A-110) prohibits non -Federal entities from contracting with or making sub -awards under covered transactions to parties that are suspended or debarred or whose principals are suspended or debarred. Covered transactions include procurement contracts for goods or services equal to or in excess of $50,000 and all non -procurement transactions (e.g., sub -awards to sub -recipients). Contractors receiving individual awards of $50,000 or more and all sub -recipients must certify that their organization and its principals are not suspended or debarred by a Federal agency. Before an award of $50,000 or more can be made to your firm, you must certify that your organization and its principals are not suspended or debarred by a Federal agency. I, the undersigned agent for the firm named below, certify that neither this firm nor its principals are suspended or debarred by a Federal agency. COMPANYNAME: SAK Construction, LLC FEDERAL TAX ID or SOCIAL SECURITY.N&. 2 0 - 4 J �r Signature of Company Official: � Printed name of company official signing above:_Boy& Hirtz, Vike jpresident Date Signed: August 7, 2012 3 LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS I PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK BID # 12-10671-CI, Rehabilitation of Existing Sanitary Sewer Manholes FINAL LIST OF SUB CONTRACTORS Company Name Location Services Provided 1. Infrastructure Rehabilitation, Inc. Shreveport, LA Manhole Rehabilitation 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. SAK Construction, LLC Company 864 Hoff Road Address Mallon St. Charles City, County Missouri 63366 State Zip Code Telephone: 636 - 385-1000 Fax: 636 - 385-1100 Minority Owned Yes No ❑ MX ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ a ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ THIS FORM SHALL BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED WITHIN 7 DAYS OF BID CLOSING. IF NO SUB -CONTRACTORS WILL BE USED PLEASE INDICATE SO. 1 BID # 12-10671-CI, Rehabilitation of Existing Sanitary Sewer Manholes LIST OF SUB CONTRACTORS Company Name Location Se r vices Provided 1. la oye' t?�t(0(CJ L ¢ ( I�! e 2. �eG►���.e��o��. t .A %-d� 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. SAK Construction, LLC Company 864 Hoff Road Address O'Fallon St. Charles City, County MO 63"366 State Zip Code Telephone: 636 - 385-1000 Fax: 636 385-1100 Minority Owned Yes No 0 MI-1 ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ THIS FORM SHALL BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED ALONG WITH YOUR PROPOSAL IF NO SUB -CONTRACTORS WILL BE USED PLEASE INDICATE SO 2 \\ PAYMEEKT BOND \\ � (\ � PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK _. d STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a) OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE (CONTRACTS MORE THAN $50,000) Bond No.105836193 KNOW ALL MEN By THESE PRESENTS, that SAK Construction, LLC (hereinafter called the Principal(s), as Principal(s), and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, One Tower Square, Hartford, CT 06183 (hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of Two -Hundred Sixty -Five Thousand Four -Hundred Seventy -Five Dollars ($265,475.00) lawful money of the United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the 13th day of Seotember, 2012, to Bid 12-10671-CI, Rehabilitation of Existing Sanitary Sewer Manholes, Contract No. 10671 and said Principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a par# hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and. effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a) of the Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WFINESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this 21 day of September 2012, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Surety *B . (Title) Andrew P. Thome, Attorney -In -Fact SAK Construction, LLC 864 Hoff Road, O'Fallon, MO 63366 (Company Name) • ,-. .,- -ice (Title) The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates Carmen Mims an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. Approved as to form: City of k By: City Attorney Travelers Insurance Company Surety * By 4WL V� i itle) Carmen Mims Texas Resident Agent 1301 E. Collins Blvd., Ste. 340 Richardson, TX 75081 * Note: If signed by an Office of the Surety Company there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sigh such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files. State of Missouri County of St. Louis On 9/21/2012, before me, a Notary Public in and for said County and State, residing therein, duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared Andrew P. Thome known to me to be Attorney -in -Fact of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY the corporation described in and that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and known to me to be the person who executed the said instrument in behalf of said corporation, and he duly acknowledged to me that such corporation executed the same. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal, the day and year stated in this certificate above. Salena Wood, Notary Public =Public- WC?C;D Notary Notary Sea!ISSOURICountyres �iul 1 f, totMy Commission Expires:j ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FOR CONTRACTOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FOR CONTRACTOR, IF LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY STATE OF Missouri } COUNTY OF St. Charles} ON THE d ( DAY OF S�.o 1-e , 2012 , BEFORE ME PERSONALLY APPEARED Boyd Hirta TO ME KNOWN AND KNOWN TO ME TO BE THE Vice President OF SAK Construction, LLC, A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, DESCRIBED IN AND WHO EXECUTED THE FOREGOING INSTRUMENT AND ACKNOWLEDGED TO ME THAT (S)HE EXECUTED THE FOREGOING INSTRUMENT AND ACKNOWLEDGED TO ME THAT (S)HE EXECUTED THE SAME AS AND FOR THE ACT AND DEED OF SAID LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY. lgc" � Notary Public Barbara Trende Notary Public Notary Seal Estwo trat Missouri County of St Charles y Commission Expires 12/19/2014 Commission # 10126252 WARNING: THIS THE RED BORDER POWER 4 ATTORNEY TRAVELERSJ Farmington Casualty Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company Attorney -In Fact No. 223577 Certificate No. 004964969 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota, that Farmington Casualty Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Maryland, that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Andrew P. Thome, Dana A. Dragoy, Kristan L. Lucas, Peter J. Mohs, Helen A. Antoine, Salena Wood, Debra A. Woodard, and Barbara Buchhold of the City of Chesterfield , State of Missouri , their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this day of July 2012 1'7th Farmington Casualty Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company pASU,��� � JyF\AE 6 � �TW..�NSG x' j \�x�sUq'.w JP�Tr ANo yWauS�y 4 �TYAryO ? pgppq�r L r .� QOi •.9 JP ......... q q SL ,� �� t .. � P rZpRPON.,>•1= Q4'. PURAT 'yC{n{ °p sA � � 3y 6 0 � 197% �� �' � c" 1 �' F m a F ppR — P'! p; a NAHTFORD, t tttpiroao• a 1982 0 : ; 1951 �'• S E A 1, j`on � t o � CONN. o \ `"""'• j £ i"n 1896 ,-\\, Zy�� �9 � �eAe+e� 1 M� v.•.., . ;:aa sd �s � va`is 1�Y) AINo' State of Connecticut City of Hartford ss. By: /Georg6 Thompson, enior ice President On this the 17th day of July 2012 , before me personally appeared George W. Thompson, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. O.zarr In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. 'iA1i My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2016. `C'n c�n�► C . �.�weo�.S�' Marie C. Tetreault, Notary Public 58440-6-11 Printed in U.S.A. INVALID WITHOUT THE RED This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys -in -Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. I, Kevin E. Hughes, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this 21 day of September 2012 Kevin E. Hughes, Assistant Sec tary r Q/.SU,t��� q�ya�„pipR, <y4lRE 4 �' O��N..I M,4ps oaY 1"i+su �4O iy1 9x< �8 2IS)`�� aAQ �C.T,}'Y'.�)P97�*7� 1.95. 1� �4 . S_ Vf.ANGE` P4 a cj?oQf;a:c� 0SlSREP�`OA•.R�H�LV>Fa:> ioh�''^: ; I�4d':.'1�!p..p. PORR:9Tg'E.a.d:1v:i „ C�i ,i SEAL a`bp9bJMPlAlattYfgOpRODJg, GDr,D�i i ,t8y9,t6�, To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, call 1-800-421-3880 or contact us at www.travelersbond.com. Please refer to the Attorney -In -Fact number, the above -named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA HARTFORD, CONNECTICUT 06183 FINANCIAL STATEMENT AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 CAPITAL STOCK $ 6,480,000 CASH AND INVESTED CASH 3 103.657,622 UNEARNED PREMIUMS LOSSES S 813,328,906 937,681,730 BONDS 3,525,992,354 p9234,241 REINSURANCE PAYABLE ON PAID LOSSES & LOSS ADJ. EXPENSES 2,6K752 INVESTMENT INCOME DUE AND ACCRUED , 249,171,807 LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES 526,055,953 OTHER INVESTED ASSETS 239,276,662 COMMISSIONS 30,858,691 60,276,105 PREMIUM BALANCES 67,832,051 TAXES, LICENSES AND FEES 29.866,613 NET DEFERRED TAX ASSET REINSURANCE RECOVERABLE 10,083,463 OTHER EXPENSES ITAXES 95,031.416 SECURITIES LEND114G REINVESTED COLLATERAL ASSETS 2,�.96s CURRENT FEDERAL AND FOREIGN INCOME 49,086,627 UNDISTRIBUTED PAYMENTS 361,289 REMITTANCES AND ITEMS NOT ALLOCATED 18,641,351 OTHER ASSETS AMOUNTS WITHHELD / RETAINED BY COMPANY FOR OTHERS 31,860,277 RETROACTIVE REINSURANCE RESERVE ASSUMED 362,7706 POLICYHOLDER DIVIDENDS 81549 PROVISION FOR REINSURANCE ,17, PAYABLE TO PARENT, SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES 51266,g�09 PAYABLE FOR SECURITIES 1,344 903 PAYABLE FOR SECURITIES LENDING CEDED REINSURANCE NET PREMIUMS PAYABLE 77,344,088 (71,042,044) ESCHEAT LIABILITY 501836 OTHER ACCRUED EXPENSES AND LIABILITIES TOTAL LIABILITIES 2,604,372,282 CAPITAL STOCK $ 6,480.000 433,803,760 PAID IN SURPLUS OTHER SURPLUS 1.211,791,508 . TOTAL SURPLUS TO POLICYHOLDERS $ 1,652,076.268 3 4.256.447.550_ TOTAL LIABILITIES & SURPLUS 3 4,256A47,550 TOTALASSETS STATE OF CONNECTICUT COUNTY OF HARTFORD ) SS. CITY OF HARTFORD ) MICHAEL J. DOODY, BEING DULY SWORN, SAYS THAT HE IS SECOND VICE PRESIDENT, OF TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA. AND THATTO THE BEST OF HIS KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF, THE FOREGOING IS A TRUE AND CORRECT STATEMENT OF THE FINANCIAL CONDITION OF SAID COMPANY AS OF THE 31ST DAY OF DECEMBER, 2011. SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME THIS 13TH DAY OF APRIL, 2012 L� r �G! r✓ SECOND VICE PREtADI=NI NOTARY P BLI SUSAN M. NVEISSLEDER A'olary Public Afp Caulluission Expires A'orember 30, 2012 IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may call Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America and its affiliates' toll -free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1-800-328-2189 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance: P. O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512) 475-1771 Web: http://www.tdi.state.tx.us E-mail: ConsumerProtection(a-tdi.state.tx.us PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact your Agent or Travelers first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR BOND: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document and is given to comply with Texas legal and regulatory requirements. (PN-042-B) Ed. 10.18.07 STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a) OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE (CONTRACTS MORE THAN $50,000) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Principal(s), as Principal(s), and (hereinafter called the (hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of Two -Hundred Sixty -Five Thousand Four -Hundred Seventy -Five Dollars ($265,475.00) lawful money of the United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the 13th day of September, 2012, to and said Principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a) of the Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WrINESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this day of 2012. Surety (Company Name) *By: By: (Title) (Printed Name) (Signature) (Title) 3 c_ The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. Surety * By (Title) Approved as to form: City of Lubbock By: City Attorney * Note: If signed by an Office of the Surety Company there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files. 4 PERFORMANCE BOND PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK I I Bond No. 105836193 STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253,021.(a) OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE (CONTRACTS MORE THAN $100,000) SAK Construction, LLC KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that (hereinafter called the Principal(s), as Principal(s), and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, One Tower Square, Hartford, CT 06183 (hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of Two -Hundred Sixty Five Thousand Four -Hundred Seventy -Five Dollars ($265,475.U0) lawful money of the United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the 13th day of September, 2012, to Bid 12-10671-CI, Rehabilitation of Existing Sanitary Sewer Manholes, Contract No. 10671 and said principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a) of the Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WII'NESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this 21 day of September , 2012. SAK Construction, LLC Travelers Casualty and Surety Company 864 Hoff Road, O'Fallon, MO 63366 Surety ��: By; O (Title) Andrew P. Thome, Attorney -In -Fact (Company Name) By. Boyd Hirtz Na e) Ng-76fiirf Vice President (Title) No Text The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates Carmen Mims an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. .Approved as to Form City of By: i4-1��� City Attorney Travelers Insurance Company surety *By:L (Title) Carmen Mims Texas Resident Agent 1301 E. Collins Blvd., Ste. 340 Richardson, TX 75081 * Note: If signed by an Office of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files. No Text STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a) - OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE (CONTRACTS MORE THAN $100,000) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that (hereinafter called the Principal(s), as Principal(s), and (hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of Two -Hundred Sixty -Five Thousand Four -Hundred Seventy -Five Dollars ($265,475.00) lawful money of the United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the 13th day of September, 2012, to and said principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a) of the f Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this _ day of P 2012. Surety __ * By: (Title) (Company Name) By: (Printed Name) (Signature) (Title) The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. Surety *By: (Title) Approved as to Form City of Lubbock By: City Attorney * Note: If signed by an Office of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files. H 3 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK r H v A 0 CERTIFICATE 4F LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) 09/24/2012 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the pot cy(ies) must be endorsed. [f SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER Cassius Burrell State Farm 680 Bert Kouns Ind Loop Shreveport, LA 71118 N EacT Robin McCole PHONE No : E 1 7-3822 AC 18 6 -53 ADDR ss: robin.mccole.udqp@statefarm.com WRLF INSUREEJSI AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC If INSURER A: State Farm Mutual Automobile Insurance Com an 26178 I INSURED Infrastructure Rehabilitation USA, Inc. INSURERS: ENSURERC: 401 Edwards St., Suite 2100 Shreveport, LA 71101-3107 INSURERD: ENSURER E : ENSURER F oetnelnnl tdi IIURE"R- - - - - - COVERAGES UhKI IFIL;A I G 114WHO— BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR DDL S BR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER MMlDD M LIMITS LTR EACH OCCURRENCE $ GENERALUABIUITY DAMAGETURENTED COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY PREMISES Ea occurrence)$ CLAIMS -MADE F—IOCCUR MED EXP (Any one person) $ PERSONAL & ADV INJURY S GENERAL AGGREGATE S S GENI- AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER-PRODUCTS-COMPiOPAGG POLICY JEPROC LOC AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY Y Y 2195962-A3148 07/31/2012 0713112013 $ COMB N£ SINGLE LIM $ 1,000,000 Eaa_! A BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ ANY AUTO ALL OWNED SCHEDULED '— BODILY INJURY (Per accident} $ AUTOS NON-OOWNED Ix DAMAGE S HIREDAUTOS X AUTOS Per auxtdent Werac s EACH OCCURRENCE $ UMBRELLA UAB HCLAIMS-MADE OCCUR AGGREGATE $ EXCESSLIAB $ OED RETENTIONS WC STATU- OTH- WORKERS COMPENSATION 1M "- EL EACH ACCIDENT - $ AND EMPLOYERS' LIABLITY YIN ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNERIEXECUTIVE OFFICE/MEMBER EXCLUDED? NIA A E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYE $ E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT S (Mandatory in NH) if s, describe under OF DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, if mom space is required) *SAK Construction, L.L.C. is included as additional insured *The City of Lubbock is included as additional insured. Waiver of Subrogation in favor of the City of Lubbock CONTRACT: ITBIRFP 12-10671-CI - Rehabilitation of Existing Sanitary Sewer Manholes SAK Construction, L.L.C. 864 Hoff Rd. CiTallon, Missourt 63366 It OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE ATION DATE THEREOF. NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ;E WITH THE VUCY P OVISIO SENTATI w ce)1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 26 (2010105)-- The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD 1001486 132849.7 03-01-2012 No Text Client#: 129RA PnI VTRIPI -ACORD. CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DAT 0924/212412D/Y012 - 2 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER & Nelson 214 Milam Street CONTACT NAMQuerbes IN Ext ; 318 221-5241 n /c No): 3184290599 EMAIL P. O. BOX 5 Shreveport, LA 71161-0006 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER A: Colony Insurance Company 39993 INSURED Infrastructure Rehabilitation USA, Inc. 401 Edwards St., .Ste. 2100 Shreveport, LA 71101 INSURER B : Louisiana Commerce & Trade INSURER C : INSURER D : INSURER E : INSURER F : COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER! Rr-VISInN NIIMRFR- THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACTOR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. �7 TYPE OF INSURANCE D UB POLICY NUMBER M&C EFF M D LIMITS A GENERAL UABILITY X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS -MADE ❑X OCCUR X BI/PD Ded:5,000 GL851081 1/25/2012 0112512013 EACH OCCURRENCE $i 000 000 E 1nos) $100 000 MED EXP (Any one $5 000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $1 000 000 GENERAL AGGREGATE s2,000,000 GEML AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY PRa LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG s2,000,000 $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO ALL OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS AUTOS HIRED AUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE S S UMBRELLA LIAS EXCESS LIAR HCLAIMS-MADE OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ AGGREGATE $ DED I I RETENTION $ B WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETORIPARTNERIEXECLMVE Y I N OFFICERIMEMBEREXCLUDED? (Mandatory In NH) describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below NIA WC1020742112 0112512012 0112512013 1 WC STATU- OTH- E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $1 00O 000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $1 00O 000 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $1 000 000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schadul% if more apace Is required) ** Workers Comp Information I Proprietors/Partners/Executive Officers/Members Excluded: Theodore Casten, President Tina Edmiston, Vice President (See Attached Descriptions) SAK Construction, LLC SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE 1 THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN 864 Boyd-Hirtr'1 IQd• ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. O Fallon, MO 63366 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 44 ®1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2010105) 1 of 2 The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD #S248873/M237404 ATH DESCRIPTIONS (Continued from Page 1) ** Supplemental Name First Supplemental Name applies to all policies - Infrastructure Rehabilitation, Inc. Dba Poly Triplex of TX The certificate holder and City of Lubbock Purchasing Dept., 1625 13th Street, Ste 204, Lubbock, TX 79401 owner) are listed as an addit€onal insured on the General Liability policy as required by contract subject to policy terms, conditions and exclusions. The General Liability & Workers Compensenation policies contain waiver of subrogation as required by contract subject to policy terms, conditions and exclusions. Insurance is primary and non-contributory. SAGITTA 25.3 (2010105) 2 Of 2 #S248873/M237404 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 37 07 04 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED -- OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS -- COMPLETED OPERATIONS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Location And Description Of Completed Operant Or Or anization s : tions ALL PERSONS OR ORGANIZATIONS AS REQUIRED • AS DESIGNATED IN WRITTEN CONTRACT WITH BY WRITTEN CONTRACT WITH THE NAMED THE NAMED INSURED, INSURED. Information required to complete this Schedule if not shown above will be shown in the Declarations. Section it — Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured the persor►(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury" or "property damage" caused, in whole or in part, by "your work" at the location designated and described in the schedule of this endorsement performed for that- - - -• •- additional insured and included in the "products - completed operations.hazard". CG 20 37 07 04 - 0 ISO Properties, Inc., 2004 Page 1 of 1 M THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following; COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTSICOMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART The following is added to Paragraph 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us of Section IV — Conditions: We waive any rights of recoverywe may have against any person or organization because of payments we make for injury or damage resulting from your ongoing operations or "your worm' done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the "products -completed operations hazard" it a. you agreed to such waiver; b. the waiver is included as pars: of a written contract or lease; and c. such written contractor lease was executed prior to any loss to which this insurance applies. ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE POLICY REMAIN UNCHANGED. U047-0310 Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties, Inc., Page 1 of 1 with its permission. Client#- S8283 SOK A. COR& CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE D9/21/ /DD/YYY() /21/2012 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER J. W. Terrill, Inc. 825 Maryville Centre Dr. #200E-MAILo Chesterfield, MO 63017 314 00 NCO AMEA T Nancy Schwer PHONE 314-594-2661 314-594-2461 Ext : A/C, No ADDRESS: nschwer@jwterrill.com INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER A: Amerisure Insurance Company MMX INSURED INSURER B: Amerisure Mutual Insurance Co MMX SAK Construction, LLC INSURER C National Union Fire Ins Co RLA 864 Hoff Rd O'Fallon, MO 63366 INSURER D : INSURER E : INSURER F : COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER_ REVISION NUMBER -- THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACTOR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. LTRR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDLSUBR NSR WVD POLICY NUMBER MMIDIDY� POLICY EXP LIMITS A B GENERAL LIABILITY X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS -MADE OCCUR CPP206357703 CPP207792901 0810212012 0810212012 08/0212013 08/0212013 EACH OCCURRENCE $2,000,000 PREMISES EaEN.cTu ence $1 000 000 MED EXP (Any one person) $10,000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $2,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $4,000,000 GEN'LAGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY X PROJECT El LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $4,000,000 $ A B AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO ALL OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS AUTOS HIRED AUTOS X NON -OWNED AUTOS CA206357603 CA207793001 8/02/2012 8/02/2012 08/02/201 0810212013 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT Ea accident 2r000,000 X BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ X PROPERTY DAMAGE Per accident $ $ C UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB X OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE 7275762 8/02/2012 08/02/201 EACH OCCURRENCE s5,000,000 �( AGGREGATE $5 00O 000 DED I X I RETENTION $0 $ B WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE Y / N OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? N (Mandatory in NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below N / A WC206357804 8/02/2012 08/02/201 WC OTH- X STATUE E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $1 000 000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $1 OOO 000 E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, if more space is required) Re: ITB 12-10671-CI, Rehabilitation of Existing Sanitary Sewer Manholes City of Lubbock, its officers, agents and employees are included as Additional Insureds for General Liability, including completed operations, and Automobile Liability with respect to work performed by the Named Insured at the above referenced job, if required by written contract. General Liability and Automobile Liability coverages are considered primary and non-contributory with (See Attached Descriptions) City of Lubbock SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN c/o City of Lubbock Purchasing Dept. ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. 162513th St., Ste. 204 Lubbock, TX 79401 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE \1 i n b- . ©1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2010105) 1 of 2 The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD #S608542/M598605 LYD I respect to the above referenced job, if required by written contract. A waiver of subrogation is granted for General Liability, Automobile Liability and Worker's Compensation coverages in favor of the additional insureds, where permitted by law and if required by written contract. Cancellation: Earlier Notice of Cancellation Provided By Us - Missouri IL7O45 - copy attached. Endorsements CG7O4811O9, CG70491109, CA711511O9, CA71651O07 and WC000313 are attached. SAGITTA 25.3 (2010/05) 2 Of 2 #S608542/M598605 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CONTRACTOR'S BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM All of the terms, provisions, exclusions, and limitations of the coverage form apply except as specifically stated below. Policy Number Agency Number Policy Effective Date CPP206357703 08/02/2012 Policy Expiration/Cancellation Date Date Account Number 08/02/2013 08/02/2012 Named Insured Agency Issuing Company SAK Construction, LLC J.W. Terrill, Inc. SECTION 11- WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to add as an insured any person or organization: a. Whom you are required to add as an additional insured on this policy under a written contract or written agreement relating to your business; or b. Who is named as an additional insured under this policy on a certificate of insurance. However, the written contract, written agreement or certificate of insurance must require additional insured status for a time period during the term of this policy and be executed prior to the "bodily injury", "property damage", or "personal and advertising injury" giving rise to a claim under this policy. If, however, "your work" was commenced under a letter of intent or work order, subject to a subsequent reduction to writing within 30 days from such commencement and with customers whose customary contracts require they be named as additional insureds, we will provide additional insured status as specified in this endorsement. 2. SECTION 11 - WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to add the following: If the additional insured is: a. An individual, their spouse is also an additional insured. b. A partnership or joint venture, members, partners, and their spouses are also additional insureds. c. A limited liability company, members and managers are also additional insureds. d. An organization other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, executive officers and directors of the organization are also additional insureds. Stockholders are also additional insureds, but only with respect to their liability as stockholders. e. A trust, trustees are also insureds, but only with respect to their duties as trustees. 3. The insurance provided to the additional insured under this endorsement is limited as follows: a. That person or organization is only an additional insured with respect to liability arising out of: (1) Premises you own, rent, lease, or occupy; or (2) Your ongoing operations, unless the written contract, written agreement or certificate of insurance also requires completed operations coverage (or wording to the same effect), in which case the coverage provided shall extend to your completed operations for that additional insured. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CG 70 48 1109 Page 1 of 3 Premises, as respects this provision, shall include common or public areas about such premises if so required in the written contract or written agreement. Ongoing operations, as respects this provision, does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurring after: (a) All work including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the site of the covered operations has been completed; or (b) That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. b. The limits of insurance applicable to the additional insured are the least of those specified in the: (1) Written contract or written agreement; (2) Certificate of insurance; or (3) Declarations of this policy. The limits of insurance applicable to the additional insured are inclusive of and not in addition to the limits of insurance shown in the Declarations. c. The additional insured status provided by this endorsement does not extend beyond the expiration or termination of a premises lease or rental agreement nor beyond the term of this policy. d. If a written contract, written agreement or certificate of insurance as outlined above requires that additional insured status be provided by the use of CG 20 10 1185, then the terms of that endorsement, which are shown below, are incorporated into this endorsement as respects such additional insured, to the extent that such terms do not restrict coverage otherwise provided by this endorsement: ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS (FORM B) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART. SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization: Blanket Where Required by Written Contract, Agreement, or Certificate of Insurance that the terms of CG 20 10 1185 apply (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.) WHO IS AN INSURED (Section II) is amended to include as an insured the person or organization shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability arising out of "your work" for that insured by or for you. Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1984 CG 2010 1185 e. The insurance provided to the additional insured does not apply to "bodily injury", "property damage", or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of an architect's, engineer's, or surveyor's rendering of or failure to render any professional services including but not limited to: (1) The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, change orders, design specifications; and (2) Supervisory, inspection, or engineering services. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. Page 2 of 3 CG 70 48 11 09 f. SECTION IV - COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS, paragraph 4.Other Insurance is deleted and replaced with the following: 4. Other Insurance. Any coverage provided in this endorsement is excess over any other valid and collectible insurance available to the additional insured whether primary, excess, contingent, or on any other basis unless the written contract, written agreement, or certificate of insurance requires that this insurance be primary, in which case this insurance will be primary without contribution from such other insurance available to the additional insured. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CG 70 48 1109 Page 3 of 3 Policy #CA206357603 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. COMMERCIAL• ! : BROAD • 'ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by the endorsement. The premium for this endorsement is $ INCLUDED 1. EXTENDED CANCELLATION CONDITION COMMON POLICY CONDITIONS - CANCELLATION, Paragraph A.2. is replaced by the following: 2. We may cancel this policy by mailing or delivering to the first Named Insured written notice of cancellation at least: a. 10 days before the effective date of cancellation if we cancel for nonpayment of premium; or b. 60 days before the effective date of cancellation if we cancel for any other reason. 2. BROAD FORM INSURED SECTION 11 - LIABILITY COVERAGE A.1. WHO IS AN INSURED is amended by the addition of the following: d. Any organization you newly acquire or form, other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, and over which you maintain ownership or a majority interest, will qualify as a Named Insured. However, (1) Coverage under this provision is afforded only until the end of the policy period; (2) Coverage does not apply to "accidents" or "loss" that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization; and (3) Coverage does not apply to an organization that is an "insured" under any other policy or would be an "insured" but for its termination or the exhausting of its limit of insurance. e. Any "employee" of yours using: (1) A covered "auto" you do not own, hire or borrow, or a covered "auto" not owned by the "employee" or a member of his or her household, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business or your personal affairs; or (2) An "auto" hired or rented under a contract or agreement in that "employee's" name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. However, your "employee" does not qualify as an insured under this paragraph (2) while using a covered "auto" rented from you or from any member of the "employee's" household. f. Your members, if you are a limited liability company, while using a covered "auto" you do not own, hire, or borrow, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business or your personal affairs. g. Any person or organization with whom you agree in a written contract, written agreement or permit, to provide insurance such as is afforded under this policy, but only with respect to your covered "autos". This provision does not apply: (1) Unless the written contract or agreement is executed or the permit is issued prior to the "bodily injury" or "property damage' Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CA 71 15 1109 Page 1 of 5 (2) To any person or organization included as an insured by an endorsement or in the Declarations; or (3) To any lessor of "autos" unless: (a) The lease agreement requires you to provide direct primary insurance for the lessor; (b) The "auto" is leased without a driver; and (c) The lease had not expired. Leased "autos" covered under this provision will be considered covered "autos" you own and not covered "autos" you hire. h. Any legally incorporated organization or subsidiary in which you own more than 50% of the voting stock on the effective date of this endorsement. This provision does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" for which an "insured" is also an insured under any other automobile policy or would be an insured under such a policy, but for its termination or the exhaustion of its limits of insurance, unless such policy was written to apply specifically in excess of this policy. 3. COVERAGE EXTENSIONS - SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS Under SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE, A.2.a. Supplementary Payments, paragraphs (2) and (4) are deleted and replaced with the following: (2) Up to $2500 for the cost of bail bonds (including bonds for related traffic law violations) required because of an "accident" we cover. We do not have to furnish these bonds. (4) All reasonable expenses incurred by the "insured" at our request, including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. 4. AMENDED FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXCLUSION SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE, B. EXCLUSIONS, paragraph S. Fellow Employee is deleted and replaced by the following: S. Fellow Employee "Bodily injury" to: a. Any fellow "employee" of the "insured" arising out of and in the course of the fellow "employee's" employment or while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. However, this exclusion does not apply to your "employees" that are officers, managers, supervisors or above. Coverage is excess over any other collectible insurance. b. The spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of that fellow "employee" as a consequence of paragraph a. above. S. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE AND LOSS OF USE EXPENSE A. Under SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. COVERAGE, the following is added: If any of your owned covered "autos" are covered for Physical Damage, we will provide Physical Damage coverage to "autos" that you or your "employees" hire or borrow, under your name or the "employee's" name, for the purpose of doing your work. We will provide coverage equal to the broadest physical damage coverage applicable to any covered "auto" shown in the Declarations, Item Three, Schedule of Covered Autos You Own, or on any endorsements amending this schedule. B. Under SECTION III -PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A.4. COVERAGE EXTENSIONS, paragraph b. Loss of Use Expenses is deleted and replaced with the following: b. Loss Of Use Expenses For Hired Auto Physical Damage, we will pay expenses for which an "insured" becomes legally responsible to pay for loss of use of a vehicle rented or hired without a driver, under a written rental contract or agreement. We will pay for loss of use expenses if caused by: Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. Page 2 of 5 CA 71 15 1109 (1) Other than collision, only if the Declarations indicate that Comprehensive Coverage is provided for any covered "auto' (2) Specified Causes of Loss, only if the Declarations indicate that Specified Causes Of Loss Coverage is provided for any covered "auto'; or (3) Collision, only if the Declarations indicate that Collision Coverage is provided for any covered "auto". However, the most we will pay for any expenses for loss of use is $30 per day, to a maximum of $2,000. C. Under SECTION IV— BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, paragraph 5.b. Other Insurance is deleted and replaced by the following: b. For Hired Auto Physical Damage Coverage, the following are deemed to be covered "autos" you own: 1. Any covered "auto" you lease, hire, rent or borrow; and 2. Any covered "auto" hired or rented by your "employee" under a contract in that individual "employee's" name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. However, any "auto" that is leased, hired, rented or borrowed with a driver is not a covered "auto", nor is any "auto" you hire from any of your "employees", partners (if you are a partnership), members (if you are a limited liability company), or members of their households. 6. LOAN OR LEASE GAP COVERAGE Under SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. COVERAGE, the following is added: If a covered "auto" is owned or leased and if we provide Physical Damage Coverage on it, we will pay, in the event of a covered total "loss", any unpaid amount due on the lease or loan for a covered "auto", less: (a) The amount paid under the Physical Damage Coverage Section of the policy; and (b) Any: (1) Overdue lease or loan payments including penalties, interest or other charges resulting from overdue payments at the time of the "loss' (2) Financial penalties imposed under a lease for excessive use, abnormal wear and tear or high mileage; (3) Costs for extended warranties, Credit Life Insurance, Health, Accident or Disability Insurance purchased with the loan or lease; (4) Security deposits not refunded by a lessor; and (5) Carry-over balances from previous loans or leases. 7. RENTAL REIMBURSEMENT SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. COVERAGE, paragraph 4. Coverage Extensions is deleted and replaced by the following: 4. Coverage Extensions (a) We will pay up to $75 per day to a maximum of $2000 for transportation expense incurred by you because of covered "loss". We will pay only for those covered "autos" for which you carry Collision Coverage or either Comprehensive Coverage or Specified Causes of Loss Coverage. We will pay for transportation expenses incurred during the period beginning 24 hours after the covered "loss" and ending, regardless of the policy's expiration, when the covered "auto" is returned to use or we pay for its "loss". This coverage is in addition to the otherwise applicable coverage you have on a covered "auto". No deductibles apply to this coverage. (b) This coverage does not apply while there is a spare or reserve "auto" available to you for your operation. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CA 71 1511 09 Page 3 of 5 8. AIRBAG COVERAGE SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE, B. EXCLUSIONS, Paragraph 3. is deleted and replaced by the following: We will not pay for "loss" caused by or resulting from any of the following unless caused by other "loss" that is covered by this insurance: a. Wear and tear, freezing, mechanical or electrical breakdown. However, this exclusion does not include the discharge of an airbag. b. Blowouts, punctures or other road damage to tires. 9. GLASS REPAIR - WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, D. DEDUCTIBLE is amended to add the following: No deductible applies to glass damage if the glass is repaired rather than replaced. 10. COLLISION COVERAGE —WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, D. DEDUCTIBLE is amended to add the following: When there is a "loss" to your covered "auto" insured for Collision Coverage, no deductible will apply if the "loss" was caused by a collision with another "auto" insured by us. 11. KNOWLEDGE OF ACCIDENT SECTION IV - BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, A. LOSS CONDITIONS, 2. DUTIES IN THE EVENT OF ACCIDENT, CLAIM, SUIT OR LOSS, paragraph a. is deleted and replaced by the following: a. You must see to it that we are notified as soon as practicable of an "accident", claim, "suit" or "loss". Knowledge of an "accident", claim, "suit" or "loss" by your "employees" shall not, in itself, constitute knowledge to you unless one of your partners, executive officers, directors, managers, or members (if you are a limited liability company) has knowledge of the "accident", claim, "suit" or "loss". Notice should include: (1) How, when and where the "accident" or "loss" occurred; (2) The "insured's" name and address; and (3) To the extent possible, the names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses. 12. TRANSFER OF RIGHTS (BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION) SECTION IV - BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS A.S. TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US is deleted and replaced by the following: If any person or organization to or for whom we make payment under this Coverage Form has rights to recover damages from another, those rights are transferred to us. That person or organization must do everything necessary to secure our rights and must do nothing after "accident" or "loss" to impair them. However, if the insured has waived rights to recover through a written contract, or if your work was commenced under a letter of intent or work order, subject to a subsequent reduction in writing with customers whose customary contracts require a waiver, we waive any right of recovery we may have under this Coverage Form. 13. UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS SECTION IV - BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, B. GENERAL CONDITIONS, 2. CONCEALMENT, MISREPRESENTATION OR FRAUD is amended by the addition of the following: We will not deny coverage under this Coverage Form if you unintentionally fail to disclose all hazards existing as of the inception date of this policy. You must report to us any knowledge of an error or omission in your representations as soon as practicable after its discovery. This provision does not affect our right to collect additional premium or exercise our right of cancellation or non -renewal. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. Page 4 of 5 CA 71 15 1109 14. BLANKET COVERAGE FOR CERTAIN OPERATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH RAILROADS When required by written contract or written agreement, the definition of "insured contract' is amended as follows: — The exception contained in paragraph H.3. relating to construction or demolition operations on or within 50 feet of a railroad; and Paragraph H.a. are deleted with respect to the use of a covered "auto" in operations for, or affecting, a railroad. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CA 71 15 11 09 Page 5 of 5 POLICY NUMBER: CA-2063576 COMMERCIAL AUTO CA 71 6610 07 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED INSURED - PRIMARY COVERAGE This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM The provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless changed by this endorsement. This endorsement identifies person(s) or organization(s) who are "insured" under the Who Is An Insured Provision of the Coverage Form. This endorsement changes the policy on the inception date of the policy, unless another date is shown below. Endorsement Effective: 08-02-12 Countersigned By: Named Insured: SAK CONSTRUCTION, LLC (Authorized Representative) (No entry may appear above. If so, information to complete this endorsement is in the Declarations.) Section II — Liability Coverage, A. Coverage, 1. Who Is An Insured is amended to add: Any Person or Organization with whom you have an "insured contract" which requires: i. that Person or Organization to be added as an "insured" under this policy; and ii. this policy to be primary and non-contributory to any like insurance available to the Person or Organization. Each such person or organization is an "insured" for Liability Coverage. They are an "insured" only if that person or organization is an "insured" under in SECTION II of the Coverage Form. The contract between the Named Insured and the person or organization is an "insured contract". Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. CA 71 6510 07 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. EARLIER NOTICE OF CANCELLATION PROVIDED BY US Number of Days Notice 60 For any statutorily permitted reason other than nonpayment of premium, the number of days required for notice of cancellation is increased to the number of days shown in the Schedule above. If this policy is cancelled by us we will send the Named Insured and any party listed in the following schedule notice of cancellation based on the number of days notice shown above. SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization The Name of Person or Organization is any person or organization holding a certificate of insurance issued for you, provided the certificate: 1. Refers to this policy; 2. States that notice of: a. Cancellation; b. Nonrenewal; or c. Material change reducing or restricting coverage; will be provided to that person or organization; 3. Is in effect at the time of the: a. Cancellation; b. Nonrenewal; or c. Material change reducing or restricting coverage; and 4. is on file at your agent or broker's office for this policy. Mailing Address The Mailing Address is the address shown for that person or organization in that certificate of insurance. IL 70 45 05 07 Policy #CPP206357703 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CONTRACTORS GENERAL LIABILITY EXTENSION ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Under SECTION I - COVERAGE A. BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY, paragraph 2. EXCLUSIONS, provisions 1. through 6. of this endorsement amend the policy as follows: 1. LIQUOR LIABILITY Exclusion c. Liquor Liability is deleted. 2. NONOWNED WATERCRAFT AND NONOWNED AIRCRAFT (HIRED, RENTED OR LOANED WITH PAID CREW) Exclusion g. Aircraft, Auto or Watercraft, paragraph (2) is deleted and replaced with the following: (2) A watercraft you do not own that is: (a) Less than 51 feet long; and (b) Not being used to carry persons or property for a charge; Exclusion g. Aircraft, Auto or Watercraft, paragraph (6) is added as follows: (6) An aircraft that you do not own that is: (a) Hired; (b) Rented; or (c) Loaned to you; with paid crew for a period of five (5) consecutive days or less. Paragraph (6) does not apply if the insured has any other insurance for "bodily injury or "property damage" liability for such aircraft, whether such other insurance is primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis. 3. PREMISES ALIENATED A. Exclusion j. Damage to Property, paragraph (2) is deleted. B. The following paragraph is also deleted from Exclusion j. Damage to Property: Paragraph (2) of this exclusion does not apply if the premises are "your work" and were never occupied, rented or held for rental by you. 4. PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY - ELEVATORS AND SIDETRACK AGREEMENTS A. Exclusion j. Damage to Property, paragraphs (3),(4), and (6) do not apply to the use of elevators. B. Exclusion k. Damage to Your Product does not apply to: 1. The use of elevators; or 2. Liability assumed under a sidetrack agreement. 5. PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY - BORROWED EQUIPMENT A. Exclusion j. Damage to Property, paragraph (4) does not apply to "property damage" to borrowed equipment while at a jobsite and not being used to perform operations. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CG 70 49 1109 Page 1 of 10 B. With respect to any one borrowed equipment item, provision S.A. above does not apply to "property damage" that exceeds $25,000 per occurrence or $25,000 annual aggregate. 6. PRODUCT RECALL EXPENSE A. Exclusion n. Recall Of Products, Work Or Impaired Property does not apply to "product recall expenses" that you incur for the "covered recall" of "your product". This exception to the exclusion does not apply to "product recall expenses" resulting from: 1. Failure of any products to accomplish their intended purpose; 2. Breach of warranties of fitness, quality, durability or performance; 3. Loss of customer approval or any cost incurred to regain customer approval; 4. Redistribution or replacement of "your product", which has been recalled, by like products or substitutes; 5. Caprice or whim of the insured; 6. A condition likely to cause loss, about which any insured knew or had reason to know at the inception of this insurance; 7. Asbestos, including loss, damage or clean up resulting from asbestos or asbestos containing materials; 8. Recall of "your product(s)" that have no known or suspected defect solely because a known or suspected defect in another of "your product(s)" has been found. B. Under SECTION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE, paragraph 3. is replaced in its entirety as follows and paragraph 8. is added: 3. The Products -Completed Operations Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of: a. Damages under COVERAGE A BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY because of "bodily injury" and "property damage" included in the "products -completed operations hazard" and b. "Product recall expenses". 8. Subject to paragraph 5. above, $25,000 is the most we will pay for all "product recall expenses" arising out of the same defect or deficiency. The insurance afforded by provisions 1. through 6. of this endorsement is excess over any valid and collectible insurance (including any deductible) available to the insured whether primary, excess or contingent, and SECTION IV., paragraph 4.Other Insurance is changed accordingly. 7. BLANKET CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY — RAILROADS When a written contract or written agreement requires Contractual Liability - Railroads, the definition of "insured contract" in Section V - Definitions is replaced by the following with respect to operations performed for, or affecting, a railroad: 9. 'Insured Contract" means: a. A contract for a lease of premises. However, that portion of the contract for a lease of premises that indemnifies any person or organization for damage by fire to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner is not an "insured contract; b. A sidetrack agreement; c. Any easement or license agreement; d. An obligation, as required by ordinance, to indemnify a municipality, except in connection with work for a municipality; Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. Page 2 of 10 CG 70 49 11 09 e. An elevator maintenance agreement; f. That part of any other contract or agreement pertaining to your business (including an indemnification of a municipality in connection with work performed for a municipality) under which you assume the tort liability of another parry to pay for "bodily injury" or "property damage" to a third person or organization. Tort liability means a liability that would be imposed by law in the absence of any contract or agreement. Paragraph f. does not include that part of any contract or agreement: (1) That indemnifies an architect, engineer or surveyor for injury or damage arising out of: (a) Preparing, approving or failing to prepare or approve maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or (b) Giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them; (2) Under which the insured, if an architect, engineer or surveyor, assumes liability for an injury or damage arising out of the insured's rendering or failure to render professional services, including those listed in Paragraph (1) above and supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. 8. CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY - PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY Under SECTION 1 - COVERAGE B., paragraph 2. Exclusions, paragraph e. Contractual Liability is deleted. 9. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS Under SECTION I - SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS - COVERAGES A AND B, paragraphs 1.b. and I A. are deleted and replaced with the following: b. Up to $2,500 for cost of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle to which the Bodily Injury Liability Coverage applies. We do not have to furnish these bonds. d. All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at our request to assist us in the investigation or defense of the claim or "suit", including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. 10. BROADENED WHO IS AN INSURED SECTION 11- WHO IS AN INSURED is deleted and replaced with the following: If you are designated in the Declarations as: a. An individual, you and your spouse are insureds, but only with respect to the conduct of. a business of which you are the sole owner. b. A partnership or joint venture, you are an insured. Your members, your partners, and their spouses are also insureds, but only with respect to the conduct of your business. c. A limited liability company, you are an insured. Your members are also insureds, but only with respect to the conduct of your business. Your managers are insureds, but only with respect to their duties as your managers. d. An organization other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, you are an insured. Your "executive officers" and directors are insureds, but only with respect to their duties as your officers or directors. Your stockholders are also insureds, but only with respect to their liability as stockholders. e. A trust, you are an insured. Your trustees are also insureds, but only with respect to their duties as trustees. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CG 70 49 1109 Page 3 of 10 2. Each of the following is also an insured: a. Your "volunteer workers" only while performing duties related to the conduct of your business, or your "employees," other than either your "executive officers," (if you are an organization other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) or your managers (if you are a limited liability company), but only for acts within the scope of their employment by you or while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. However, none of these "employees" or "volunteer workers" -are insured for: (1) "Bodily injury' or "personal and advertising injury": (a) To you, to your partners or members (if you are a partnership or joint venture), to your members (if you are a limited liability company), to a co -"employee" while in the course of his or her employment or performing duties related to the conduct of your business, or to your other "volunteer workers" while performing duties related to the conduct of your business; (b) To the spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of that co -"employee" or "volunteer worker" as a consequence of paragraph (1)(a) above; (c) For which there is any obligation to share damages with or repay someone else who must pay damages because of the injury described in paragraphs (1)(a) or (b) above; or (d) Arising out of his or her providing or failing to provide professional health care services except as provided in provision 11. of this endorsement. Paragraphs (1)(a), (1)(b) and (1)(c) above do not apply to your "employees" who are: (i) Managers; (ii) Supervisors; (III) Directors; or (iv) Officers; with respect to "bodily injury" to a co "employee". (2) "Property damage" to property: (a) Owned, occupied or used by; (b) Rented to, in the care, custody or control of, or over which physical control is being exercised for any purpose by you, any of your "employees," "volunteer workers", any partner or member (if you are a partnership or joint venture), or any member (if you are a limited liability company). b. Any person (other than your "employee" or "volunteer worker"), or any organization while acting as your real estate manager. c. Any person or organization having proper temporary custody of your property if you die, but only, (1) - With respect to liability arising out of the maintenance or use of that property; and (2) Until your legal representative has been appointed. d. Your legal representative if you die, but. only with respect to duties as such. That representative will have all your rights and duties under this Coverage Form. S. Your subsidiaries if: (1) They are legally incorporated entities; and (2) You own more than 50% of the voting stock in such subsidiaries as of the effective date of this policy. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. Page 4 of 10 CG 70 49 1109 If such subsidiaries are not shown in the Declarations, you must report them to us within 180 days of the inception of your original policy. f. (1) Any person or organization, other than an architect, engineer or surveyor, required to be named as an additional insured in a "work contract", letter of intent or work order. However, such person or organization shall be an additional insured only with respect to covered "bodily injury," "property damage," and "personal and advertising injury" arising out of "your work" under that "work contract", letter of intent or work order. (2) We will provide additional insured coverage to such person or organization only: (a) for a period of 30 days after the effective date of the applicable "work contract", letter of intent or work order; or (b) until the end of the policy term in effect at the inception of the applicable "work contract", letter of intent or work order; whichever is earlier. (3) Coverage provided under this paragraph f. is excess over any other valid and collectible insurance available to the additional insured whether primary, excess, contingent, or on any other basis unless the "work contract", letter of intent or work order requires this insurance be primary, in which case this insurance will be primary without contribution from such other insurance available to the additional insured. (4) This paragraph f. does not apply if form CG 70 48, Contractors Blanket Additional Insured Endorsement, is attached to the policy. g. Any person or organization to whom you are obligated by virtue of a written contract to provide insurance such as is afforded by this policy, but only with respect to liability arising out of the maintenance or use of that part of any premises leased to you, including common or public areas about such premises if so required in the contract. However, no such person or organization is an insured with respect to: (1) Any "occurrence" that takes place after you cease to occupy those premises; or (2) Structural alterations, new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of such person or organization. h. Any state or political subdivision but only as respects legal liability incurred by the state or political subdivision solely because it has issued a permit with respect to operations performed by you or on your behalf. However, no state or political subdivision is an insured with respect to: (1) "Bodily injury", "property damage", and "personal and advertising injury" arising out of operations performed for the state or municipality; or (2) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" included within the "products -completed operations hazard." i, Any person or organization who is the lessor of equipment leased to you to whom you are obligated by virtue of a written contact to provide insurance such as is afforded by this policy, but only with respect to their liability arising out of the maintenance, operation or use of such equipment by you or a subcontractor on your behalf with your permission and under your supervision. However, no such person or organization is an insured with respect to any "occurrence" that takes place after the equipment lease expires. j. Any architect, engineer, or surveyor engaged by you but only with respect to liability arising out of your premises or "your work." Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CG 70 49 1109 Page 5 of 110 However, no architect, engineer, or surveyor is an insured with respect to "bodily injury," "property damage," or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of or the failure to render any professional services by or for you, including: (1) The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, change orders, designs or specifications; or (2) Supervisory, inspection, or engineering services. This paragraph j. does not apply if form CG 70 48, Contractors Blanket Additional Insured Endorsement, is attached to the policy. k. Any manager, owner, lessor, mortgagee, assignee or receiver of premises, including land leased to you, but only with respect to liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of that part of the premises or land leased to you. However, no such person or organization is an insured with respect to: (1) Any 'occurrence" that takes place after you cease to occupy that premises, or cease to lease the land; or (2) Structural alteration, new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of that person or organization. 3. Any organization you newly acquire or form, other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company and over which you maintain ownership or majority interest, will qualify as a Named Insured if there is no other similar insurance available to that organization. However: a. Coverage under this provision is afforded until the end of the policy period. b. Coverage A does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization. c. Coverage B does not apply to "personal and advertising injury" arising out of an offense committed before you acquired or formed the organization. d. Coverage A does not apply to "product recall expense" arising out of any withdrawal or recall that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization. 4. Any person or organization (referred to below as vendor) with whom you agreed, because of a written contract or agreement to provide insurance is an insured, but only with respect to "bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of "your products" that are distributed or sold in the regular course of the vendor's business. However, no such person or organization is an insured with respect to: a. 'Bodily injury" or "property damage" for which the vendor is obligated to pay damages by reason of the assumption of liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that the vendor would have in the absence of the contract or agreement. b. Any express warranty unauthorized by you; c. Any physical or chemical change in "your product" made intentionally by the vendor; d. Repackaging, except when unpacked solely for the purpose of inspection, demonstration, testing, or the substitution of parts under instructions from the manufacturer, and then repackaged in the original container; e. Any failure to make such inspections, adjustments, tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business, in connection with the distribution or sale of "your products' f. Demonstration, installation, servicing or repair operations, except such operations performed at the vendor's premises in connection with the sale of "your product"; Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. Page 6 of 10 CG 70 49 1109 g. "Your products" which, after distribution or sale by you, have been labeled or relabeled or used as a container, part or ingredient of any other thing or substance by or for the vendor. h. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the sole negligence of the vendor for its own acts or omissions or those of its employees or anyone else acting on its behalf. However, this exclusion does not apply to: (1) The exceptions contained in subparagraphs d. or f.; or (2) Such inspections, adjustments, tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business, in connection with the distribution or sale of the products. This insurance does not apply to any insured person or organization from which you have acquired "your products", or any ingredient, part, or container, entering into, accompanying or containing "your products". No person or organization is an insured with respect to the conduct of any current or past partnership, joint venture or limited liability company that is not shown as a Named Insured in the Declarations. 11. INCIDENTAL MALPRACTICE LIABILITY As respects provision 10., SECTION II - WHO IS AN INSURED, paragraph 2.a.(1)(d) does not apply to any nurse, emergency medical technician or paramedic employed by you to provide medical or paramedical services, provided that you are not engaged in the business or occupation of providing such services, and your "employee" does not have any other insurance that would also cover claims arising under this provision, whether the other insurance is primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis. Under SECTION III - LIMITS OF INSURANCE, provisions 12. through 14. of this endorsement amend the policy as follows: 12. AGGREGATE LIMITS PER PROJECT The General Aggregate Limit applies separately to each of your construction projects away from premises owned by or rented to you. 13. INCREASED MEDICAL PAYMENTS LIMIT AND REPORTING PERIOD A. The requirement under SECTION I - COVERAGE C MEDICAL PAYMENTS that expenses be incurred and reported to us within one year of the date of the accident is changed to three years. B. SECTION III - LIMITS OF INSURANCE, paragraph 7., the Medical Expense Limit, is subject to all of the terms of SECTION III - LIMITS OF INSURANCE and is the greater of: 1. $10,000; or 2. The amount shown in the Declarations for Medical Expense Limit. C. This provision 13. does not apply if COVERAGE C MEDICAL PAYMENTS is excluded either by the provisions of the Coverage Form or by endorsement. 14. DAMAGE TO PREMISES RENTED TO YOU — SPECIFIC PERILS A. The word fire is changed to "specific perils" where it appears in: 1. The last paragraph of SECTION I — COVERAGE A, paragraph 2. Exclusions; 2. SECTION IV, paragraph 4.b. Excess Insurance. B. The Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations will apply to all damage proximately caused by the same event, whether such damage results from a "specific peril" or any combination of "specific perils." C. The Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit described in SECTION III - LIMITS OF INSURANCE, paragraph 6., is replaced by a new limit, which is the greater of: 1. $1,000,000; or Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CG 70 49 1109 Page 7 of 10 2. The amount shown in the Declarations for Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit. D. This provision 14. does not apply if the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit of SECTION 1- COVERAGE A is excluded either by the provisions of the Coverage Form or by endorsement. Under SECTION IV - COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS, provisions 15. through 17. of this endorsement amend the policy as follows: IS. KNOWLEDGE OF OCCURRENCE Under 2. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim, Or Suit, paragraph a. is deleted and replaced and paragraphs e. and f. are added as follows: a. You must see to it that we are notified as soon as practicable of an 'occurrence" or an offense, regardless of the amount, which may result in a claim. Knowledge of an "occurrence" or an offense by your "empioyee(s)" shall not, in itself, constitute knowledge to you unless one of your partners, members, "executive officers", directors, or managers has knowledge of the 'occurrence" or offense. To the extent possible, notice should include: (1) How, when and where the"occurrence" or offense took place; (2) The names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses; and (3) The nature and location of any injury or damage arising out of the "occurrence" or offense. e. If you report an "occurrence" to your workers compensation carrier that develops into a liability claim for which coverage is provided by the Coverage Form, failure to report such an "occurrence" to us at the time of the "occurrence" shall not be deemed a violation of paragraphs a., b., and c. above. However, you shall give written notice of this "occurrence" to us as soon you become aware that this "occurrence" may be a liability claim rather than a workers compensation claim. f. You must see to it that the following are done in the event of an actual or anticipated "covered recall" that may result in "product recall expense": (1) Give us prompt notice of any discovery or notification that "your product" must be withdrawn or recalled. Include a description of "your product" and the reason for the withdrawal or recall; (2) Cease any further release, shipment, consignment or any other method of distribution of like or similar products until it has been determined that all such products are free from defects that could be a cause of loss under the insurance. 16. UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS Paragraph 6. Representations is deleted and replaced with the following: 6. Representations By accepting this policy, you agree: a. The statements in the Declarations are accurate and complete; b. Those statements are based upon representations you made to us; c. We have issued this policy in reliance upon your representations; and d. This policy is void in any case of fraud by you as it relates to this policy or any claim under this policy. We will not deny coverage under this coverage part if you unintentionally fail to disclose all hazards existing as of the inception date of this policy. You must report to us any knowledge of an error or omission in the description of any premises or operations intended to be covered by the Coverage Form as soon as practicable after its discovery. However, this provision does not affect our right to collect additional premium or exercise our right of cancellation or nonrenewal. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. Page 8 of 10 CG 70 49 1109 17. TRANSFER OF RIGHTS (BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION) Paragraph 8. Transfer of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us is deleted and replaced with the following: 8. If the insured has rights to recover all or part of any payment we have made under this Coverage Form, those rights are transferred to us. The insured must do nothing after loss to impair them. At our request, the insured will bring "suit" or transfer those rights to us and help us enforce them. However, if the insured has waived rights to recover through a written contract, or if "your work" was commenced under a letter of intent or work order, subject to a subsequent reduction to writing with customers whose customary contracts require a waiver, we waive any right of recovery we may have under this Coverage Form. 18. EXTENDED NOTICE OF CANCELLATION AND NONRENEWAL Paragraph 2.b. of A. Cancellation of the COMMON POLICY CONDITIONS is deleted and replaced with the following: b. 60 days before the effective date of the cancellation if we cancel for any other reason. Under SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS, Paragraph 9. When We Do Not Renew is deleted and replaced with the following: 9. When We Do Not Renew If we decide not to renew this'Coverage Part, we will mail or deliver to the first Named Insured shown in the Declarations written notice of the nonrenewal not less than 60 days before the expiration date. If notice is mailed, proof of mailing will be sufficient proof of notice. 19. MOBILE EQUIPMENT REDEFINED Under SECTION V - DEFINITIONS, paragraph 12. "Mobile equipment", paragraph f. (1) does not apply to self- propelled vehicles of less than 1,000 pounds gross vehicle weight. 20. DEFINITIONS 1. SECTION V — DEFINITIONS, paragraph 4. "Coverage territory" is replaced by the following definition: "Coverage territory" means anywhere in the world with respect to liability arising out of "bodily injury," °property damage," or "personal and advertising injury," including "personal and advertising injury" offenses that take place through the Internet or similar electronic means of communication provided the insured's responsibility to pay damages is determined in a settlement to which we agree or in a "suit" on the merits, in the United States of America (including its territories and possessions), Puerto Rico and Canada. 2. SECTION V — DEFINITIONS is amended by the addition of the following definitions: "Covered recall" means a recall made necessary because you or a government body has determined that a known or suspected defect, deficiency, inadequacy, or dangerous condition in "your product" has resulted or will result in "bodily injury" or "property damage". "Product Recall expenses" mean only reasonable and necessary extra costs, which result from or are related to the recall or withdrawal of "your product" for: a. Telephone and telegraphic communication, radio or television announcements, computer time and newspaper advertising; b. Stationery, envelopes, production of announcements and postage or facsimiles; c. Remuneration paid to regular employees for necessary overtime or authorized travel expense; d. Temporary hiring by you or by agents designated by you of persons, other than your regular employees, to perform necessary tasks; Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. CG 70 49 1109 Page 9 of 10 e. Rental of necessary additional warehouse or storage space; f. Packaging of or transportation or shipping of defective products to the location you designate; and g. Disposal of "your products" that cannot be reused. Disposal expenses do not include: (1) Expenses that exceed the original cost of the materials incurred to manufacture or process such product; and (2) Expenses that exceed the cost of normal trash discarding or disposal, except as are necessary to avoid "bodily injury" or "property damage". "Specific Perils" means fire; lightning; explosion; windstorm or hail; smoke; aircraft or vehicles; riot or civil commotion; vandalism; leakage from fire extinguishing equipment; weight of snow, ice or sleet; or "water damage". "Water damage" means accidental discharge or leakage of water or steam as the direct result of the breaking or cracking of any part of a system or appliance containing water or steam. "Work contract" means a written agreement between you and one or more parties for work to be performed by you or on your behalf. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. Page 10 of 10 CG 70 49 1109 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WC 00 03 13 (Ed. 4-84) WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule. (This agreement applies only to the extent that you perform work under a written contract that requires you to obtain this agreement from us.) This agreement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule.. Schedule "Any person or organization required by written contract or certificate of insurance." "This endorsement is not applicable in California, Kentucky, New Hampshire, New Jersey, Texas and Utah." "This endorsement does not apply to policies in Missouri where the employer is in the construction group of code classifications. According to Section 287.150(6) of the Missouri Statues, a contractual provision purporting to waive subrogation rights is against public policy and void where one party to the contract is an employer in the construction group of code classifications." This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Endorsement Effective 08/02/2012 Policy No. WC 2063578-04 Endorsement No.0 Insured SAK CONSTRUCTION, LLC Premium $ Insurance Company WC 00 03 13 (Ed. 4-84) Countersigned by Copyright 1983 National Council on Compensation Insurance. Hart Forms & services Reorder No. 14A888 No Text CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE TO: CITY OF LUBBOCK DATE: P.O. BOX 2000, Room 204 LUBBOCK, TX 79457 TYPE OF PROJECT: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT (Name and Address of Insured) is, at the date of this certificate, insured by this Company with respect to the business operations hereinafter described, for the typed of insurance and in accordance with the provisions of the standard policies used by this company, the further hereinafter described. Exceptions to standard policy noted hereon. TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER EFFECTIVE EFFECTIVE LIMITS DATE DATE GENERAL LIABILITY 0 Commercial General Liability General Aggregate $ 0 Claims Made Products-Comp/Op AGG $ ❑ Occurrence Personal & Adv. Injury $ ❑ Owner's & Contractors Protective Each Occurrence $ 0 Fire Damage (Any one Fire) $ $ Med Exp (Any one Person) AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY ❑ Any Auto Combined Single Limit $ ❑ All Owned Autos Bodily Injury (Per Person) $ ❑ Scheduled Autos Bodily Injury (Per Accident) $ ❑ Hired Autos Property Damage $ ❑ Non -Owned Autos 0 GARAGE LIABILITY ❑ Any Auto Auto Only - Each Accident $ 0 Other than Auto Only: Each Accident $ Aggregate $ ❑ BUILDER SRISK 0 100% of the Total Contract Price $ 0 INSTALLATIONFLOATER $ EXCESS LIABILITY ❑ Umbrella Form Each Occurrence $ Aggregate $ ❑ Other Than Umbrella Form $ WORKERS COMPENSA TION A ND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY The Proprietor/ ❑ Included Statutory Limits Partners/Executive 0 Excluded Each Accident $ Offices are: Disease Policy Limit $ Disease -Each Employee $ OTHER The above policies either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement provide that they may not be changed or canceled by the insurer in less than the legal time required after the insured has received written notice of such change or cancellation, or in case there is no legal requirement, in less than five days in advance of cancellation. FIVE COPIES OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE MUST BE SENT TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK (Name of Insurer) By: Title: The Insurance Certificate furnished must have the City of Lubbock named as additional insured on Auto/General Liability on a primary and non-contributory basis, to include product of completed operations endorsement, with a waiver of subrogation in favor of the City of Lubbock on all coverage. PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 1 CONTRACTOR CHECKLIST A CONTRACTOR SHALL: (1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements; (2) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project; (3) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (4) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (A) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (B) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; (7) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed in at least 19-point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes: PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE FORM OF A CERFICATE OF INSURANCE ALONG WITH A COPY OF THE ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS A ADDITIONAL INSURED ON AUTO/GENERAL LIABILITY ON A PRIMARY AND NON CONTRIBUTORY BASIS TO INCLUDE PRODUCT-COMP/OP AND PROVIDE A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS REQUIRED BELOW, OR IN THE ALTERNATIVE, SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY A STATEMENT FROM THE CONTRACTOR TO THE EFFECT THAT NO WORK ON THIS PARTICULAR PROJECT SHALL BE SUBCONTRACTED. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF COVERAGE INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKER'S COMPENSATION COVERAGE FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR THE ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT SHALL INCLUDE PRODUCTS AND COMPLETE OPERATIONS. PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must (see reverse) be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment and materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 512-305-7238 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." and (8) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (B) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project; (C) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e) (3) of this rule; (D) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (E) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (ii) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (F) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (G) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within (ten) 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (H) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (A) - (H), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CONTRACT PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 1 CONTRACT 10671 STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF LUBBOCK THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 13th day of September, 2012, by and between the City of Lubbock, County of Lubbock, State of Texas, acting by and through the Mayor, City of Lubbock, thereunto authorized to do so, hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and SAK Construction, LLC of the City of O'Fallon. County of St. Charles and the State of Missouri hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: BID 12-10671-CI, Rehabilitation of Existing Sanitary Sewer Manholes and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terns as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own proper cost and expense to fiunish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the contract documents as defined in the General Conditions of Agreement. SAK Construction, LLC's bid dated August 7.2012 is incorporated into and made a part of this agreement. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten days after the date written notice to do so shall have been given to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents. The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with the bid submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make payment on account thereof as provided therein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this agreement in Lubbock, Lubbock County, Texas in the year and day first above written. CONTRACTOR: SAK PRINTED VMS •�a'.a COMPLETE Address jA� • Corporate Secretary �J AS TO CONTENT: 7� ties Engineer MarsEa Reed, P.E., Chief Operations Officer APP O FORM: City Attorney PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK I a H s i j GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT 1. OWNER 3. 4. 5. Whenever the word Owner, or First Party, are used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to the City of Lubbock, Texas. CONTRACTOR Whenever the word Contractor, or Second Party, is used, it shall be understood to mean the person, persons, co- partnership or corporation, to wit SAK Construction. LLC who has agreed to perform the work embraced in this contract, or their legal representative. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE Whenever the word Owner's Representative or representative is used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to, City of Lubbock, or its representative John Turaim P.E.. Chief Water Utilities Engineer, so designated who shall inspect constructions; or to such other representatives, supervisors, architects, engineers, or inspectors as may be authorized by said Owner to act in any particular manner under this agreement. Engineers, supervisors or inspectors shall act for the Owner under the direction of Owner's Representative, but shall not directly supervise the Contractor or persons acting on behalf of the Contractor. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The contract's documents shall consist of the Notice to Bidders, General Instructions to Bidders, Bid, Signed Agreement, Statutory Bonds (if required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions of the Agreement (if any), Specifications, Plans, Insurance Certificates, and all other documents made available to Bidder for inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. The above described materials are sometimes referred to herein as the "contract" or "contract documents". INTERPRETATION OF PHRASES Whenever the words "Directed," "Permitted," "Designated," "Required," "Considered Necessary," "Prescribed," or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of the Owner's Representative is intended; and similarly, the words "Approved," "Acceptable," "Satisfactory," or words of like import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. 6. SUBCONTRACTOR The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. Owner shall have no responsibility to any Subcontractor employed by Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents, but said Subcontractors shall look exclusively to Contractor for any payments due Subcontractor. The City reserves the right to approve or disapprove the selection of any subcontractor(s). 7. WRrI TEN NOTICE Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an Office of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent certified mail to the last business address known to the party who gives the notice. 8. a 10. 11 12. 13 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract documents. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials furnished in strict conformity with the contract documents. SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED The term "Substantially Completed" is meant that the structure or project contemplated by the contract documents has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended purpose, but still may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment. LAYOUT Except as specifically provided herein, the Contractor shall be responsible for laying out all work and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative shall check the Contractor's layout of all major structures and any other layout work done by the Contractor at Contractor's request, but this check does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of correctly locating all work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE The Contractor shall be furnished copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to Contractor and Contractor shall keep one copy of same consistently accessible on the job site. RIGHT OF ENTRY The Owner's Representative may make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress or quality of the executed work and to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the contract documents. Owner's Representative shall not be required to make exhaustive or continuous onsite inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work, nor shall Owner's Representative be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or the safety precautions incident thereto. Notwithstanding the Owner's Representative's rights of entry hereunder, the Owner's Representative shall not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 111I` lmyn "NIext) 75Td All lines and grades shall be furnished whenever Owner's Representative deems said lines and grades are necessary for the commencement of the work contemplated by these contract documents or the completion of the work contemplated by these contract documents. Whenever necessary, Contractor shall suspend its work in order to permit Owner's Representative to comply with this requirement, but such suspension shall be as brief as practical and Contractor shall be allowed no extra compensation therefore. The Contractor shall give the Owner's Representative ample notice of the time and place where lines and grades are needed. All stakes, marks, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of careless destruction or removal by Contractor, its Subcontractors, or its employees, such stakes, marks, etc., shall be replaced by the Owner's Representative at Contractor's expense. 2 14. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S AUTHORITY AND DUTY Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the Owner's Representative has the authority to review all work included herein. The Owner's Representative has the authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to ensure the proper execution of the contract. The Owner's Representative shall, in all cases, determine the amounts and quantities of the several kinds of work which are to be paid for under the contract documents, and shall determine all questions in relation to said work and the construction thereof, and shall, in all cases, decide every question which may arise relative to the execution of this contract on the part of said Contractor. The decision of the Owner's Representative shall be conclusive in the absence of written objection to same delivered to Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days of any decision or direction by Owner's Representative. In the absence of timely written objection by Contractor, as provided herein, any and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived. 15. SUPERINTENDENCE AND INSPECTION It is agreed by the Contractor that the Owner's Representative shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint from time to time such subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors as the said Owner's Representative may deem proper to inspect the materials furnished and the work done under this Agreement, and to see that said material is furnished and said work is done in accordance with the specifications therefore. The Contractor shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors for the proper inspection and examination of the work. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and accompanying plans and specifications provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders by any subordinate engineer, supervisor or inspector, the Contractor may within fifteen (15) calendar days make written appeal to the Owner's Representative for its decision. In the absence of timely written objection by Contractor, as provided herein, any and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived. 16. CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE The Contractor shall give personal attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to Owner's Representative. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in its absence and all directions given to superintendent shall be binding as if given to the Contractor. It is expressly agreed that adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the Contractor is essential to the proper performance of the work and lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations of the Contractor. The work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the Contractor and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor. The Owner or Owner's Representatives shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, or any subcontractors, or any of Contractor's agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work. 17. CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied itself as to the nature and location of the work, the confirmation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, and the general and local conditions, and all other matters which in any way affect the work under the contract documents. No oral agreement or conversation with any Office, agent, or employee of the Owner, or Owner's Representative either before or after the execution of this contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Subject to the rights of Owner as set forth in Paragraph 23 hereof, all modifications and/or amendments to the contract documents, shall be in writing, and executed by Owner's Representative and Contractor. 18. 19. MI) 21. Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance and the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at its own cost and expense. CHARACTER OF WORKERS The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance in the type of work required under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that whenever the Owner's Representative shall inform Contractor in writing that any man or men on the work, are, in Owner's Representative's sole opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unacceptable to Owner or Owner's Representative, such man or men shall be discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the Owner's Representative's written consent. CONSTRUCTION PLANT The Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this contract where it. is not otherwise specifically provided that Owner shall furnish same, and it is also understood that Owner shall not be held responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, or protection of any materials, tools, equipment or machinery or any part of the work until it is finally completed and accepted. The building of structures for the housing of men or equipment are permitted only at such places as the Owner's Representative shall consent or direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structure shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. SANITATION Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the Owner's Representative and their use shall be strictly enforced. OBSERVATION AND TESTING The Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right at all times to observe and test the work. Contractor shall make necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation and testing at any location wherever such work is in preparation or progress. Contractor shall ascertain the scope of any observation that may be contemplated by Owner or Owner's Representative and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the work shall be ready for such observation. Owner or Owner's Representative may reject any such work found to be defective or not in accordance with the contract documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such errors and regardless of whether Owner's Representative has previously accepted the work through oversight or otherwise. If any such work should be covered without approval or consent of the Owner, it must, if requested by Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for examination at Contractor's expense. In the event that any part of the work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for Owner or Owner's Representative to make observations of such work or require testing of said work, then in such event Owner or Owner's Representative may require Contractor to fuunish Owner or Owner's Representative certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests shall be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents. If any such work which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered up without written approval or consent of the Owner or Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by the Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation and testing at the Contractor's expense. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the Contractor unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the requirements of any such tests, inspections or approvals, and any work which meets the requirements of any such 4 z j tests or approvals but does not meet the requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective, and s shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense. Neither observations by the Owner or Owner's Representative, nor inspections, tests, or approvals made by Owner, Owner's Representative, or other persons authorized under the contract documents to make such inspections, tests, or approvals shall relieve the Contractor from its obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. 22. DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES It is expressly agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Owner or Owner's Representative as unsuitable or not in conformity with plans, specifications and/or contract documents, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the Owner's Representative, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such work so that it shall be in full accordance with the contract documents. It is further agreed that any remedial action contemplated as hereinabove set forth shall be at Contractor's expense. 23. CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS The Contractor further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the Owner may see fit, in the line, grade, form dimensions, plans or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of the construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the accompanying bond. If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for damages, or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with. If they increase the amount of work, and the increased work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price established for such work under this contract; otherwise such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Extra Work. In case the Owner shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any work already done or material already furnished or used in said work, then the Owner shall recompense the Contractor for any material or labor so used, and for actual expenses incurred in preparation for the work as originally planned. 24. EXTRA WORK The term "extra work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the Owner or Owner's Representative to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work as shown on the plans and specifications or contract documents and not covered by Contractor's bid, except as provided under Changes and Alterations herein. It is agreed that the Contractor shall perform all extra work under the direction of the Owner's Representative when presented with a written work order signed by the Owner's Representative; subject, however, to the right of the Contractor to require written confirmation of such extra work order by the Owner. It is also agreed that the compensation to be paid to the Contractor for performing said extra work shall be determined by the following methods: Method (A) - By agreed unit prices; or Method (B) - By agreed lump sum; or Method (C) - If neither Method (A) or Method (B) be agreed upon before the extra work is commenced, then the Contractor shall be paid the lesser of the following: (1) actual field cost of the extra work, plus fifteen (15%) percent; or (2) the amount that would have been charged by a reasonable and prudent Contractor as a reasonable and necessary cost for performance of the extra work. 25 In the event said extra work be performed and paid for under Method (C)(1), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost of all workmen, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, materials, supplies, teams, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred, together with all expenses incurred directly on account of such extra work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits, Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation and all other insurances as may be required by law or ordinances or directed by the Owner or Owner's Representative, or by them agreed to. Owner's Representative may direct the form in which accounts of the actual field cost shall be kept and records of these accounts shall be made available to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise, these matters shall be determined by the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using 100%, unless otherwise specified, of the latest Schedule of Equipment and Ownership Expenses adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America. Where practical, the terms and prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be incorporated in the written extra work order. The fifteen percent (15%) of the actual field cost to be paid to Contractor shall cover and compensate Contractor for its profit, overhead, general superintendence and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the actual field cost as herein defined, save that where the Contractor's Camp or Field Office must be maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "actual field cost." No claim for extra work of any kind shall be allowed unless ordered in writing by Owner's Representative. In case any orders or instructions appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which Contractor should receive compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, Contractor shall prior to commencement of such extra work, make written request to the Owner's Representative for a written order authorizing such extra work. Should a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute extra work or as to the payment therefore, and the Owner's Representative insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written order and shall keep adequate and accurate account of the actual field cost thereof, as provided under Method (C) (1). If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative before the commencement of any extra work, any claim for payment due to alleged extra work shall be deemed waived. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS It is further agreed that it is the intent of the contract documents that all work described in the bid, the specifications, plans and other contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the Contractor and that such price shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these contract documents as interpreted by Owner's Representative. Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents, shall be given to the Owners' Representative and a clarification obtained before the bids are received, and if no such notice is received by the Owner's Representative prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be deemed that the Contractor fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its bid to complete the work in accordance with these plans and specifications. If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative before bidding of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for all purposes that the plans and specifications are sufficient and adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) calendar days prior to the opening of bids. 26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT If at any time the methods or equipment used by the Contractor are found to be inadequate to secure the quality of work with the rate of progress required under this contract, the Owner or Owner's Representative may order the Contractor in writing to increase their safety or improve their character and efficiency and the Contractor shall comply with such order. If, at any time, the working force of . the Contractor is inadequate for securing the progress herein specified, the Contractor shall, if so ordered in writing, increase its force or equipment, or both, to such an extent as to give reasonable assurance of compliance with the schedule of progress. 27. PROTECTION AGAINST_ ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC AND GENERAL INDEMNITY The Contractor shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an �A insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The Contractor shall at all times exercise reasonable precaution for the safety of employees and others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The Contractor, its sureties and insurance carriers shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and all of its Offices, agents and employees against any all losses, costs, damages, expenses, liabilities, claims and/or causes of action, whether known or unknown, fixed, actual, accrued or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees and expenses, in connection with, incident to, related to, or arising out of, the Contractor's or any subcontractor's, agent's or employee's, in any manner whatsoever, omission, execution and/or supervision of this contract, and the project which is the subject matter of this contract. The safety precautions taken shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, in its sole discretion as an Independent Contractor; inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the Owners or the Owner's Representative concerning omissions under this paragraph as the work progresses, are intended as reminders to the Contractor of its duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty to supervise safety precautions by either the Contractor or any of its subcontractors. 28. CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change shall be provided ten (10) calendar days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies of insurance, required herein, including policies of insurance required to be provided by Contractor and its subcontractors, shall contain a waiver of any and all of the insurer's or payor's, in the event of self- insurance, rights to subrogation that any such insurer or payor, in the event of self-insurance, may acquire by virtue of payment of any loss under such insurance or self-insurance. All certificates of insurance submitted to the City in conformity with the provisions hereof shall establish such waiver. The Contractor shall procure and carry at its sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all coverage's shall be submitted prior to contract execution. PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE FORM OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS ADDITIONAL INSURED ON AUTO/GENERAL LIABILITY ON A PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY BASIS TO INCLUDE PRODUCTS OF COMPLETE OPERATIONS. PROVIDE A {{ WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK, OR IN THE ALTERNATIVE, L SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY A STATEMENT FROM THE CONTRACTOR TO THE EFFECT THAT NO WORK ON THIS PARTICULAR PROJECT SHALL BE SUBCONTRACTED. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF COVERAGE INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION COVERAGE FOR EACH �_ = SUBCONTRACTOR. COPIES OF THE ENDORSEMENTS ARE REQUIRED. FA B. C. D. E. F. G. H. Commercial General Liability Insurance (Primary Additional Insured and Waiver of Subrogation required) The contractor shall have Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with limits of $1,000.000 Combined Single Limit in the aggregate and per occurrence to include: Products-Comp/Op AGG Personal & Adv. Injury Contractual Liability Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability Insurance. — NOT REQUIRED Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance (Waiver of Subrogation Required) The Contractor shall have Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with limits of not less than; Bodily Injury/Property Damage, $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit, Any Auto. Builder's Risk Insurance/Installation Floater Insurance - NOT REQUIRED. Excess Liability — Umbrella Form, each occurrence, 2 0$ . 00,000. Worker's Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance (Waiver of Subrogation required) Worker's Compensation Insurance covering all employees whether employed by the Contractor or any Subcontractor on the job with Employers Liability of at least 50$ 0,000. Provide copies of all endorsements. The City of Lubbock shall be named as additional insured on Auto/General Liability on a primary & non- contributory basis, to include products of completed operations endorsement, and a waiver of subrogation in favor of the City of Lubbock on all coverages. 1. Definitions: Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC- 82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the Contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in Section 406.096, Texas Labor Code) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner - operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. 2. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. 3. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. 4. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. 5. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the project, and provide to the governmental entity: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity shall have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (b) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. 6 The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. 7. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. 8. The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. 9. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on the project, to: (a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (b) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (c) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; __:'' and G. (2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (1) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to perform as required by paragraphs (a) - (g), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 10. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who shall provide services on the project shall be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. 11. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. Proof of Coverage Before work on this contract is commenced, each Contractor and subcontractor shall submit to the Owner for approval five Certificates of Insurance covering each insurance policy carried and offered as evidence of compliance with the above insurance requirements, signed by an authorized representative of the insurance company setting forth: (1) The name and address of the insured. (2) The location of the operations to which the insurance applies. (3) The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force thereunder on the date borne by such certificate. (4) The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of liability thereunder on the date borne by such certificate. (5) A provision that the policy may be canceled only by mailing written notice to the named insured at the address shown in the bid specifications. (6) A provision that written notice shall be given to the City ten days prior to any change in or cancellation of the policies shown on the certificate. (7) The certificate or certificates shall be on the form (or identical copies thereof) contained in the job specifications. No substitute of nor amendment thereto will be acceptable. (8) If policy limits are paid, new policy must be secured for new coverage to complete project. (9) A Contractor shall: 10 t (a) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling -- of any coverage agreements; (b) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project; (c) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (d) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (ii) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; (g) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes: REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the projec4 regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employees " "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 800-372-7713 or 512-804- 4000 (www.tdLstate.tx.us) to receive information of the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage, " and (h) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, . _ to: (i) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (ii) provide a certificate of coverage to the Contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project; 11 I 29. MM F- (iii) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the following language: "By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the person signing this contract is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the person signing this contract who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reprinting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions."; (iv) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (v) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (2) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (vi) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (vii) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (viii) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (i)-(viii), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. DISABLED EMPLOYEES Contractors having more than fifteen (15) employees agree to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and agree not to discriminate against a qualified individual with a disability because of the disability of such individual in regard to job application procedures, the hiring, advancement, or discharge of employees, employee compensation, job training, and other terms, conditions, and privileges of employment. PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS LABORERS MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the Contractor agrees that it will indemnify and save the Owner and all of its Offices, agents and employees, harmless against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, expenses and causes of action arising out of, in any way, manner or form, the demands of subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, material men and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and supplies, incurred in the performance of this contract 12 and the project which is the subject matter of this contract. When Owner so desires, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. 31. PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENT INVENTION The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the Patentee or owner thereof. Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyrights and shall indemnify and save the Owner, and all of its Offices, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof, except that Owner shall defend all such suits and claims and shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular design, device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified or required in these contract documents by Owner; provided, however, if choice of alternate design, device, material or process is allowed to the Contractor, then Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner, and all of its Offices, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the material or process specified or required by Owner and/or this contract is an infringement, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless it gives written notice of such infringement to the Owner's Representative prior to bidding. 32. LAWS AND ORDINANCES The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations, which in any manner affect the contract or the work, and without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner, and all of its Offices, agents, and employees against any claims arising from the violation of any such laws, ordinances, and regulations, whether by the Contractor, its employees, or subcontractors. If the Contractor observes that the plans and specifications are at variance therewith, he shall notify the Owner's Representative in writing prior to bidding and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the contract for changes in the work. In the absence of timely written notification to Owner's Representative of such variance or variances within said time, any objection and/or assertion that the plans and specifications are at variance with any federal, state or local laws, ordinances or regulations shall be deemed waived. If the Contractor, its employees or subcontractors perform any work contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Owner's Representative, Contractor shall bear all costs arising therefrom. The Owner is a municipal corporation of the State of Texas and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the Owner may enter into contracts, shall be controlling, and shall be considered as part of this contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. 33. SUBCONTRACTING The Contractor agrees that it will retain personal control and will give its personal attention to the fulfillment of this contract. The Contractor further agrees that subletting of any portion or feature of the work, or materials required in the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the Contractor from its full obligations to the Owner, as provided by the contract documents. 34. TIME FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES It is hereby understood and mutually agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning and time for completion as specified in the contract documents, of work to be done hereunder are essential conditions of this contract; and it is further mutually understood and agreed that the work embraced in this contract shall be commenced as provided in the contract documents. 13 35. 36. 37. If the Contractor should neglect, fail, or refuse to substantially complete the work within the time herein specified, then the Contractor does hereby agree as part of the consideration for the awarding of this contract, the Owner may withhold permanently from Contractor's total compensation, the sum of THREE HUNDRED DOLLARS ($300) PER DAY, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for the breach of the contract as herein set forth for each and every working day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated for substantially completing the work. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the substantial completion of the work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. The amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because the actual damages the Owner would sustain in such event would be difficult and/or impossible to estimate, however, the amount agreed upon herein is a reasonable forecast of the amount necessary to render just compensation to Owner, and is expressly agreed to be not disproportionate to actual damages as measured at time of breach. IT IS FURTHER AGREED AND UNDERSTOOD BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND OWNER THAT THVIE IS OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS CONTRACT. TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION It is the meaning and intent of this contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the Contractor shall be allowed to prosecute its work at such time and sessions, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most conductive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and time of prosecution shall be such that the work shall be substantially completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this contract, the plans and specifications, and within the time of completion designated in the bid; provided, also, that when the Owner is having other work done, either by contract or by its own force, the Owner's Representative may direct the time and manner of constructing work done under this contract so that conflicts will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the Owner shall be harmonized. The Contractor shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the Owner's Representative, schedules which shall show the order in which the Contractor intends to carry on the work, with dates at which the Contractor will start the several parts of the work and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. TIME OF PERFORMANCE The Contractor agrees that it has submitted its bid in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions of paragraph 34 hereinabove set forth and expressly agrees that it shall not be entitled to, nor will it request, an extension of time on this contract, except when its work has been delayed by an act or neglect of the Owner, Owner's Representative, employees of the Owner or other contractors employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strike, walkouts, acts of God or the public enemy, fire or flood. Any request for extension shall be in writing with the written request for same setting forth all justifications, in detail, for the request, and submitted to Owner's Representative within twenty (20) calendar days of the occurrence of the event causing said delay. A failure by Owner's Representative to affirmatively grant the extension no later than twenty (20) calendar days of written submission by Contractor shall be deemed a denial, and final. Further, in the absence of timely written notification of such delay and request for extension, as provided herein, any request for extension by Contractor shall be deemed waived. HINDRANCE AND DELAYS In executing the contract,. the Contractor agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the time herein fixed, Contractor has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays incident to such work, whether growing out of delays due to unusual and unanticipated circumstances, difficulties or delays in securing material or workmen, or any other cause or occurrence. No charge shall be made by the Contractor for hindrance or delays from any cause during the progress of any part of the work embraced in this contract except 14 where the work is stopped by order of the Owner or Owner's Representative for the Owner's convenience, in which event, such expense as in the sole judgment of the Owner's Representative that is caused by such stoppage shall be paid by Owner to Contractor. 38. QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured or computed length, area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. In the event this contract is let on a unit price basis, then Owner and Contractor agree that this contract, including the specifications, plans and other contract documents are intended to show clearly all work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown, and only when same are expressly stated to be estimates, for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing their bids offered for the work. In the event the amount of work to be done and materials to be famished are expressly stated to be estimated, and only when same are expressly stated to be estimated, it is understood and agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this contract may differ somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this contract is the unit price method, payment shall be for the actual amount of work done and materials furnished on the project. 39. PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY The Contractor shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered, which may be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and Contractor shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent property. Without limiting, in any way, manner and form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the Contractor agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the Owner, and any of its Offices, agents and employees, against any and all claims or damages due to any injury to any adjacent or adjoining property, related to, arising from or growing out of the performance of this contract. 40. PRICE FOR WORK In consideration of the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all work by the Contractor, and on the delivery of all materials embraced in this contract in full conformity with the specifications and stipulations herein contained, the Owner agrees to pay the Contractor the price set forth in the bid proposal attached hereto, which has been made a part of this contract, and the Contractor hereby agrees to receive such price in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid work, also, for all expenses incurred by Contractor and for well and truly performing the same and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this agreement, the attached specifications, plans, contract documents and requirements of Owner's Representative. 41. PAYMENTS No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the contract, either wholly or in part, nor shall any certificate or payment be considered as acceptance of defective work. Contractor shall at any time requested during the progress of the work furnish the Owner or Owner's Representative with a verifying certificate showing the Contractor's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the work. Before final payment is made, Contractor shall satisfy Owner, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no outstanding liens against Owner's premises by reason of any work under the contract. Acceptance by Contractor of final payment of the contract price shall constitute a waiver of all claims against Owner, Owner's agents and employees, which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this contract. 42. PARTIAL PAYMENTS 15 43. 44. 45. On or before the tenth day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative an application for partial payment or, if the Contractor does not submit such application, the Owner's Representative shall determine the amount to be partially paid. Owner's Representative shall review said application for partial payment if submitted, and the progress of the work made by the Contractor and if found to be in order, shall prepare a certificate for partial payment showing as completely as practical the total value of the work done by the Contractor up to and including the last day of the preceding month. The determination of the partial payment by the Owner's Representative shall be in accordance with Paragraph 14 hereof. The Owner shall then pay the Contractor on or before the fifteenth day of the current month the total amount of the Owner's Representative's Certificate of Partial Payment, less 5% of the amount thereof, which 5% shall be retained until final payment, and further, less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by Owner under the terms of the contract documents. Any partial payment made hereunder shall not constitute a waiver by the Owner of any and all other rights to enforce the express terms of the contract documents, and all remedies provided therein, as to any and all work performed, to be performed and/or materials delivered hereunder, including, but limited to, work to which said partial payment is attributable. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Contractor shall give Owner's Representative written notice of substantial completion. Within thirty-one (31) working days after the Contractor has given the Owner's Representative written notice that the work has been substantially completed, the Owner's Representative and/or the Owner shall inspect the work and within said time, if the work be found to be substantially completed in accordance with the contract documents, the Owner's Representative shall issue to the Owner and Contractor a certificate of substantial completion. Notwithstanding the issuance of a certificate of substantial completion, Contractor shall proceed with diligence to finally complete the work within the time provided in this contract. FINAL COMPLETION AND PAYMENT The Contractor shall give written notice to Owner's Representative of final completion. Upon written notice of final completion, the Owner's Representative shall proceed to make final measurement to determine whether final completion has occurred. If the Owner's Representative determines final completion has occurred, Owner's Representative shall so certify to the Owner. Upon certification by Owner's Representative of final completion, Owner shall pay to the Contractor on or before the 31st working day after the date of certification of final completion, the balance due Contractor under the terms of this agreement. Neither the certification of final completion nor the final payment, nor any provisions in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required in the contract documents and/or any warranty or warranties implied by law or otherwise. CORRECTION OF WORK Contractor shall promptly remove from Owner's premises all materials condemned by the Owner's Representative on account of failure to conform to the contract documents, whether actually incorporated in the work or not, and Contractor shall at its own expense promptly replace such condemned materials with other materials conforming to the requirements of the contract documents. Contractor shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If Contractor does not remove and replace any such condemned work within a reasonable time after a written notice by the Owner or the Owner's Representative, Owner may remove and replace it at Contractor's expense. Neither the final payment, nor certification of final completion or substantial completion, nor any provision in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and Contractor shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of certification of final completion by Owner's Representative. 16 i_ 7 d 46. PAYMENT WITHBELD The Owner or Owner's Representative may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or part of any certification to such extent as may be necessary to protect itself from loss on account of: (a) . Defective work not remedied and/or work not performed. (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating possible filing of claims. (c) Damage to another contractor. When the above grounds are removed, or the Contractor provides a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner, in the amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. 47. CLAIM OR DISPUTE It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the Contractor shall be in writing and filed with the Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days after the Owner's Representative has given any direction, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to take exception. Timely written notice of dispute as provided in this contract of any decision by Owner's Representative or Owner shall be a condition precedent to the bringing and/or assertion of any action or claim by Contractor of any right under this Contract. If the matters set forth in the notice of dispute are not granted or otherwise responded to by Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt of notice of dispute by Owner's Representative, said objections shall be deemed denied. Any decision by the Owner's Representative, or deemed denial by the Owner's Representative, shall be final and conclusive in the absence of fraud. It is further agreed that the acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall be a bar to any and all claims of the Contractor, and constitute a waiver of the right to assert any claim against Owner, Owner's agents and employees and Owner's Representative, by Contractor. 48. NON-COMPLIANCE AND/OR ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR In case the Contractor should (1) abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within fifteen (15) calendar days after written notification from the Owner or the Owner's Representative, or (2) if the Contractor fails to comply with the written orders of the Owner's Representative, when such orders are consistent with this contract, then the Surety on the bond shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the Contractor. In the event a bond is not required by law, or otherwise obtained by the Contractor, no further notice of such non-compliance to Contractor shall be required. After receiving said notice of abandonment or non-compliance , the Contractor shall not remove from the work any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and equipment under the contract for work, may be held for use on the work by the Owner or the Surety of the Contractor, or another contractor, in completion of the work; and the Contractor shall not receive any rental or credit therefore (except when used in connection with Extra Work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for under paragraph 24 of this contract); it being understood that the use of such equipment and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement. In the event the Contractor, or Surety, whichever is applicable, should fail to commence compliance with the notice hereinbefore provided within ten (ld) calendar days after service of such notice, and/or shall fail to proceed with diligence to complete the project as contemplated and in compliance with all terms and provisions of the contract documents, then the Owner may exercise any and all remedies available to it pursuant to law, contract, equity or otherwise, including, but not limited to, providing for completion of the work in either of the following elective manners: (a) The Owner may employ such force of men and use of machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as said Owner may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said Contractor, and the expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the Owner out of such moneys as may be due, or that may thereafter at any time `-= 17 become due to the Contractor under and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by the Contractor, then said Contractor shall receive the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by said Contractor, then the Contractor and/or its Surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the Owner; or (b) The Owner, under sealed bids, after notice published as required by law, at least twice in a newspaper having a general circulation in the County of location of the work, may let the contract for the completion of the work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this contract. In case of any increase in cost to the Owner under the new contract as compared to what would have been the cost under this contract, such increase shall be charged to the Contractor and the Surety shall be and remain bound therefore. Should the cost to complete any such new contract prove to be less than that which would have been the cost to complete the work under this contract, the Contractor or his Surety shall be credited therewith. In the event the Owner's Representative elects to complete the work, as described above, when the work shall have been finally completed, the Contractor and his Surety shall be so notified and certification of completion as provided in paragraph 44 hereinabove set forth, shall be issued. A complete itemized statement of the contract accounts, certified to by Owner's Representative as being correct shall then be prepared and delivered to Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, whereon the Contractor or his Surety, or the Owner as the case may be, shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement within 30 days after the date of certification of completion. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the Owner had the work been completed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract, or when the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the Owner, then all machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over to the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable. Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price, and the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, fail to pay the amount due the Owner within the time designated hereinabove, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the site of the work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials shall be mailed to the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, at the respective addresses designated in this contract; provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, subject only to the duty of the Owner to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of said notice the Owner may sell such machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable. Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the Owner may elect. The Owner shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies that remain on the jobsite and belong to persons other than the Contractor - or his Surety, if applicable, to their proper owners. The remedies provided to Owner by law, equity, contract, or otherwise, shall be cumulative, to the extent permitted by law. It is expressly agreed and understood that the exercise by Owner of the remedies provided in this paragraph shall not constitute an election of remedies on the part of Owner, and Owner, irrespective of its exercise of remedies hereunder, shall be entitled to exercise concurrently or otherwise, any and all other remedies available to it, by law, equity, contract or otherwise, including but not limited to, liquidated damages, as provided in paragraph 34, hereinabove set forth. 49. LIMITATION ON CONTRACTOR'S REMEDY The remedies of Contractor hereunder shall be limited to, and Owner shall be liable only for, work actually performed by Contractor and/or its subcontractors as set forth in the contract documents, and Owner shall not be liable for any consequential, punitive or indirect loss or damage that Contractor may suffer in connection with the project which is the subject matter of this contract. 18 The Contractor is required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $100,000 and the Contractor is required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $50,000. All bonds shall be submitted on forms supplied by the Owner, and executed by an approved Surety Company authorized to do business in the State of Texas. It is further agreed that this contract shall not be in effect until such bonds are so furnished. 51. SPECIAL CONDITIONS In the event special conditions are contained herein as part of the contract documents and said special conditions conflict with any of the general conditions contained in this contract, then in such event the special conditions shall control. 52. LOSS OR EXPENSE DUE TO UNUSUAL OR UNANTICIPATED CIRCUMSTANCES Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to the Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance or from unusual obstructions or difficulties, naturally occurring, man made or otherwise, which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense. 53. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR Contractor is, and shall remain, an independent contractor with full, complete and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise, and control its own employees and to determine the method of the performance of the work covered hereby. The fact that the Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right to observe Contractor's work during Contractor's performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the Owner or Owner's Representative hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or effect the status of the Contractor as an independent contractor with respect to either the Owner or Owner's Representative or to the Contractor's own employees or to any other person, firm, or corporation. 54. CLEANING UP The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of debris caused by the work, and at the completion of the work Contractor shall remove all such debris and also its tools, scaffolding, and surplus materials and shall leave the work room clean or its equivalent. The work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute Owner may remove the debris and charge the cost to the Contractor. 55. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND ASBESTOS Hazardous Substances (herein so called), as defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C.S. §9601(14)) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as same may be amended from time to time, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos, in any form, shall not (i) be utilized, in any way, manner or form, in the construction of, or incorporation into, the Project; or (ii) be brought upon, placed, or located, by any party, on the Project site, or any other property of the City, without the written consent of the Owner's Representative. If Contractor believes that the utilization of a Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos is necessary in the construction of the Project, or that it is necessary to place and/or otherwise locate upon the site of the Project or other property of the City, a Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos, Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative, and request consent therefrom, at least twenty (20) days prior to such action. Owner's Representative may grant or deny the request of Contractor and provide whatever requirements such consent, if granted, is conditioned upon, in its sole and absolute discretion. If 19 56. 57. 58 the request of Contractor is not granted, or otherwise not responded to, by Owner's Representative within five (5) days of the receipt of said request, said request shall be deemed to be denied. In the event Owner's Representative shall consent to the request of Contractor, Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that all personnel involved in the Project are (i) trained for the level of expertise required for proper performance of the actions contemplated by this Contract and, in particular, in all aspects of handling, storage, disposal and exposure of Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos; and (ii) are provided and utilize all protective equipment, including without limitation, personal protective gear, necessary to provide protection from exposure to Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos. NONAPPROPRIATION All funds for payment by the City under this contract are subject to the availability of an annual appropriation for this purpose by the City. In the event of non -appropriation of funds by the City Council of the City of Lubbock for the goods or services provided under the contract, the City will terminate the contract, without termination charge or other liability, on the last day of the then -current fiscal year or when the appropriation made for the then -current year for the goods or services covered by this contract is spent, whichever event occurs fast. If at any time funds are not appropriated for the continuance of this contract, cancellation shall be accepted by the Seller on thirty (30) days prior written notice, but failure to give such notice shall be of no effect and the City shall not be obligated under this contract beyond the date of termination. THE CITY RIGHT TO AUDIT At any time during the term of this Contract and for a period of four (4) years thereafter the City or a duly authorized audit representative of the City, or the State of Texas, at its expense and at reasonable times, reserves the right to audit Contractor's records and books relevant to all services provided under this Contract. In the event such an audit by the City reveals any errors/overpayments by the City, Contractor shall refund the City the full amount of such overpayments within thirty (30) days of such audit findings, or the City, at its option, reserves the right to deduct such amounts owing the City from any payments due Contractor. NON -ARBITRATION The City reserves the right to exercise any right or remedy available to it by law, contract, equity, or otherwise, including without limitation, the right to seek any and all forms of relief in a court of competent jurisdiction. Further, the City shall not be subject to any arbitration process prior to exercising its unrestricted right to seek judicial remedy. The remedies set forth herein are cumulative and not exclusive, and may be exercised concurrently. To the extent of any conflict between this provision and another provision in, or related to, this document, this provision shall control. 20 DAVIS BACON WAGE DETERMNATIONS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK General Decision Number: TX120007 01/06/2012 TX7 Superseded General Decision Number: TX20100008 State: Texas Construction Types: Heavy and Highway Counties: Armstrong, Carson, Crosby, Ector, Irion, Lubbock, Midland, Potter, Randall, Taylor and Tom Green Counties in Texas. HEAVY & HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/06/2012 * SUTX2011-002 08/02/2011 Rates Fringes CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER (Paving & Structures) ... $ 13.55 ELECTRICIAN ......................$ 20.96 FORM BUILDER/FORM SETTER Paving & Curb ...............$ 12.36 Structures ..................$ 13.52 LABORER Asphalt Raker ...............$ 12.28 Flagger.....................$ 9.30 Laborer, Common .............$ 10.30 Laborer, Utility ............ $ 11.80 Work Zone Barricade Servicer....................$ 10.30 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR: jj Asphalt Distributer ......... $ 14.87 Asphalt Paving Machine ...... $ 13.40 Broom and Sweeper ........... $ 11.21 Crane, Lattice Boom 80 Tons or Less ................$ 16.82 Crawler Tractor Operator .... $ 13.96 Excavator, 50,000 lbs or less....... ..$ 13.46 Front End Loader Operator, Over 3 CY...................$ 12.77 Front End Loader, 3CY or less ........................$ 12.28 Loader/Backhoe..............$ 14.18 Mechanic ....................$ 20.14 Milling Machine .............$ 15.54 Motor Grader, Rough ........ $ 16.15 Motor Grader, Fine .......... $ 17.49 Pavement Marking Machine .... $ 16.42 Reclaimer/Pulverizer........ $ 12.85 _ Roller, Asphalt .............$ 10.95 1 Roller, Other ...............$ 10.36 Scraper .....................$ 10.61 Spreader Box ................$ 12.60 Servicer .........................$ 13.98 Steel Worker (Reinforcing) ....... $ 13.50 TRUCK DRIVER Lowboy -Float ................$ 14.46 Single Axle .................$ 12.74 Single or Tandem Axle Dump..$ 11.33 Tandem Axle Tractor with Semi ........................$ 12.49 ---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is union or non -union. Union Identifiers An identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" denotes that the union classification and rate have found to be prevailing for that classification. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2011. The first four letters , PLUM, indicate the international union and the four -digit number, 0198, that follows indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable , i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. The date, 07/01/2011, following these characters is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate/collective bargaining agreement which would be July 1, 2011 in the above example. Union prevailing wage rates will be updated to reflect any changes in the collective bargaining agreements governing the rate. Non -Union Identifiers Classifications listed under an "SU" identifier were derived `A from survey data by computing average rates and are not union rates; however, the data used in computing these rates may include both union and non -union data. Example: SULA2004-007 5/13/2010. SU indicates the rates are not union rates, LA indicates the State of Louisiana; 2004 is the year of the survey; and 007 is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. A 1993 or later date, 5/13/2010, indicates the classifications and rates under that identifier were issued as a General Wage Determination on that date. Survey wage rates will remain in effect and will not change until a new survey is conducted. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an �_ 3 interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION EXHIBIT B Prevailing Wage Rates Overtime Rate The rate for overtime (in excess of forty hours per week) shall be as required by the Fair Labor Standards Act. EXHIBIT C Prevailing Wage Rates Legal Holiday Rate The rate for legal holidays shall be as required by the Fair Labor Standards Act. 4 SPECIFICATIONS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK i i i L (I( l CITY OF LUBBOCK SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE REHABILITATION E i i i flub i Cl� Of bock TEXAS TECHNICAL. SPECIFICATIONS i MARCH 2O12 +OF Te ` 6.21- L i TABLE OF CONTENTS j CITY OF LUBBOCK SANITARY SEWER t j MANHOLE REHABILITATION i 1 DIVISION I — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ; ? 01010 Summary of Work »------.-----....-.... ._.... 4 01019 Contract Considerations -------------- - ------1 01028 Change Order Procedures ---- 3 01039 Coordination and Meetings ------------ --2 j 01140 Work Restrictions--------------------------- ----------------=----- 3 01300 Submittal Procedures-------w--------- 4 01310 Progress Schedules —----------------- 2 01322 Photographic Documentation 2 01356 01400 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan —------- Quality Requirements— --------------.-.._--.4 --4 01410 Testing Laboratory Services ----------------- -------,--- 3 01555 Barricades, Signs, and Traffic Handling---------------»»------- --1 01576 Waste Material Disposal ------------- .------..- 2 01700 Contract Closeout— -- - --—2 j i DIVISION 2 — SITE WORK 02082 Pre -Cast Concrete Manholes i -- 5 02084 Frames, Grates, Rings, and Covers- --2 02200 Demolition, Removal, and Salvaging of Existing Materials ------------ 2 j 02221 Removing Existing Pavements------ ---- —2 1 02260 Excavation Support and Protection- ------ — — ---3 02317 Excavation and Backfill for Utilities----------------------:---10 02320 Utility Backfill Materials— ---------------------------.--........... -- 4 02530 Sanitary Sewer Piping---------------------- ----------_ ---- 6 02533 Acceptance Testing for Sewers— ---------- - --- 5 02665 Water Works Piping, Valves, and Fittings----------..---------14 J 02732 Glass -Fiber Reinforced Polyester (FRP) Manholes ------- 8 02733 Polymer Concrete Manholes---- —----------- —.-4 02134 Cured -in -Place Fiberglass / Epoxy Resin Liner---------- ---4 ) 02750 Bypass Pumping of Existing Sanitary Sewers------..-.------.----_____4 DMSION 3 — CONCRETE 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete- -w---- -------- - ---9 GLINT PHIMTT �111637 h.4 1-1 b•Z I � �J Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation Table of Contents { March 2012 SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the description of the Work to be completed under these Specifications. B. The OWNER is the City of Lubbock. (1) The Owner's Representative is: John Turpin, P.E. Chief Water Utilities Engineer City of Lubbock O: (806) 775-2342 (2) The Project Manager is: Clint Philpott, P.E. Civil Engineer Public Works Engineering Water City of Lubbock O: (806) 775-2346 C. Section includes: (1) Definitions (2) Project description (3) Permits and licenses (4) Access to site (5) Contractor's use of the premises (6) Project schedule (7) Security Procedures (8) Coordination requirements (9) Pre -construction meeting (10) Warranty 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Furnish: To supply products to the project site, including delivering ready for unloading and replacing damaged and rejected products. B. Install: To put products in place in the work ready for the intended use, including unloading, unpacking, handling, storing, assembling, installing, erecting, placing, applying, anchoring, working, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. C. Provide: To fiunish and install products. D. Indicated: Shown, noted, scheduled, specified, or drawn, somewhere in the contract documents. - Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01010-1 March 2012 r 1.3 PROJECT DESCRIPTION A. The purpose of this project is to rehabilitate existing sanitary sewer manholes in Lubbock, TX as per the location map and the approved construction plans. B. Major work items are: (1) Install Poly -Triplex or approved equivalent Cured -in -Place Fiberglass Reinforced Epoxy Resin Liner System in twenty manholes. C. Alternate 1: (1) Remove 12 existing sanitary sewer manholes. Location shown on construction plans. (2) Remove 8 existing sanitary sewer manholes at the City of Lubbock Southeast Water Reclamation Plant, 3603 E Guava Ave., Lubbock, TX. (3) Provide 5 — 48" concrete manholes with 30" lid including all necessary connections to existing sanitary sewer pipe, as indicated on the construction plans. (4) Provide 2 — 60" concrete manholes with 30" lid including all necessary connections to existing sanitary sewer pipe, as indicated on the construction plans. (5) Provide 14 — 60" fiber glass or alternate polymer concrete manholes with 30" lid including all necessary connections to existing sanitary sewer pipe, as indicated on the construction plans. (6) Repair all pavement damaged during construction per the most recent City of Lubbock Design Standards. D. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials required for the complete construction of the work as shown on the drawings and specified herein. E. All work shall be performed in accordance with the most recent City of Lubbock Design Standards for Water and Sanitary Sewer construction. 1.4 Work shall also include restoration or replacement of all removed or damaged pavement, curb, py! sidewalk, gutter, shrubbery, fence, sod or other disturbed surfaces or structures in a condition equal to that before the work began to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 1.5 PERMITS AND LICENSES A. Contractor shall provide qualifications to the Owner upon request to display evidence of competency and authority to perform required work. B. Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all required permits. C. Contractor shall submit copies of all permits, licenses, and similar permissions obtained, and receipts for fees paid, to the Owner. 1.6 ACCESS TO SITES A. Contractor shall limit access to the site to authorized personnel only. B. Contractor shall adequately barricaded open excavations and construction material and equipment as to prevent unauthorized personnel from accessing. i� C. The Owner shall locate and designate all manhole access points open and accessible for the work, and provide rights of access to these points. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01010-2 March 2012 i t_ D. Contractor shall coordinate with the City Solid Waste Services to maintain trash pickup schedules when working with in the alley right of way. E. Contractor shall coordinate with the Sanitary Sewer Plant Staff to maintain Plant operations during construction. 1.7 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF THE PREMISES A. The space available to the Contractor for the performance of the work, either exclusively or in conjunction with others performing other construction as part of the project, is restricted to the area shown on the site plan of the contract drawings unless the Contractor makes arrangements to use additional space with the Owner. B. The contractor shall ensure that any disturbed area is left in a condition equal to or better condition before finishing construction in the area. 1.8 PROJECT SCHEDULE A. The Work summarized above shall be substantially completed within 90 calendar days from the date of the Notice to Proceed. P B. There will be a $300.00 per day liquidated damages for each day that exceeds the 90 day limit. C. Within five (5) business days after the date of the Substantial Completion Certificate, the Engineer shall issue a Final Punch List of items to be corrected prior to Final Completion. D. Punch list items shall be complete within 30 calendar days from the date of the Final Punch List. There shall be $100 day liquidated damages assessed for each day that exceeds the 30 day limit. i " PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SECURITY PROCEDURES A. Contractor shall limit access to the site to persons involved in the work. ` B. Contractor shall provide secure storage for materials for which the owner has made payments and which are stored on site. C. Contractor shall secure completed work as required to prevent loss or damage. D. Contractor shall secure sites by means of fencing, security guards, or other means to prevent r damage, theft, safety hazards, or other problems on the site. E. The use of security personnel shall be cleared with the Owner. 3.2 COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor shall inform the Owner when coordination of the work is required. B. If necessary, inform each party involved, in writing, of procedures required for coordination; include requirements for giving notice, submitting reports, and attending meetings. C. Coordinate shop drawings prepared by separate entities. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01010-3 March 2012 11 D. Show installation sequence when necessary for proper installation. 3.3 PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. A pre -construction meeting will be held at City Hall within ten (10) days of the date of Notice to Proceed and prior to any construction taking place. 3.4 WARRANTY A. Contractor shall warrant 100% of the project for one (1) year after the date of substantial acceptance of the work. B.. On the eleventh (11) month from the date of final acceptance, an Owner's representative will schedule an inspection with the presence of the Contractor to inspect for defects and assessment of the work performed. C. Any work that is considered defective by the Owner's representative will be repaired. D. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in workmanship, and pay for any and all damages of any nature whatsoever resulting in defects at no cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 1 Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01010-4 March 2012 - SECTION 01019 CONTRACT CONSIDERATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the method for the Contractor to request payment for completed work. B. Section includes: (1) Schedule of Values (2) Application for Payment (3) Payment Retainage 1.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Contractor shall submit a Schedule of Values on Engineer approved Contractor's form within five (5) days after receiving the bid tabulation. B. Revise schedule to include approved Change Orders, with each Application for Payment. 1.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Submit two (2) copies of each application on Engineer approved Contractor's form. B. Utilize Schedule of Values for listing items in Application for Payment. C. Monthly, submit application for payment on or about the 10th day of each month. D. Include an updated construction progress schedule, materials received, and manifest with each Application for Payment E. Submit the following along with the application for final payment: (1) The documentation for the completed project. (2) Signed affidavit from a Notary Public that all claims on this j ob have been settled and that all bills owed by the Contractor for the project including materials and labor have been paid. (3) One (1) year Contractor Warranty for work performed, signed and sealed by a Notary Public. 1.4 PAYMENT RETAINAGE A. The Owner will retain five (5) percent of each payment. B. Retainage will be released as final payment, upon completion of the Final Punch List. PART PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used END OF SECTION t L-' Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01019-1 March 2012 SECTION 01028 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section covers the procedures to be followed for a change in Contract price or time. B. Section Includes: (1) Submittals (2) Documentation Of Change In Contract Sum/Price And Contract Time (3) Change Procedures (4) Construction Change Authorization (5) Stipulated Price Change Order (6) Unit Price Change Order (7) Time And Material Change Order (8) Execution Of Change Orders (9) Correlation Of Contractor Submittals 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the name of the individual authorized to receive change documents, and be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ or Subcontractors of changes to the Work. B. Change Order Forms. 1.3 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT SUM/PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME A. Contractor shall maintain detailed records of work done on a time and material basis. B. Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes and to substantiate costs of changes in the Work. C. Document each quotation for a change in a cost or time with sufficient data to allow evaluation of the quotation. D. On request, provide additional data to support computations, including but not limited to: (1) Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. (2) Taxes, insurance, and bonds. (3) Overhead and profit. (4) Justification for any change in Contract Time. (5) Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. E. Support each claim for additional costs, and for work done on a time and material basis, with additional information: (1) Origin and date of claim. (2) Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. (3) Time records and wage rates paid. (4) Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. 1.4 CHANGE PROCEDURES Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01028-1 March 2012 A. Changes to Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time can only be made by issuance of an official Construction Change Authorization or Contract Change Order. Discussions in the field or by phone or email, without proper documentation, do not authorize Contractor to perform tasks outside the scope of Work. Changes must be authorized as described in this Section. B. The Engineer will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time as authorized by the Contract by issuing supplemental instructions by letter. C. The Engineer may issue a Proposal Request which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications. The Contractor shall prepare and submit an estimate within seven (7) days, or as specified in the Proposal Request. Estimate shall include the proposed change's full effect on the Work and the effect on the Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time, with full documentation and a statement describing the effect on Work by separate or other contractors. D. The Contractor may request clarification of Drawings, Specifications, or Contract documents or other information by submitting a Request for Information to the Engineer. Engineer may request a Proposal Request in response to a Request for Information. 1.5 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION A. The Engineer may issue a document, signed by the Owner, instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. . B. The document will describe changes in the Work, and will designate the method of determining any change in Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time. C. The Contractor shall promptly execute the change in the Work. 1.6 STIPULATED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A. Based on accepted Proposal Request. 1.7 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A. For pre -determined unit prices and quantities, the Change Order will be executed on a fixed unit price basis. B. For unit costs or quantities of units of work which are not pre -determined, execute Work under a Construction Change Authorization. C. Changes in Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time will be computed as specified for Time and Material Change Order. 1.8 TIME AND MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER A. Submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract. B. The Engineer will determine the change allowable in Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. C. Maintain detailed records of work done on Time and Material basis. D. Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs for changes in the Work. 1.9 EXECUTION OF CHANGE ORDERS A. The Engineer will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract. 1.10 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS ' --y Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01028-2 March 2012 A. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum/Price. B. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise sub - schedules to adjust time for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit. C. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. PART PRODUCTS Not used PART 3 EXECUTION Not used END OF SECTION Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01028-3 March 2012 SECTION 01039 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: (1) Coordination (2) Field Engineering (3) Pre -Construction Meeting (4) Progress Meetings 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of the various Sections of the Project to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B. Coordinate completion and cleanup of Work of separate Sections in preparation for Substantial Completion. C. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective Work and Work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. 1.5 HELD ENGINEERING A. Locate and protect survey control and reference points. B. Verify set -backs and easements; confirm drawing dimensions, and elevations. C. Provide field engineering services. D. Establish elevations, lines, and levels, utilizing recognized engineering survey practices. E. Submit a copy of registered site drawing and certificate signed by Land Surveyor that the elevations and locations of the Work are in conformance with the Contract Documents. 1.6 PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Schedule meeting within ten (10) days of date of Notice to Proceed. B. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, and substitutions, applications for payments, RFIs, proposal request, Change Orders and Contract closeout procedures. C. Tentative agenda: (1) Use of premises by Owner and Contractor. (2) Distribution of executed Contract Documents. (3) Submission of list of Subcontractors, list of products and progress schedule. (4) Designation of personnel representing the parties in Contract and the Engineer. (5) Owner's requirements. (6) Construction facilities and controls provided by Owner. (7) Survey and layout. (8) Security and housekeeping procedures. (9) Schedules. (10) Procedures for testing. (11) Procedures for maintaining record documents. (12) Inspection and acceptance of products put into service during construction period. �- Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01039-1 March 2012 D. Record minutes and distribute copies within five (5) days after meeting to Engineer, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 1.7 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at minimum monthly intervals. B. Make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, and preside at meetings. C. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Engineer, as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. D. Tentative agenda: (1) Review minutes of previous meetings. (2) Review of Work progress. (3) Field observations, problems, and decisions. (4) Identification of problems which impede planned progress. (5) Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. (6) Review of off -site fabrication and delivery schedules. (7) Maintenance of progress schedule. (8) Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. (9) Planned progress during succeeding work period. (10) Coordination of projected progress. (11) Maintenance of quality and work standards. (12) Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. (13) Other business related to Work. E. Record minutes and distribute copies within five (5) days after meeting to Engineer, participants, and those affected by decisions made. PART2 PRODUCTS Not used PART 3 EXECUTION Note used END OF SECTION Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01039-2 March 2012 SECTION 01140 WORK RESTRICTIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: (1) Use Of Premises (2) Special Scheduling Requirements (3) Working Period (4) Utility Cutovers And Interruptions (5) Noise Restrictions (6) Advance Notice (7) Water For Construction (8) Work Area Limits 1.2 USE OF PREMISES A. Limit use of premises to work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. B. Confine construction operations to within the limits of Right of Way, Alley Easements and Manhole locations, as shown on plans. C. Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and available to tenants, residents and emergency vehicles at all times, except when construction is immediately at that vicinity. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. D. Schedule construction to minimize obstruction of driveways and entrances. 1.3 SPECIAL SCHEDULING REQUIREMENTS A. Have materials, equipment, and personnel required to perform the work at the site prior to the commencement of the Work. B. Permission to interrupt utility service shall be requested in writing a minimum of fourteen (14) calendar days prior to the desired date of interruption. 1.4 WORKING PERIOD A. Regular working hours shall be within an eleven (11) hour period between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, and an eight (8) hour period between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. on Saturday. (1) Saturday work shall be restricted to those activities that do not require observation by the Owner. (2) The Owner reserves the right, at the Owner's discretion, to disallow work when it interferes with holiday times and traffic. B. No work shall be performed on the following holiday periods or days: (1) New Year's Day (2) Good Friday Holiday (3) Memorial Day Holiday (4) Independence Day Holiday Sanitary Sewer. Manhole Rehabilitation 01140-1 March 2012 ��Y (5) Labor Day Holiday (6) Thanksgiving Day Holiday plus the day before and the three days following Thanksgiving Day. (7) Christmas Week. If Christmas Day falls on Saturday, this will be defined as the week leading to Christmas Day. If Christmas Day falls on Sunday, this will be defined as the week following Christmas Day plus the Friday and Saturday prior to Christmas Day. C. Work outside regular working hours requires Owner's approval. (1) Make application twenty-one (21) calendar days prior to such work to allow arrangements to be made by the Owner for inspecting the work in progress, giving the specific dates, hours, location, type of work to be performed, contract number and project title. (2) Based on the justification provided, the Owner may approve work outside regular hours. (3) During periods of darkness, the different parts of the Work shall be lighted in a manner approved by the Owner. Lighting shall be such that it does not cause nuisance conditions. D. The Drawings contain specific requirements that affect certain areas of the Work. 1.5 UTILITY CUTOVERS AND INTERRUPTIONS A. Sanitary sewer flow shall not be interrupted upstream of the Work. Bypass pumping of sanitary sewer flow upstream of the Work shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Sanitary sewer service connections shall be re -connected in a timely manner following installation of the new sanitary sewer pipe. 1.6 NOISE RESTRICTIONS A. 75 dB limit at face of nearest structure during normal daylight hours. B. 65 dB limit at face of nearest structure during evening and nighttime hours in or near residential areas and for 24-hour working conditions that have received Owner approval. Evening and nighttime hours shall be defined as 6:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. C. The Contractor shall keep on -site a hand portable sound measurement device for both the Owner's and the Contractor's use for measuring noise levels. 1.7 ADVANCE NOTICE A. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of five (5) days advance written notice of construction to businesses and residences along the construction route. B. The advance written notice shall be in the form of a single page flyer to be placed by hand by the Contractor's forces in mailboxes, door handles, or handed to applicable individuals at each route building. C. The text for the advance written notice will be approved by the Owner. D. Reproduction shall be at the Contractor's expense. E. Distribution shall be at the Contractor's expense. F. Single page flyers shall be of a paper or post card color other than white to direct the recipient's attention to the information. G. The text shall contain the anticipated beginning date of inconvenience to the recipient and the anticipated duration of that inconvenience. H. The dates shall encompass the duration of driveway inconveniences and potential noise to the recipients on a single city block (i.e., the dates and durations shall reflect the time that the city block of interest will be affected by non-trafficability). Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01140-2 March 2012 1.8 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION A. Obtaining water for construction is the Contractor's sole responsibility. B. Water is available from the potable water system of the City of Lubbock for construction purposes. (1) The Contractor is responsible for all charges and arrangements for water consumption from the potable water system. (2) The Contractor shall make such arrangements directly with the City of Lubbock Water Utilities Department. (3) The City will not furnish potable water free of charge for the construction work. (4) The Contractor is responsible for any required metering and hauling. C. Water from park area lakes shall not be used for construction. D. This section does not preclude the Contractor from seeking other water sources for use in construction. Such water resources shall meet the purity requirements for the intended use. Such arrangements for water from other sources are the responsibility of the Contractor. PART PRODUCTS Not used PART 2 EXECUTION 2.1 WORK AREA LIMITS A. Prior to any construction, the Contractor shall mark the areas that need not be disturbed under this contract. B. Isolated areas within the general work area which are to be saved and protected shall also be marked or fenced. C. Monuments and markers shall be protected before construction operations commence. D. Where construction operations are to be conducted during darkness, the markers shall be visible at all times. E. The Contractor's personnel shall be knowledgeable of the purpose for marking and/or protecting particular objects. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01140-3 March 2012 SECTION 01300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: (1) Submittal Procedures (2) Re -Submittal Requirements (3) Action Submittals (4) Proposed Products List (5) Shop Drawings (6) Information Submittals (7) Contractor's Review (8) Owner And Engineer Action f�►.� i : I1W.-I-W90-614 11 . A. Transmit each submittal with Contractor's standard transmittal letter including Contractor's name, address, and phone number. B. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers, pertinent Drawings sheet and detail number(s), and specification Section number, as appropriate. C. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project and coordinate submission of related items. D. The Owner and Engineer reserve the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. E. Submittals may be delivered to the Engineer at the following address: Water Utilities Engineering 1625 13th Street Lubbock, Texas 79457 F. Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for re -submittals, as follows: (1) Time for review shall commence on the Owner or Engineer's receipt of submittal. (2) Allow fifteen (15) days for initial review of each submittal. (3) Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. (4) The Owner or Engineer will advise the Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. (5) If more than five (5) submittals are transmitted for review within any five (5) day period, the time allowed for review will be increased to twenty-one (21) days. (6) Where concurrent review of submittals by the Engineer, Owner, or other parties is required, allow twenty-one (21) days for initial review of each submittal. (7) If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. (8) Allow fifteen (15) days for processing each resubmittal. G. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing. H. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01300-1 March 2012 I. Provide space for Contractor and Engineer review stamps. J. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned parties. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with provisions. K. Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by Owner or Engineer in connection with the construction. L. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed. 1.3 RE -SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Revise initial submittal as required and re -submit to meet requirements as specified. B. Identify all changes made since previous submittal. C. Mark as RESUBMITTAL. D. Re -use original transmittal number and supplement with sequential alphabetical suffix for each re -submittal (ie. 0001-A). PART PRODUCTS 2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections. B. Submit three (3) copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. (1) The three (3) copies will be retained by the Owner's representative. (2) Any additional copies that the Contractor may need for his operations will be in addition to the three (3) copies required. 2.2 PROPOSED PRODUCTS LIST A. Within fifteen (15) days after date of Notice to Proceed, submit complete list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model or catalog designation, and reference standards. B. For products specified only by reference standards, give manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation, and reference standards. C. Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. D. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to this Project. E. Include recommendations for application and use, compliance with specified standards of trade associations and testing agencies. F. Include notation of special coordination requirements for interfacing with adjacent work. G. After review, distribute in accordance with Article on Procedures above and provide copies for Record Documents described in Section 01700 — Contract Closeout. 2.3 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Prepare Project specific information, drawn accurately to scale. B. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. C. Include the following information, as applicable: (1) Dimensions (2) Identification of products Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01300-2 March 2012 (3) Fabrication and installation drawings (4) Schedules (5) Design calculations (6) Compliance with specified standards (7) Notation of coordination requirements (8) Notation of dimensions established by field measurement D. For drawings larger than 11 x 17 inches, submit in the form of one reproducible transparency and one opaque reproduction. E. For drawings 11 x 17 inches and smaller, submit the number of opaque reproductions which Contractor requires, plus three (3) copies which will be retained by Engineer. F. Drawing size shall be minimum of 8 % x 11 inches and a maximum of 24 x 36 inches. G. Draw details to a minimum size of/z inch equal to 1 foot. H. After review, produce copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article above and for record document purposed described in Section 01700 — Contract Closeout. 2.4 INFORMATION SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Instructions: (1) When specified in individual specification Sections, submit manufacturers' printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, in quantities specified for Product Data. (2) Identify conflicts between manufacturers' instructions and Contract Documents. (3) Indicate special procedures, conditions requiring special attention and special environmental criteria required for application or installation. B. Manufacturer's Certificates (1) When specified in individual specification Sections, submit manufacturers' certificate to Engineer for review, in quantities specified for Product Data. (2) indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference date, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. (3) Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or Product, but must be acceptable to the Engineer. C. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: (1) Prepare written information indicating current status of insurance or bonding coverage. (2) Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Note corrections and field dimensions. C. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to the Owner or Engineer. (1) Stamp each submittal with a uniform approval stamp. (2) Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01300-3 March 2012 the submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 3.2 OWNER AND ENGINEER'S ACTION A. The Owner or Engineer will not review submittals that do not bear the Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action. B. The Owner or Engineer will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. C. The Owner or Engineer will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken, as follows: (1) No exception taken (2) Make correction noted (3) Revise and resubmit (4) Rejected D. The submittal stamp by the Owner or Engineer will also contain the following: (1) Checking is only for general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. (2) Any action shown is subject to the requirements of the plans and specifications. (3) The Contractor is responsible for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions; selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction; and performing the Work in a satisfactory manner. E. The Owner or Engineer will review each submittal and will not return it, or will reject and return it, if it does not comply with the requirements. END OF SECTION Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01300-4 March 2012 SECTION 01310 PROGRESS SCHEDULES PART GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: (1) Format (2) Content (3) Revisions To Schedules (4) Submittals (5) Distribution 1.2 FORMAT A. Sequence of Listings: The chronological order of the start of each item of Work. B. Scale and Spacing: To provide space for notations and revisions. C. Sheet Size: Minimum 81/2 x 11 inches D. Submit only if requested by the Engineer or Owner at preconstruction or coordination meeting. E. Maintain monthly updates to schedule. 1.3 CONTENT A. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, with dates for beginning and completion of each element of construction. B. Identify each item by specification Section number. C. Provide sub -schedules to define critical portions of the entire Schedule. D. Show accumulated percentage of completion of each item, and total percentage of Work completed, as of the first day of each month. E. Provide separate schedule of submittal dates for shop drawings, product data, samples, and dates reviewed submittals will be required from the Engineer. Indicate decision date for selection of finishes. 1.4 REVISIONS TO SCHEDULES A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submittal, and projected completion date of each activity. B. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in scope, and other identifiable changes. C. Provide narrative report to define problem areas, anticipated delays, and impact on Schedule. Report corrective action taken, or proposed, and its effect. A. Submit initial Schedules within ten (10) days after date established in Notice to Proceed. After review, resubmit required revised data within ten (10) days. B. Submit revised Progress Schedules with each Application for Payment. C. Submit the number of opaque reproductions which the Contractor requires, plus two (2) copies which will be retained by the Engineer. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01310-1 March 2012 1.6 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute copies of reviewed Schedules to project site file, Subcontractors, suppliers, and other concerned parties. B. Instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections indicated in Schedules. PART PRODUCTS Not used PART 1 EXECUTION Not used END OF SECTION Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01310-2 March 2012 SECTION 01322 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: (1) Submittals (2) Photographic Records (3) Construction Photographs 1.2 SUBMITTALS. A. Submit three (3) complete sets of preconstruction photographs and pre- and post -construction television inspections to the Engineer. B. The Owner and the Engineer will retain all three (3) sets of each. C. On back of each print provide an applied label or rubber-stamped impression with the following information: (1) Name of Project (2) Name and address of photographer (3) Name of Engineer (4) Name of Contractor (5) Date photograph was taken (6) Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass point), and elevation or story of construction. D. Submit a complete set of digital image electronic files with each submittal of prints. E. Identify electronic media with date photographs were taken. F. Submit images that have the same aspect ratio as the sensor, un-cropped. 1.3 PHOTOGRAPHIC RECORDS A. Retain one set of prints of preconstruction photographs in the field office at the Project site, available at all times for reference. B. Identify photographs the same as those submitted to the Engineer. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Preconstruction Photographs: (1) Before starting construction, take color photographs of Project site and surrounding properties from different vantage points, or as directed by the Engineer. (2) Take photographs to show existing conditions adjacent to the property before starting the Work. (3) Take photographs of existing structures either on or adjoining the property to accurately record the physical conditions at the start of construction. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01322-1 March 2012 B. Television Inspection: (1) The Contractor shall perform pre -construction television inspection of the interior of the existing sanitary sewer pipe. (a) Any conditions determined by the pre -construction video that may prevent proper installation of the new pipe shall be corrected as determined by the Owner. (b) Contractor shall submit two (2) copies of this video to the Onwer. (2) The Contractor shall perform post -construction television inspection of the interior of the new sanitary sewer pipe. (a) Any conditions determined by the post -construction video that may prevent proper operation of the new pipe shall be corrected as determined by the Owner. (b) Contractor shall submit two (2) copies of this video to the Onwer. C. Periodic Construction Photographs: (1) As needed to document damage either directly related to or inadvertently related to the Contractor's operations, photograph the area in question and provide to the Engineer. END OF SECTION Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01322-2 March 2012 SECTION 01356 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION MEASURES PART GENERAL :_ A. Section Includes: (1) Contractor Responsibilities (2) Erosion and Sediment Controls (3) Components for Silt Fences (4) Components for Straw Bales (5) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 1.2 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Contractor shall implement, maintain, and update the Storm Water Pollution Prevention measures specified in the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWP3) in a manner, which will meet the requirements of the Texas Pollution Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Permit No.TXR150000. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for any fines or penalties assessed by the appropriate regulatory agency for failure to make required inspections, failure to properly document those inspections, failure to adequately implement and adjust the storm water pollution prevention measures specified in the SWP3 to adequately control pollutants, and/or any other fines or penalties assess by TCEQ or the EPA for failure to comply with any part of the permit requirements. C. The Contractor shall submit a Notice of Intent and a Notice of Termination independently of the Owner. D. Fines leveled against the Owner by the TCEQ or the EPA for the Contractor's failure to comply with and maintain the SWP3 shall be paid by the Contractor. 1.3 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS A. General (1) Structural measures shall be implemented to divert flows from exposed soils, temporarily store flows, or otherwise limit run-off and the discharge of pollutants from exposed areas of the site. (2) Structural practices shall be implemented as specified in the SWP3 and in a timely manner during the construction process to minimize erosion and sediment run-off. B. Stabilized Ingress/Egress (1) Stabilized access to and from the construction site will be installed by the Contractor as soon as practical and in accordance with the SWP3. (2) In all cases, the Contractor shall ensure that any soil tracked off -site is cleaned from existing roads, alleys, and any adjacent properties as soon as possible. (3) The Contractor or other responsible party shall check for any pollutants (mud, silt, sand, cement, construction materials, etc.) tracked or washed off -site and perform necessary clean-up measures at the end of each work day. C. Silt Fences/Diversion Berms Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01356-1 March 2012 (1) The Contractor shall provide silt fences and/or diversion berms as a temporary structural practice to minimize erosion and sediment runoff. (2) Silt fences and/or diversion berms shall be properly installed to effectively retain sediment immediately after completing each phase of work where erosion would occur in the form of sheet and rill erosion (e.g., clearing and grubbing, excavation, embankment, and grading.) (3) Silt Fences/Diversion Berms shall be kept in good and functional condition for as long as they are required and until they are removed from the site. D. Sand/Gravel Bags (1) The Contractor may provide sand/gravel bags as a temporary structural practice to minimize erosion and sediment runoff. (2) Bags shall be properly placed to effectively retain sediment immediately after completing each phase of work (e.g., after clearing and grubbing in an area between a ridge and drain, bags shall be placed as work progresses, bags shall be removed/replaced/relocated as needed for work to progress in the drainage area). (3) Sand/gravel bags must remain in good condition, or they shall be replaced. E. Site Stabilization (1) The Contractor shall disturb the least amount of site area as possible. (2) Stabilization measures to be implemented by the Contractor may include any of the following measures: (a) Temporary or permanent seeding or sodding (b) Mulching (c) Geotextiles (d) Vegetative buffer strips (e) Paving (f) StabiIization measures shall be implemented in accordance with the SWP3. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 COMPONENTS FOR SILT FENCES A. Filter Fabric (1) The geotextile shall comply with the requirements of ASTM D 4439, and shall consist of polymeric filaments, which are formed into a stable network such that filaments retain their relative positions. (2) The filament shall consist of a long -chain synthetic polymer composed of at least eight - five (85) percent by weight of ester, propylene, or amide, and shall contain stabilizers and/or inhibitors added to the base plastic to make the filaments resistant to deterioration due to ultraviolet and heat exposure. (3) Synthetic filter fabric shall contain ultraviolet ray inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of six (6) months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 to 120 degrees Fahrenheit. -' Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01356-2 March 2012 (4) The filter fabric shall meet the following requirements: FILTER FABRIC FOR SILT FENCE PHYSICAL PROPERTY TEST PROCEDURE REQUIREMENT Grab Tensile ASTM D 4632 100 lbs. min. Elongation ASTM D 4632 30 % max. Trapezoid Tear ASTM D 4533 55 lbs. min. Permittivity ASTM D 4491 0.2 sec-1 AOS U.S. Std. Sieve ASTM D 4751 20 —100 B. Silt Fence Stakes and Posts (1) The Contractor may use either wooden stakes or steel posts for fence construction. (2) Wooden stakes utilized for silt fence construction shall have a minimum cross section of two (2) inches by two (2) inches when hardwood is used and two (2) inches by four (4) inches when pine is used, and shall have a minimum length of four (4) feet. (3) Steel posts (standard "U" or "T" section) utilized for silt fence construction shall have a minimum weight of 1.33 pounds per linear foot and a minimum length of four (4) feet. C. Identification, Storage, and Handling\ (1) Filter fabric shall be identified, stored, and handled in accordance with ASTM D 4873. 2.2 COMPONENTS FOR STRAW BALES A. Straw Bales (1) The straw in the bales shall be stalks from oats, wheat, rye, barley, rice, or from grasses such as Byhalia, Bermuda, etc., furnished in air-dry condition. (2) The bales shall have a standard cross section of fourteen (14) inches by eighteen (18) inches. All bales shall be either wire -bound or string -tied. (3) The Contractor may use either wooden stakes or #3 rebars to secure the straw bales to the ground. (4) Wooden stakes utilized for this purpose shall have minimum dimensions of two (2) inches by two (2) inches in.cross section and shall have a minimum length of three (3) feet. (5) Rebar utilized for securing straw bales shall have a minimum diameter of 3/8 of an inch and a minimum length of three (3) feet. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan will be provided by the Contractor. B. The Contractor must keep a copy of the SWP3 on site at all times. C. A completed Notice of Intent (NOI) form must be submitted a minimum of forty-eight (48) hours prior to start of construction. D. No work will be permitted until NOI is filed. E. The SWP3 shall be continually updated as necessary to reflect current and changing conditions on site. F. Additional measures not specifically shown in the SWP3 may be used to control erosion from leaving the site. G. A completed Notice of Termination (NOT) form must be submitted prior to finalization of this contract. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01356-3 March 2012 H. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with a copy of the NOI and NOT. END OF SECTION Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01356-4 March 2012 SECTION 01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: (1) Definitions (2) Testing Requirements (3) Submittals (4) Quality Control (5) Repair and Protection 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Quality Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and ensure that proposed construction complies with requirements. B. Quality Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that completed construction complies with requirements. 1.3 TESTING REQUIREMENTS A. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. B. Specific quality control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. C. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do no limit the Contractor's quality control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: (1) For individuals employed by the Contractor who will perform testing as required by the various specification Sections, submit at least fourteen (14) days prior to being used on the project the capabilities and experience of such individuals and the types of tests that the individual will perform. (2) For outside testing agency employed by the Contractor, submit at least fourteen (14) days prior to being used on the project the name, address, and manager of such testing agency and the types of tests that the agency will perform. (a) Such testing agency shall be acceptable to the Owner prior to being used on the project. B. Reports: (1) Prepare and submit written reports within fourteen (14) days following the date of the test that include the following: (a) Date of issue (b) Project title and number. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01400-1 March 2012 (c) Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. If the individual is employed by the Contractor, use Contractor's name, address, and telephone number. (d) Dates and locations of samples and test (e) Names of individuals making tests (f) Description of the work and test method (g) Identification of material, product, and specification Section. (h) Complete test or inspection data (i) Test results and interpretation of test results 0) Ambient conditions at time of sample taking and testing. (k) Comments and opinion on whether tested Work complied with the Contract Document requirements and the applicable specification Section. (1) Name and signature of individual performing the test if employee of the Contractor, or name and signature of testing agency responsible person. (in) For failing tests, recommendations on retesting unless specification Sections provide procedure for retesting. C. Professional Engineer Qualifications: �- - (1) Where a Professional Engineer is required in the specification Sections, this means a Professional Engineer who is legally qualified to practice in the jurisdiction where the project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. D. Test Agency Qualifications: (1) An agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing indicated, as documented by ASTM E 548, and that has the capability and experience in the types of tests to be performed. E. Preconstruction Testing: (1) Testing agency shall perform preconstruction testing with specified requirements for performance and test methods. (2) The Contractor shall not perform preconstruction testing except through a third party testing agency. F. Testing Agency Responsibilities: (1) Submit certified written report of each test and similar Quality Assurance service to the Contractor. (2) Interpret tests and state in each report whether tested work complies with or deviates from the Contract Document requirements. 1.5 QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner Responsibilities: (1) Where quality control services are indicated as Owner or Engineer's responsibility, such services may be performed by the Owner's forces or by a qualified testing agency to perform these services. (2) The Owner or Engineer will furnish the Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged by the Owner. B. Contractor Responsibilities: (1) Provide quality control services required in the various specification Sections. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01400-2 March 2012 (2) Where third party testing is engaged by the Contractor, notify testing agency sufficiently in advance of the time and date when work that requires testing will be performed. (3) The Contractor shall not engage the same testing agencies as the Owner, unless Owner agrees in writing to such engagement. (4) Where testing is indicated as the Contractor's responsibility, submit certified written reports in duplicate of each testing service, whether performed by the Contractor's personnel or Contractor engaged testing agency. (5) Such reports shall include failing tests and retests. (6) Testing requested by the Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are the Contractor's responsibility. (7) Where the Contractor's personnel are performing tests, provide individuals with appropriate equipment to perform the tests in accordance with the test method requirements. (8) Provide alternate equipment where the specified test method cannot be applied, and where alternative test methods and equipment must be employed to provide the necessary quality control. C. Retesting: (1) Regardless of whether original tests were the Contractor's responsibility, provide quality control services, including retesting, for construction that revised or replaced work that failed to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents. D. Testing Agency Responsibilities: (1) Cooperate with the Engineer and Contractor in performance of duties. (2) Provide qualified personnel and necessary equipment to perform required tests and inspections. (3) Notify the Engineer or Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the work during performance of its services. (4) Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the requirements. (5) Submit a certified written report, in triplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality control service through the Contactor. (6) Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase requirements of the Contract Documents or approve or accept any portion of the Work. (7) Do not perform any duties of the Contractor. E. Associated Services: (1) Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. (2) Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. (3) Provide the following: (a) Access to the Work. (b) Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. (c) Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. (d) Assist agency in obtaining samples. (e) Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01400-3 March 2012 (f) Additional associated services required of the Contractor for testing access are listed in the specification Sections. (g) Delivery of samples to testing agencies. (h) Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. (i) Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site. F. Coordination: (1) Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality assurance and quality control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. (2) Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used PART 1 EXECUTION 1.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction, and restore substrates and finishes. B. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. C. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching. D. Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service activities. E. Repair and protection are the Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality control services. END OF SECTION I- - Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 014004 March 2012 SECTION 01410 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: (1) Selection and Payment (2) Quality Assurance (3) Laboratory Responsibilities (4) Laboratory Reports (5) Limits on Testing Laboratory Authority (6) Contractor Responsibilities (7) Schedule of Inspections and Tests B. References: (1) ANSI/ASTM D3740 — Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. (2) ANSI/ASTM E329 — Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction. 1.2 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A. An independent firm, provided at the Contractor's expense, will perform inspection, tests, and other services specified in individual specification Sections and as required by the Engineer. B. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Engineer, in triplicate, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. C. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, storage, safe access, and assistance by incidental labor as requested. D. Notify the Engineer and independent firm forty-eight (48) hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services. E. Make arrangements with independent firm and pay for additional samples and tests required for Contractor's use. F. Testing or inspecting does not relieve Contractor from performing Work to contract requirements. G. The cost associated with compliance testing shall be paid by the Contractor. H. Re -testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the same independent f nn on instructions by the Engineer. I. Payment for re -testing will be paid by the Contractor. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of ANSI/ASTM D3740R and ANSVASTM E329. B. Testing laboratory shall maintain a full time registered Engineer on staff to review services. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01410-1 March 2012 C. Testing equipment shall be calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of an accuracy traceable to either National Bureau of Standards (NBS) standards or accepted values of natural physical constants. 1.4 LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES A. Test samples of mixes submitted by Contractor. B. Provide qualified personnel at site. C. Cooperate with the Engineer and Contractor in performance of services. D. Perform specified inspection, sampling, and testing of Products in accordance with specified standards. E. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. F. Promptly notify Engineer and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance of Work or Products. G. Perform additional inspections and tests required by the Engineer. 1.5 LABORATORY REPORTS A. After each inspection and test, promptly submit three (3) copies of laboratory report to the Engineer and to the Contractor. B. Laboratory test reports shall include: (1) Date issued (2) Project title and number (3) Name of inspector (4) Date and time of sampling or inspection (5) Identification of product and Specification Section (6) Location in the Project (7) Type of inspection or test (8) Date of test (9) Results of tests (10) Conformance with Contract Documents C. When requested by the Engineer, provide interpretation of test results. 1.6 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A. Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. B. Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. C. Laboratory may not assume any duties of the Contractor. D. Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. 1.7 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Deliver to laboratory at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be used which require testing, along with proposed mix designs. B. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work C. Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to Work to be tested, to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested, to facilitate tests and inspections, storage and curing of test samples. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01410-2 March 2012 D. Notify the Engineer and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. 1.8 SCHEDULE OF INSPECTIONS AND TESTS A. As indicated in individual Specification Sections. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used PART EXECUTION Not used END OF SECTION m m m a m Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01410-3 March 2012 SECTION 01555 BARRICADES, SIGNS, AND TRAFFIC HANDLING PART GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY - A. This item shall govern for providing, installing, moving, replacing, maintaining, cleaning, and removing upon completion of work, all barricades, portable barriers, signs, portable changeable message signs, cones, lights, and other such type devices and of handling traffic as indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer or Owner. B. Section Includes: (1) Description (2) Construction Methods (3) Traffic Control Plan (4) Maintenance PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. All barricades, signs, and other types of devices shall conform to details shown on the plans or those indicated in the latest version of the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). B. All traffic control devices shall be crashworthy according to the guidelines set forth in the National Cooperative Highway Research Program (NCHRP) Report 350. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN A. The Contractor shall propose his own Traffic Control Plan (TCP) as necessary for phased construction. B. This plan must be approved in writing by the Engineer or Owner in order to be used. C. Prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall designate, in writing, a competent person who will be responsible and available on this project site or in the immediate area to insure compliance with the TCP. 3.2 MAINTENANCE A. All retro-reflective traffic control devices such as barricades, vertical panels, signs, etc., shall be maintained by cleaning, replacing, or a combination thereof such that during darkness and rain the retro-reflective characteristics shall equal or exceed the retro-reflective characteristics of traffic industry standard reflective panels. END OF SECTION Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01555-1 March 2012 SECTION 01576 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL PARTl GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: (1) Submittals (2) Salvageable Material (3) Excess Material 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Obtain and submit disposal permits for proposed disposal sites if required by local ordinances. B. Submit a copy of written permission from property owner, along with a description of property, prior to disposal of excess material adjacent to the Project. C. Submit a written and signed release from property owner upon completion of disposal work. D. Both written permission and signed release shall include hold -harmless clauses naming the City of Lubbock, Texas as the entities to be held harmless in any subsequent legal proceeding. E. Both property permissions and signed releases shall be attested to by a notary public. PART PRODUCTS Not used PART 3 EXECUTION 1.1 SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL A. Asphalt Pavement and Asphalt Stabilized Base shall conform to requirements of Section 02221— Removing Existing Pavements. 1.2 EXCESS MATERIAL A. Vegetation, rubble, broken concrete, debris, asphaltic concrete pavement, excess soil, and other materials not designated for salvage, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the job site and legally disposed of at a proper facility such as the West Texas Region Disposal Facility (WTRDF). B. Excess material maybe disposed at the WTRDF at no additional cost to the Owner. (1) There will be a tipping fee of $28.50 per ton for construction debris and for excess uncontaminated soil. (2) For a complete list of fees associated with the WTRDF, please go to the City's website at http://solidwaste.ci.lubbock-tx.us/disposal/fees.aspx. (3) There will also be a fee of $15.00 per load for every truck that is not covered properly when coming to the landfill. (4) All tipping fees shall be considered to be included in the Contractor's bid prices. C. Excess soil maybe deposited on private property adjacent to the Project if approved by the Owner and when written permission is obtained from the property owner. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01576-1 March 2012 D. Waste materials shall be removed from the site on a daily basis, such that the site is maintained in a neat and orderly condition. END OF SECTION Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01596-2 March 2012 F SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: (1) Closeout Procedures (2) Final Cleaning (3) Adjusting (4) Project Record Documents (5) Warranties (6) Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials. 1.2 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been inspected, and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Engineer's inspection. B. Should the Engineer consider the work incomplete or defective: (1) The Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or defective work. (2) The Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies and submit a , second written certification that the work is complete. (3) The Engineer will re -inspect the Work. C. Provide submittals to the Engineer that are required by governing or other authorities. D. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. 1.3 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B. Clean site, sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. C. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. D. Repair, patch, and touch-up marred surfaces to match adjacent finishes. i 91 30111410z[91 A. Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain on site, one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work: (1) Contract Drawings (2) Specifications (3) Addenda (4) Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract (5) Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01700-1 March 2012 Li t B. Store Record Documents separate from documents used for construction. C. Record information concurrent with construction progress. D. Specifications: (1) Legibly mark and record at each Product section description of actual Products installed, including the following: (a) Manufacturer's name and product model and number. (b) Product substitutions or alternates utilized. (c) Changes made by Addenda and Modifications. E. Record Documents and Shop Drawings: (1) Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: (a) Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances referenced to permanent surface improvements. (b) Field changes of dimension and detail. (c) Details not on original Contract Drawings. (d) Changes made by Addenda and Modifications. F. Project Documentation: (1) Submit final survey of installed sewer main, including flow line elevations and orientations, surface elevation, and any other information pertinent to the installation. (2) Post -construction video of the newly installed sanitary sewer line, as specified in Section 01322 — Photographic Documentation. (3) Submit two (2) copies to the Engineer with claim for final Application for Payment. 1.6 WARRANTIES A. Provide duplicate notarized copies. B. Execute and assemble documents from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. C. Provide Table of Contents and assemble with metal prong binder in durable plastic presentation cover. D. Submit prior to final Application for Payment. E. For items of Work delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten (10) days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. 1.7 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide products, spare parts, maintenance and extra materials in quantities specified in individual specification Sections. B. Deliver to project site and place in location as directed; obtain receipt prior to final payment. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used PART 3 EXECUTION Not used END OF SECTION Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 01700-2 March 2012 SECTION 02082 PRE -CAST CONCRETE MANHOLES PART GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section of the specifications pertains to pre -cast concrete manholes and related items. B. Section Includes: (1) References (2) Submittals (3) Delivery, Storage, and Handling (4) Pre -Cast Concrete Manholes (5) Cast -in Place Concrete (6) Reinforcing Steel (7) Mortar (8) Miscellaneous Metals (9) Sealant Materials (10) Backfill Materials (11) Non -Shrink Grout (12) Examination (13) Manhole Base Sections and Foundations (14) Pre -Cast Manhole Sections (15) Pipe Connections at Manholes (16) Inverts for Manholes (17) Inverts for Sewers (18) Manhole Frame and Adjustment Rings (19) Backfill (20) Testing (21) Protections 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 307 — Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile. B. ASTM C 443 — Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets. C. ASTM C478 — Standard Specification for Pre -cast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. D. ASTM C857 — Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Pre -cast Concrete Utility Structures. E. ASTM C858 — Underground Pre -cast Concrete Utility Structure. F. ASTM C 1107 — Packaged Dry, Hydraulic -Cement Grout (Nonshrink). G. ASTM C 1244 — Standard Test Method for Concrete Sewer Manholes by the Negative Air Pressure (Vacuum) Test. H. ASTM D 698 — Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lblft3). Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02082-1 March 2012 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of Section 01300 —Submittal Procedures. B. Submit manufacturer's data and details of following items for approval: (1) Shop drawings of manhole sections and base units and construction details, including reinforcement, jointing methods, materials, and dimensions. (2) Summary of criteria used in the manhole design including, as a minimum, material properties, loadings, load combinations, and dimensions assumed. (3) Include certification from manufacturer that pre -cast manhole design is in full accordance with ASTM C478 and design criteria as established in Paragraph 1.2.CD of this Specification. (4) Materials to be used for pipe connections at manhole walls. (5) Materials to be used for stubs and stub plugs, if required. (6) Manufacturer's data for pre -mix (bag) concrete, if used for channel inverts and benches. (7) Material to be used for sealing of riser joints. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver number of units needed in a timely manner to the project site to ensure installation continuity. B. Store and handle the units at the project site in such a manner to prevent cracking, distortion, staining, or other physical damage, and so that markings are visible. C. Lift and support units at designated lift points. D. Deliver anchorage items that are to be embedded in other construction before starting such work. E. Provide setting diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions, as required, for installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PRE -CAST CONCRETE MANHOLES A. Provide manhole sections and related components conforming to ASTM C 478. B. Provide adjustment rings which are standard components of the manufacturer of the manhole sections. C. Make date of manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer on inside of barrel. D. Provide reinforced concrete risers constructed from (60) inch diameter standard reinforced concrete manhole sections unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. E. Combine various lengths of manholes sections to total the correct height with the fewest joints. F. Wall sections shall be designed for depth and loading conditions, but shall not be less than four (4) inches thick. G. Base section shall be a minimum thickness of six (6) inches under the invert. H. Provide tops to receive cast iron frames and covers designed to support H-20 loading, unless indicated otherwise. I. All manholes shall be eccentric cone section unless specified on the plans. J. Frame and cover shall be designed for H-20 loading. K. The manholes walls, transition slabs, tops, and manhole base slab shall be designed, by the manufacturer, to the requirements of ASTM C 478 for the depth as shown on the Drawings. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02082-2 March 2012 L. The minimum clear distance between any two wall penetrations shall be twelve (12) inches, half the diameter of the smaller penetration, or as specified by the manufacturer, whichever is most stringent. M. Lifting holes in manhole sections and bases are not permissible unless such openings can be made watertight under 5 psi internal pressure, with only minor weeping under 10 psi internal pressure. N. Manhole sections must withstand an intermittent internal hydrostatic pressure of 10 psi without structural failure. 2.2 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE A. Conform to requirements of Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete B. Concrete for inverts not integrally formed with manhole base shall be either five (5) sack premix (bag) concrete or Class A concrete, with a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi. C. Base for drop manhole shall be cast around existing pipe. Once installed, cut out top of existing pipe and form channel branches. 2.3 REINFORCING STEEL A. Reinforcing steel shall conform to requirements of Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete. 2.4 MORTAR A. Mortar shall conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S using Portland Cement. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS METALS A. Provide gray -iron frames, rings, and covers conforming to requirements of Section 02084 — Frames, Grates, Rings, and Covers. 2.6 SEALANT MATERIALS A. Provide seating materials between pre -cast concrete adjustment ring and manhole cover frame, such as ConSeal SC-202 Butyl Sealant or approved equal. B. Provide joints between concrete riser sections with ConSeal CS-202 Butyl Sealant or approved equal conforming to ASTM C 990. C. Provide rubber gaskets for ASTM C 443 joints. 2.7 BACKFILL MATERIALS A. Backfill materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 2.8 NON -SHRINK GROUT A. Provide prepackaged, inorganic, flowable, non -gas -liberating, non-metallic, cement -based grout requiring only the addition of water. B. Grout shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1107 and shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 7000 psi. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that lines and grades are correct. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02082-3 March 2012 i B. Determine if the subgrade, when scarified and recompacted, can be compacted to ninety-five (95) percent of maximum Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D 698 prior to placement of foundation material and base section. If it cannot be compacted to that density, the subgrade shall be moisture conditioned until that density can be reached or shall be treated as an unstable subgrade. 3.2 MANHOLE BASE SECTIONS AND FOUNDATIONS A. Scarify and compact base material to ninety-five (95) percent ASTM D 698 Standard Proctor Density. If the subgrade cannot be compacted to the required density or if it contains organic materials, then excavate to stable subgrade, then backfill with lean concrete backfill to required elevation. B. Place twelve (12) inches of Class I gravel backfill as base for cast -in -place manhole base. 3.3 PRE -CAST MANHOLE SECTIONS A. Install sections, joints, and gasket material in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations. B. Install pre -cast adjustment rings above tops of cones as required to adjust the finished elevation and to support the manhole frame. C. Seal any lifting holes with non -shrink grout where lifting holes have been allowed by the Engineer. D. Do not incorporate manhole steps in manhole sections for sanitary sewers. 3.4 PIPE CONNECTIONS AT MANHOLES A. Ensure that the pipe will not pull out of manhole by using flange or corrugations as shown on plans. B. Grout all space between pipe and manhole wall with non -shrink grout and coat with an epoxy bonding agent. 3.5 INVERTS FOR SEWERS A. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth flow transition waterway with no disruption of flow at pipe -manhole connections. B. Conform to following criteria: (1) Slope of invert bench: %2 inch per foot minimum; 1 inch per foot maximum (2) Depth of bench to invert shall be equal to the largest diameter pipe, entering the manhole. (3) Invert slope through manhole shall be 0.10 foot drop across manhole with smooth transition of invert through manhole, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. C. Form invert channels with concrete if not integral with manhole base section. D. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum possible radius of curvature. E. Provide curves for side inlets and smooth invert fillets for flow transition between pipe inverts. j3.6. MANHOLE FRAME AND ADJUSTMENT RINGS A. Combine pre -cast concrete adjustment rings so that the elevation of the installed casting cover matches the pavement surface. B. Pre -cast adjustment rings shall not be used in such a way that the height of combined rings is ' greater than eighteen (18) inches. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 020824 March 2012 C, C. Seal between adjustment rings with approved sealant material. D. Set cast iron frame on adjustment ring in a bed of approved sealant. E. Sealant bed shall consist of two beads of sealant, each bead having minimum dimensions of %2 inch thick and % inch wide. 3.7 BACKFILL A. Place and compact backfill materials in the area of excavation surrounding manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B. Provide cement stabilized backfill material, as specified for the pipe, from manhole foundation up to an elevation twelve (12) inches over each pipe connected to the manhole. C. Provide trench zone backfill, as specified for the adjacent utilities, above the cement stabilized backfill. 3.8 TESTING A. Vacuum test manhole according to ASTM C 1244. B. Refer to Section 02533 — Acceptance Testing for Sewers. 3.9 PROTECTION A. Protect manholes from drainage until work has been finally accepted. B. Repair damage to manholes at no additional cost to Owner. END OF SECTION Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02082-5 March 2012 SECTION 02084 FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS, AND COVERS PART GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section of the specification covers iron castings for use as manhole frames and lids, gratings, and rings. A. Section Includes: (1) References (2) Submittals (3) General Castings (4) Manholes Frames and Covers (5) Inflow Prevention Device (6) Installation 1.2 REFERENCES A. AASHTO — American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials Standard Specification for Highway Bridges. B. ASTM A 48 — Specification for Gray Iron Castings C. ASTM A 615 — Standard Specification for Deformed Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement D. AWS D 12.1— Welding Reinforcing Steel 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data in accordance with Section 01300 — Submittal Procedures. B. Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications, load tables, dimension diagrams, anchor details, and installation instructions. C. Submit shop drawings for fabrication and installation of casting assemblies that are not included in Drawings. (1) Include plans, elevations, sections, and connection details. (2) Show anchorage and accessory items. (3) Include setting drawings for location and installation of castings and anchorage devices. PART 2 PRODUCTS 1.4 GENERAL CASTINGS A. Castings for frames, grates, rings, and covers shall conform to ASTM A-48, Class 35. B. Casting shall be designed with a full bearing ring so as to provide a continuous seat between frame and cover. C. Provide locking covers if indicated on Drawings. D. Castings shall be capable of withstanding the application of an AASHTO H-20 loading without permanent deformation. E. Fabricate castings to conform to the shapes, dimensions, and with wording or logos shown on the Drawings. , 11 Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02084-1 March 2012 t t_ F. Cast dimensions may vary by +/-1/16 inch per foot. G. Weight shall not vary from published weight by more than +/- 5 percent. H. Castings shall be clean, free from blowholes and other surface imperfections. I. Cast holes in covers shall be clean and symmetrical, free of plugs. 1.5 MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS A. Manhole frames and covers shall be of good quality gray iron casting and conform to ASTM A-48, having a clear opening of not less than 30 inches. B. Frame and cover shall have a weight of not less than 275 pounds. C. Cover shall be furnished with lifting ring cast into the cover in such a manner as to prevent water leaking through. D. Cover shall include lettering. "City of Lubbock, Texas - Sanitary Sewer". 1.6 INFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE (IPD) A. Manholes shall be equipped with an Inflow Prevention Device to prevent unwanted inflow into the sanitary sewer system. B. IPDs shall be constructed of corrosion proof material and load tested to withstand 800 pounds. C. IPDs shall be equipped with a handle or lifting strap capable of supporting a minimum uniform load of 500 pounds. PART 3 EXECUTION 1.7 INSTALLATION A. Install castings according to approved shop drawings, instructions given in related specifications, and applicable directions from the manufacturer's printed materials. B. Set castings accurately at required locations to proper alignment and elevation. C. Keep castings plumb, level, true, and free of rack. D. Measure location accurately from established lines and grades. E. Brace or anchor frames temporarily in formwork until permanently set. END OF SECTION Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02084-2 March 2012 SECTION 02200 DEMOLITION, REMOVAL, AND SALVAGING OF EXISTING MATERIALS Ml<.`Yi lky) A. This item shall consist of demolition, removal, and salvage or disposal of certain portions of existing paving materials, including existing asphalt surfacing and base material and existing concrete surfaces, in accordance with these specifications and in conformity with the dimensions and typical cross sections shown on the plans and with the lines and grades established for the project. B. Section Includes: (1) Classification and Payment (2) Removal of Sanitary Sewer Piping and Manholes (3) Removal of Pavement (4) Removing Existing Asphalt Surfacing and Base Material 1.2 CLASSIFICATION AND PAYMENT A. Materials to be removed may consist of asphaltic concrete, caliche base, and concrete paving and shall be considered subsidiary to the pertinent bid items. B. No consideration shall be given to differences in thickness or volume of material for each material removed. C. All pavement of each type to be removed shall be considered as being the same and equal and no consideration shall be given to differences in thickness of material. PART PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 1.1 REMOVEL OF SANITARY SEWER PIPING AND MANHOLES A. Care shall be taken during removal of existing sanitary sewer system components not to damage portions that are to remain in place. B. At manholes with existing inflow or outflow lines that are to remain in place, the Contractor shall take care when removing the manhole as to minimize damage to portions to remain. C. Piping damaged adjacent to demolition of manholes shall be replaced at the time the manholes are reconnected and the labor, equipment and materials required to make such reconnections shall be included in the price of manhole replacement and reconnection. 1.2 REMOVAL OF PAVEMENT A. Where applicable, all lines separating pavement to be removed from that to remain in place shall be cut neatly and in a straight line, or shall be separated at an existing expansion or ". construction joint. B. Cuts shall be made by means of sawing or other methods approved by the Engineer which will produce a satisfactory edge. 6yj C. In no case shall the line be cut with a motor grader blade or other large piece of machinery. I--` Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02200-1 March 2012 i -1 r 1.3 REMOVING EXISTING ASPHALT SURFACING AND BASE MATERIAL A. All existing materials to be removed and disposed of under this item shall be removed by the Contractor, and shall be disposed of in appropriate disposal areas off the Owner's property. B. Removal operations shall be accomplished in such a manner to minimize disturbance of existing underlying courses and adjacent pavement structures or improvements to remain in place. C. Any underlying courses disturbed during removal operations shall be reworked, re - compacted, and regarded to the satisfaction of the Engineer. D. Any damage to adjacent pavement structures or improvements to remain in place shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. END OF SECTION �t Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02200-2 March 2012 SECTION 02221 REMOVING EXISTING PAVEMENTS PART GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section of the specifications covers the removal of existing pavements, including, but not limited to, concrete paving, asphaltic paving, concrete curb and/or gutter, and concrete sidewalks. B. Section Includes: (1) Regulatory Requirements (2) Preparation (3) Protection (4) Removals (5) Backfill (6) Disposal 1.2 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable codes for disposal of debris. Refer to Section 01576 — Waste Material Disposal. B. Coordinate removal work with utility companies. PART PRODUCTS Not used PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Obtain advance approval from the Engineer for dimensions and limits of removal work. B. Identify known utilities below grade. C. Paint, stake and flag locations. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Protect the following from damage or displacement: (1) Adjacent public and private property. (2) Trees, plants, and other landscape features designated to remain. (3) Utilities not designated to be removed. (4) Pavement and utility structures not designated to be removed. (5) Benchmarks, monuments, and existing structures not designated to be removed. 3.3 REMOVALS A. Remove pavements and structures by methods that will not damage underground utilities. B. Do not use a drop hammer near existing underground utilities. C. Minimize amount of earth loaded during removal operations. It Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02221-1 March 2012 D. Where existing pavement is to remain, make straight saw cuts in existing pavement to provide clean breaks prior to removal. E. Do not break concrete pavement or base with drop hammer. F. Where street and driveway saw cut locations coincide or fall within three (3) feet of existing construction or expansion joints, break out to existing joint. G. Remove sidewalks and curbs to nearest existing dummy, expansion, or construction joint. H. Any existing concrete, which is damaged or destroyed beyond the neat lines so established, shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. I. Remaining concrete shall be mortared to protect the reinforcing steel and provide a neat, clean appearance. 3.4 BACKFILL A. Backfill of removal zones shall be in accordance with requirements of Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities as applicable to the specific portion of the Work. 3.5 DISPOSAL A. Remove from the site debris resulting from work under this section in accordance with requirements of Section 01576 — Waste Material Disposal. END OF SECTION Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02221-2 March 2012 In � 7 t SECTION 02260 EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION PARTI GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes temporary excavation support and protection systems. B. Section Includes: (1) Submittals (2) Performance Requirements (3) Project Conditions (4) Materials (5) Preparation (6) Sheet Piling (7) Trench Boxes (8) Trenching Procedures 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings for Information: (1) Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified Professional Engineer for excavation support and protection systems. (2) Include Shop Drawings signed and sealed by a Texas Licensed Professional Engineer responsible for their preparation. B. Qualification data for installer and Professional Engineer. C. Photographs or videotape, sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by the absence of, the installation of, or the performance of excavation support and protection systems. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design, furnish, install, monitor, and maintain excavation support and protection system capable of supporting excavation sidewalls and of resisting soil and hydrostatic pressure and superimposed and construction loads. B. Provide professional engineering services needed to assume engineering responsibility, including preparation of Shop Drawings and a comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified Professional Engineer. C. Prevent surface water from entering excavations by grading, dikes, or other means approved by the Engineer. D. Install excavation support and protection systems without damaging existing buildings, pavements, and other improvements adjacent to excavation. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Existing Utilities: (1) Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted in writing by the Engineer and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated. 11 Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02260-1 March 2012 B. Project Site Information: (1) Survey adjacent structures and improvements, employing a qualified professional engineer or land surveyor, establishing exact elevations at fixed points to act as benchmarks. (2) Clearly identify benchmarks and record existing elevations. (3) During installation of excavation support and protection systems, regularly resurvey benchmarks, maintaining an accurate log of surveyed elevations and positions for comparison with original elevations and positions. (4) Promptly notify the Engineer if changes in elevations or positions occur, or if cracks, sags, or other damage is evident in adjacent construction. PART PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Provide materials that are either new or in serviceable condition. B. Structural Steel: ASTM A36/A 36M, ASTM A690/A 690 M, ASTM A 992/ A 992M. C. Steel Sheet Piling: ASTM A 328/A 328M, ASTM A 572/ A 572M, or ASTM A690/ A 690M; with continuous interlocks. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Project structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards that could develop during excavation support and protection systems operations. B. Shore, support, and protect utilities encountered. C. Install excavation support and protection systems to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. D. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. (1) Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities having jurisdiction. E. Locate excavation support and protection systems clear of permanent construction so that forming and finishing of concrete surfaces is not impeded. F. Monitor excavation support and protection systems daily during excavation progress and for as long as excavation remains open. G. Promptly correct bulges, breakage, or other evidence of movement to ensure that excavation support and protection systems remain stable. H. Promptly repair damages to adjacent facilities caused by installing excavation support and protection systems. 3.2 SHEET PILING r A. Before starting excavation, install one-piece sheet piling lengths and tightly interlock to form a continuous barrier. B. Limit vertical offset of adjacent sheet piling to sixty (60) inches. C. Accurately align exposed faces of sheet piling to vary not more than two (2) inches from a horizontal line and not more than 1:120 out of vertical alignment. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02260-2 March 2012 D. Cut tops of sheet piling to uniform elevation at top of excavation. 3.3 TRENCH BOXES A. Provide Engineer approved trench boxes sufficient for depth and width of open -cut trench. B. All exposed trench shall be protected. 3.4 TRENCHING PROCEDURES A. Provide shoring systems in accordance with the Contractor's submitted design to adequately resist earth pressures. B. Proceed with work in an orderly fashion. C. Install trench bracing systems as soon as possible after opening trenches. D. Do not allow workers in trench prior to installing trench bracing systems. E. Backfill trenches as soon as possible after completion of work. F. Stockpile excavated materials at three (3) feet away from edge of trench. G. Maintain barricades and signage as required by State and Local codes to protect open excavations. H. Do not allow surface water to enter excavations. I. Properly grade areas adjacent to trench excavations to control surface drainage away from excavations. J. If cut back method is allowed by Owner and is employed, maintain a clear distance of three (3) feet from edge of cut to avoid allowing loose material to enter trench. K. Cut back method may not be used where there is insufficient work area to employ it. L. Do not operate heavy equipment except for trench digging or pipe laying equipment within twenty (20) feet of edge of excavation. M. Haul trucks, if needed, may operate closer than twenty (20) feet to trench edge provided the Contractor deems it safe to do so. 3.5 REMOVAL AND REPAIRS A. Remove excavation support and protection systems when construction has progressed sufficiently to support excavation and bear soil and hydrostatic pressures. B. Remove in stages to avoid disturbing underlying soils or damaging structures, pavements, facilities, and utilities. - END OF SECTION Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02260-3 March 2012 SECTION 02317 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section of the specifications includes information on excavation, trenching, foundation, embedment, and backfill for installation of utilities, including manholes and pipeline structures. B. Section Includes: (1) Definitions (2) References (3) Scheduling (4) Submittals (5) Tests (6) Equipment (7) Material Classifications (8) Accessories (9) Installation (10) Preparation (11) Protection (12) Excavation (13) Handling Excavation Materials (14) Trench Foundation (15) Ground Water Control (16) Pipe Embedment, Placement and Compaction (17) Trench Zone Backfill, Placement and Compaction (18) Field Quality Control (19) Disposal of Excess Material 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Pipe Foundation — Suitable and stable native soils that are exposed at the trench subgrade after excavation to depth of bottom of the bedding as shown on the Drawings, or foundation backfill material placed and compacted in over -excavations. B. Pipe Bedding — The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of foundation up to a level line at bottom of pipe, and horizontally under one-third of the pipe O.D. C. Haunching — The material placed on either side of the pipe from the foundation to the springline of the pipe for rigid wall pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall, excluding the bedding section as shown on the plans. D. Initial Backfill — The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from the top of haunching or cement stabilized backfill up to a level line immediately below pavement subgrade, and horizontally from on trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. E. Pipe Embedment — The portion of trench backfill that consists of bedding, haunching, and initial backfill. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02317-1 March 2012 F. Trench Zone — The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of pipe embedment up to a line immediately below pavement subgrade or up to final grade when not beneath paving. G. Backfill — Suitable material meeting specified quality requirements, placed and compacted under controlled conditions. H. Ground Water Control Systems — Installations external to trench, such as well points, eductors, or deep wells. Ground water control includes dewatering to lower ground water, intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from side or bottom of trench excavation, and depressurization to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom. Refer to Section 02240 — Dewatering. I. Surface Water Control — Diversion and drainage of surface water runoff and rain water away from trench excavation. Rain water and surface water accidentally entering trench shall be controlled and removed as a part of excavation drainage. J. Excavation Drainage — Removal of surface and seepage water in trench by sump pumping or other approved means. K. Trench Conditions are defined with regard to the stability of trench bottom and trench walls of pipe embedment zone. Maintain trench conditions that provide for effective placement and compaction of embedment material directly on or against undisturbed soils or foundation backfill, except where structural trench support is necessary. L. Dry Stable Trench — Stable and substantially dry trench conditions exist in pipe embedment zone as a result of typically dry soils or achieved by ground water control (dewatering or depressurization) for trenches extending below ground water level. M. Stable Trench with Seepage — Stable trench in which ground water seepage is controlled by excavation drainage. N. Stable Trench with Seepage in Clayey Soils — Excavation drainage is provided in lieu of or to supplement ground water control systems to control seepage and provide stable trench subgrade in predominately clayey soils prior to bedding placement. O. Stable Wet Trench in Sandy Soils — Excavation drainage is provided in the embedment zone in combination with ground water control in predominately sandy or silty soils. P. Unstable Trench — Unstable trench conditions exist in the pipe embedment zone if ground water inflow or high water content causes soil disturbances, such as sloughing, sliding, boiling, heaving, or loss of density. Q. Subtrench — Subtrench is a special case of benched excavation. Subtrench excavation below trench shields or shoring installations may be used to allow placement and compaction of foundation or embedment materials directly against undisturbed soils. Depth of a subtrench depends upon trench stability and safety as determined by the Contractor. R. Over -Excavation and Backfill — Excavation of subgrade soils with unsatisfactory bearing capacity or composed of otherwise unsuitable materials below top of foundation as shown on Drawings, and backfilled with foundation backfill material. S. Foundation Backfill Materials — Natural soil or manufactured aggregate of controlled gradation, to control drainage and material separation. Foundation backfill material is placed and compacted as backfill to provide stable support for bedding. T. Trench Safety Systems include both protective systems and shoring systems as defined in Section 02260 — Excavation Support and Protection U. Trench Shield (Trench Box) — A portable worker safety structure moved along the trench as work proceeds, used as a protective system and designed to withstand forces imposed on it by 11-Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02317-2 March 2012 r cave-in, thereby protecting persons within the trench. Trench shields may be stacked if so designed or placed in a series depending on depth and length of excavation to be protected. V. Shoring System — A structure that supports sides of an excavation to maintain stable soil conditions and prevent cave-ins, or to prevent movement of the ground affecting adjacent installations or improvements. 1.3 REFENCES A. ASTM D 558 — Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soil Cement Mixtures. B. ASTM D 698 — Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soils and Soil -Aggregate Mixtures Using 5.5-lb. Rammer and 12 inch Drop. C. ASTM D 1556 — Test Method for Density in Place by the Sand -Cone Method. D. ASTM D 2487 — Classification and Soils for Engineering Purposes. E. ASTM D 2922 — Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil -Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). F. ASTM D 3017 — Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). G. ASTM D 4318 — Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. H. TxDOT Tex-101-E — Preparation of Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing. I. TxDOT Tex-110-E — Determination of Particle Size Analysis of Soils. J. Federal Regulations, 29 CFR Part 1926, Standards -Excavation, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 1.4 SCHEDULING A. Schedule work so that pipe embedment can be completed on the same day that acceptable foundation has been achieved for each section of pipe installation, manhole, or other structures. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to Section 01300 —Submittal Procedures B. Submit a written description for information only of the planned typical method of excavation, backfill placement, and compaction, including: (1) Sequence of work and coordination of activities. (2) Selected trench widths and dimensions of excavations. (3) Procedures for foundation and embedment placement, and compaction. (4) Procedure for use of trench boxes and other pre -manufactured systems while assuring 1 specified compaction against undisturbed soils. C. Submit backfill material sources and product quality information in accordance with requirements of Section 02320 — Utility Backfill Materials. D. Submit record of location of pipe as installed, referenced to the TxDOT coordinate system. 1 (1) Include locations of utilities encountered that are not shown on drawings or rerouted for the convenience of the Contractor. (2) Give stations, coordinates, elevations, inverts, and gradients of installed pipe, casing, etc. E. Submit field density tests of trench backfill. F. Submit laboratory density compaction curves for each material 1.6 TESTS Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02317-3 March 2012 A. The Contractor is to perform backfill material source qualification testing in accordance with requirements of Section 02320 — Utility Backfill Materials. B. The Contractor shall have a competent, separate agency perform field density tests of trench backfill representative of each 200 linear feet of trench and each compacted layer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT A. Perform excavation with hydraulic excavator or other equipment suitable for achieving the requirements of this Section. B. Use only hand -operated tamping equipment until a minimum cover of twelve (12) inches is obtained over pipes, conduits, and ducts. C. Do not use heavy compacting equipment until adequate cover is attained to prevent damage to pipes, conduits, or ducts. D. Do not use vibratory equipment until five (5) feet of cover over pipes, conduits, or ducts is obtained. E. Do not use vibratory equipment if adjacent structures could be affected. F. Use trench shields or other protective systems or shoring systems which are designed and operated to achieve placement and compaction of backfill directly against undisturbed native soil. 2.2 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS A. Embedment and Trench Zone Backfill Materials: Conform to classifications and product ' descriptions of Section 02320 — Utility Backfill Materials. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Warning Tape: Install twelve (12) inches below finished grade acid and alkali resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, six (6) inches wide and four (4) mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility; colored as follows: (1) Red —Electric (2) Yellow — Gas, oil, steam, and dangerous materials. (3) Orange — Telephone and other communications. (4) Blue — Water systems. (5) Green — Sewer systems. B. Locator Wire: Install continuously coated ten (10) gauge locating wire as indicated on Plans. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install flexible pipe to conform to the trench details shown in the drawings. B. Install rigid pipe to conform to the trench details shown in the drawings. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Establish traffic control to conform to requirements of Section 01555 —Barricades, Signs, and Traffic Handling and the drawings. B. Perform work to conform to applicable safgty standards and regulations. } Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02317-4 March 2012 C. Employ a trench safety system as specified in Section 02260 — Excavation Support and Protection. D. Immediately notify the agency or company owning any existing utility line which is damaged, broken, or disturbed. E. Obtain approval from the Engineer and agency for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent. F. Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, to conform to requirements of Section 02220 — Demolition, Removal, and Salvaging of Existing Material. G. Maintain permanent benchmarks, monumentation and other reference points, and unless otherwise directed in writing, replace those which are damaged or destroyed. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, existing structures, and other permanent objects outside of the construction limits. B. Protect and support above grade and below grade utilities, which are to remain. C. Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre -construction conditions unless replacement or abandonment of facilities are indicated on the Drawings. D. Take measures to minimize erosion of trenches and excavations. E. Do not allow water to pond in trenches or excavations. F. Where slides, washouts, settlements, or areas with loss of density or pavement failures or potholes occur, repair, recompact, and pave those areas at no additional cost to the Owner. G. The Contractor shall locate all existing underground lines, whether or not they are shown on the Drawings, sufficiently in advance of trenching operations to prevent any damage theret?. H. Verification of location, size, and burial depth of existing utilities shall be the complete responsibility of the Contractor. I. The Contractor is responsible for notifying pipeline and cable utility owners of the intention to cross said utility no less than seven (7) days prior to crossing the utility. J. Coordinate vertical separation requirements with utility owners and any other special construction considerations. K. Notify the Engineer if required changes in the vertical profile shown on the Drawings prior to constructing these changes. L. Trench digging machinery may be used to make the trench excavations except in places where operation of same would cause damages to pipelines, fences, or other existing structures either above or below ground; in such instances hand methods shall be employed. 3.4 EXCAVATION A. Perform excavation work so that pipe, conduit, or ducts can be installed to depths and alignments shown on the Drawings. B. Avoid disturbing surrounding ground and existing facilities and improvements. C. Determine trench excavation widths based on the requirements shown on the plans. D. Use sufficient trench width or benches above the embedment zone for installation of well point headers or manifolds and pumps where depth of trenches makes it uneconomical or impractical to pump from the surface elevation. E. Provide sufficient space between shoring cross braces to permit equipment operations and handling of forms, pipe, embedment and backfill, and other materials. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02317-5 March 2012 f_, F. Upon discovery of unknown utilities, badly deteriorated utilities not designated for removal, or concealed conditions, discontinue work at that location. Notify the Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding. G. Shoring of Trench Walls: (1) Install special shoring in advance of trench excavation or simultaneously with the trench excavation, so that the soils within the full height of the trench excavation walls will remain laterally supported at all tunes. (2) For all types of shoring, support trench walls in the pipe embedment zone throughout the installation. (3) Provide trench wall supports sufficiently tight to prevent washing the trench wall soil out behind the trench wall support. (4) Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, leave sheeting driven into or below the pipe embedment zone in place to preclude loss of support of foundation and embedment materials. (5) Leave rangers, walers, and braces in place as long as required to support the sheeting, which has been cut off, and the trench wall in the vicinity of the pipe zone. (6) Employ special methods for maintaining the integrity of embedment or foundation material. (7) Before moving supports, place and compact embedment to sufficient depths to provide protection of pipe and stability of trench walls. (8) As supports are moved, finish placing and compacting embedment. (9) If sheeting or other shoring is used below top of the pipe embedment zone, do not disturb pipe foundation and embedment materials by subsequent removal. (10) Maximum thickness of removable sheeting extending into the embedment zone shall be the equivalent of a one (1) inch thick steel plate. (11) Fill voids left on removal of supports with compacted backfill material. H. Wherever necessary to prevent caving, the trench shall be adequately supported as required by the Drawings and Specifications. I. The Contractor is entirely responsible for assuring that trenches are adequately supported to protect both the workers and the public. J. Use of Trench Shields/Trench Boxes: (1) Make trench excavations of sufficient width to allow shield to be lifted or pulled feely, without damage to the trench sidewalls. (2) Move trench shields so that pipe, and backfill materials, after placement and compaction, are not damaged or disturbed, or the degree of compaction reduced. (3) When required, place, spread, and compact pipe foundation and bedding materials beneath the shield. (4) For backfill above bedding, lift the shield as each layer of backfill is placed and spread. (5) Place and compact backfill materials against undisturbed walls and foundation. (6) Maintain trench shield in position to allow sampling and testing to be performed in a safe manner. (7) Contractor shall provide trench shield for Owner's tests within the trench as required in paragraph 3.1 LB 3.5 HANDLING EXCAVATION MATERIALS Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02317-6 March 2012 A. Use only excavated materials which are suitable as defined in this Section and conforming to Section 02320 — Utility Backfill Materials. B. Place material suitable for backfilling in stockpiles at a distance from the trench to prevent slides or cave-ins. C. Do not place stockpiles of excess excavated materials on streets and adjacent properties. D. Protect excess stockpiles for use on site. E. Maintain site conditions in accordance with Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls. 3.6 TRENCH FOUNDATION A. The trench shall be excavated to an even grade so that the bottom of the pipe will rest on the bottom of the trench over the entire length of the pipe. m B. Any part of the trench excavated below grade shall be corrected by filling with approved material and compacting thoroughly. C. If ledge rock, rock fragments, or other unyielding material is encountered in the bottom of the trench, it shall be removed to a depth of six (6) inches below grade, refilled with selected material, and thoroughly compacted. D. Bell holes of ample dimensions shall be dug at each joint to permit the jointing of pipe to be made properly, and of sufficient depth to prevent the bell of the pipe from resting on undisturbed materials. 3.7 GROUND WATER CONTROL A. Should ground water become an issue, refer to Section 02240 — Dewatering. B. Provide a stable trench to allow installation in accordance with the Specifications. 3.8 PIPE EMBEDMENT, PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Immediately prior to placement of embedment materials, the bottoms and sidewalls of trenches shall be free of loose, sloughing, caving, or otherwise unsuitable soil. B. Place embedment including bedding, haunching, and initial backfill as shown on the Drawings. C. For pipe installation, manually spread embedment materials around the pipe to provide uniform bearing and side support when compacted. D. Do not allow materials to free -fall from heights greater than twenty-four (24) inches above top of pipe. E. Perform placement and compaction directly against the undisturbed soils in the trench sidewalls, or against sheeting which is to remain in place. ; r F. Do not place trench shields or shoring within height of the embedment zone unless means to maintain the density of compacted embedment material are used. G. If moveable supports are used in embedment zone, lift the supports incrementally to allow t placement and compaction of the material against undisturbed soil. H. Do not damage coatings or wrappings of pipes during bacldilling and compacting operations. I. When embedding coated or wrapped pipes, do not use crushed stone or other sharp, angular aggregates. J. Place haunching material manually around the pipe and compact it to provide uniform bearing and side support. K. If necessary, hold small -diameter or lightweight pipe in place with sand bags or other suitable means during compaction of haunch areas and placement beside the pipe. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02317-7 March 2012 ! L. Shovel in -place and compact embedment material using pneumatic tampers in restricted areas, and vibratory -plate compactors or engine -powered jumping j acks in unrestricted areas. M. Compact each lift before proceeding with placement of the next lift. N. Water tamping and water jetting are not allowed. O. For flowable fill, such as cement stabilized backfill, vibrate flowable backfill with concrete vibrator to consolidate material under haunches. P. Install specified location tape and wire as shown on the drawings and per paragraphs 2.3.A and 2.3.B. 3.9 TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL, PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Place backfill for pipe or conduits and restore as soon as practicable. B. Leave only the minimum length of trench open as necessary for construction. C. Maximum allowed open trench is limited to 200 feet unless otherwise approved by the Owner. D. Where damage to completed pipe installation work is likely to result from withdrawal of sheeting, leave the sheeting in place. (1) Cut off sheeting two (2) feet or move above the crown of the pipe. (2) Remove trench supports within five (5) feet from the ground surface. E. Place trench zone backfill in lifts and compact by methods selected by the Contractor. F. Fully compact each lift before placement of the next lift. G. Cement Stabilized Backfill/Lean Concrete Backfill: (1) Place in depths as shown on plans. (2) Use vibratory equipment to ensure placement under the haunches of the pipe. (3) Backfilling of the remaining trench depth after cement stabilized backfill has been placed shall not commence until the in -place cement stabilized backfill has attained a penetration resistance reading of at least thirty (30) when measured with a soil penetrometer according to ASTM D 1558 and using a one -tenth square inch needle. (4) This equates to a penetration resistance of approximately 300 pounds per square inch. (5) This is not a strength requirement of the cement -stabilized backfill, but a measure of the degree of curing of the cement stabilized backfill. (6) After a penetrometer reading of 30 is obtained on the cement stabilized backfill, then compacted backfill operations may commence. (7) The Contractor shall furnish and have on site a calibrated ASTM D 1558 soil penetrometer with one -tenth square inch needle. (8) The Contractor shall take no less than four (4) penetrometer readings, equally spaced on both sides of the pipe (8 readings total) in accordance with ASTM D 1558, for each day's trench length that is planned for controlled density backfill operations. (9) Such readings shall be taken prior to commencing backfill operations. H. Bedding Material: (1) Sand bedding shall be loosely placed in trench as shown on the Drawings. I. Gravel Embedment: (1) Place in depths as shown on plans (2) Use vibratory equipment or shovel slicing to ensure placement under the haunches of the pipe. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02317-8 March 2012 J. Native Material/Borrow Material (Pipe Installation): (1) Maximum lift thickness determined by Contractor to achieve uniform placement and required compaction, but not exceeding eight (8) inches. (2) Compaction by trench sheep's foot or by vibratory equipment to provide backfill densities at least equivalent to the surrounding undisturbed material or ninety-five (95) percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. (3) Use of vibratory equipment limited as specified in paragraph 2.1. (4) Moisture content within two (2) percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698. K. Topsoil: (1) Maximum lift thickness determined by Contractor to achieve uniform placement and required compaction, but not exceeding eight (8) inches. (2) Compaction by trench sheep's foot or by vibratory equipment to provide backfill densities at least equivalent to the surrounding undisturbed material or ninety-five (95) percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. (3) Use of vibratory equipment limited as specified in paragraph 2.1. (4) Moisture content within two (2) percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698. 3.10 MANHOLES, JUNCTION BOXES, AND OTHER PIPELINE STRUCTURES A. Meet the requirements of adjoining utility installations for backfill of pipeline structures, as shown on the Drawings. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test for material source qualifications as defined in Section 02320 — Utility Backfill Materials. B. Provide excavation and trench safety systems at locations and to depths required for testing and retesting during construction at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Tests will be performed by the Contractor on a minimum of three (3) different samples of each material type for plasticity characteristics, in accordance with ASTM D 4318, and for gradation characteristics, in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E. Additional 1 classification tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. D. At least three (3) tests for moisture -density relationships will be performed initially for fill backfill materials in accordance with ASTM D 698. Additional moisture -density relationship tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. ty. E. The Contractor shall perform in -place density tests of compacted pipe foundation, embedment, and trench zone backfill soil materials will be performed according to ASTM D 1556, or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017, the following frequencies and at and conditions. F. A minimum of one test for every 200 linear feet of compacted trench zone backfill material for each compacted layer. G. Density tests will be distributed around the placement areas. Placement areas are foundation, t bedding, haunching, initial backfill, and trench zone. H. The number of tests will be increased if compacting effort is variable and not considered sufficient to attain uniform density, as specified. r Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02317-9 March 2012 4 r 1 t._3 I. Density tests may be performed at various depths below the fill surface by pit excavation. Material in previously placed lifts may therefore be subject to acceptance/rejection. J. Two (2) verification tests will be performed adjacent to in -place tests showing density less than the acceptance criteria. Placement will be rejected unless both verification tests show acceptable results. K. Recompacted placement will be retested at the same frequency as the first test series, including verification tests. L. Recondition, recompact, and retest at Contractor's expense if tests indicate Work does not meet specified compaction requirements. For hardened cement stabilized backfill with nonconforming density, core and test for compressive strength at Contractor's expense. M. Acceptability of crushed rock compaction will be determined by inspection. 3.12 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL A. Dispose of excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section 01576 —Waste Material Disposal. END OF SECTION Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02317-10 March 2012 SECTION 02320 UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section of the specification covers materials related to the backfill of utilities. B. Section Includes: (1) "Concrete" sand (for use as pipe bedding). (2) Native soil materials. (3) Topsoil. (4) Crushed stone. (5) Cement stabilized backfill. C. Related Sections: (1) Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 specification sections apply to this section. (2) Section 01300 — Submittal Procedures (3) Section 01400 — Quality Requirements (4) Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Refer to Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 1.3 REFENCES A. ASTM C 33 — Specification for Concrete Aggregate. B. ASTM C 40 — Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete. C. ASTM C 123 — Test Method for Lightweight Pieces in Aggregate. D. ASTM C 131— Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small -Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. E. ASTM C 136 - Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. F. ASTM C 142 — Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates. G. ASTM D 698 — Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lb1ft3). H. ASTM D 1140 — Test Method for Amount of Materials in Soils Finer Than Number 200 Sieve. I. ASTM D 2487 — Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System). J. ASTM D 2488 — Standard Practice for Description and Identification of Soils (Visual -Manual Procedure). K. ASTM D 4318 — Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. L. ASTM D 4643 — Method for Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil by the Microwave Oven Method. M. TxDOT Tex-101-E — Preparation of Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02320-1 March 2012 N. TxDOT Tex-104-E —Test Method for Determination of Liquid Limit of Soils (Part 1). O. TxDOT Tex-106-E —Test Method —Methods of Calculating Plasticity Index of Soils. P. TxDOT Tex-110-E — Determination of Particle Size Analysis of Soils. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to Section 01300 — Submittal Procedures. B. Submit a description of source, material classification and product description, production method, and application of backfill materials. C. Submit test results for samples of off -site backfill materials. D. For each delivery of material, provide a delivery ticket which includes source location. 1.5 TESTS A. Perform tests of sources for off -site backfill material. B. Verification tests of backfill materials may be performed by the Owner, at the Owner's expense; however, failing tests will be charged to the Contractor. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL DESCIRPTIONS A. "Concrete" Sand (1) Coarse -grained, well -graded, sand (natural, manufactured, or a combination of both) conforming to requirements of ASTM C 33. (2) Gradation shall conform to ASTM C 136 and the following limits. Sieve Percent Passing 3/8" 100 No. 4 95 to 100 No. 8 80 to 100 No. 16 50 to 85 No. 30 25 to 60 No. 50 10 to 30 No. 100 2 to 10 B. Native Soil Material for Backfill (1) Provide backfill material that is free of stones greater than six (6) inches, free of roots, waste, debris, trash, organic material, unstable material, non -soil matter, hydrocarbons, or other contamination. C. Topsoil (1) Provide topsoil material that is free of stones greater than three (3) inches, free of roots, waste, debris, trash, organic matter, unstable material, non -soil matter, hydrocarbons, or other contamination. (2) Surface should be made clear of rock and other debris before planting. (3) Use top two (2) feet of excavated material for topsoil backfill. This material shall be set aside to prevent mixing with other excavated material. Topsoil is only required in non -paved areas. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02320-2 March 2012 D. Gravel Embedment (1) Gravel embedment shall be free of waste, trash, debris, organic material, unstable material, and other non -gravel matter. (2) Provide gravel embedment that meets the following gradation requirements: Sieve Percent Retained 3/8" 0 No. 4 5 to 15 No. 10 50 to 90 No. 40 90 to 100 (3) A minimum of four inches of gravel embedment will be placed under the pipe. This material will be used for backfill to the top of the pipe. This material MIDST be shovel sliced to the haunch of the pipe and mechanically tamped to midpoint of the pipe. E. Cement Stabilized Backfill (1) Cement Content — 2 sack mix per cubic yard. (2) Water/Cement Ratio — 0.60. (3) Maximum aggregate size shall not exceed one and one half (1.5) inch diameter for backfilling pipe sizes forty-eight (48) inches and greater in diameter. (4) Maximum aggregate size shall not exceed one (1) inch diameter for backfilling sizes less than forty-eight (48) inches in diameter. 2.2 MATERIAL TESTING A. Ensure that material selected, produced, and delivered to the project meets applicable specifications and is of sufficiently uniform properties to allow practical construction and quality control. B. Source or Supplier Qualification: Perform testing, or obtain representative tests by suppliers, for selection of material sources and products. Provide test results for a minimum of three (3) samples for each source and material type. Tests samples of processed materials from current production representing material to be delivered. Tests shall verify that the materials meet specification requirements. Repeat qualification test procedures each time the source characteristic changes or there is a planned change in source location or supplier. Qualification tests shall include, as applicable: (1) Gradation: Complete sieve analyses shall be reported regardless of the specified control sieves. The range of sieves shall be from the largest particle through the No. 200 sieve. (2) Plasticity of material passing the No. 40 sieve. (3) Clay lumps. (4) Lightweight pieces. (5) Organic impurities. C. Production Testing: Provide reports to the Engineer from an independent testing laboratory that backfill materials to be placed in the Work meet applicable specification requirements. D. Native material requires testing only when questionable material is encountered. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02320-3 March 2012 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SOURCES A. Use of material encountered in the trench excavations is acceptable, provided applicable specification requirements are satisfied. If excavation material is not acceptable, provide from other approved source. Top two (2) feet of excavated material shall be used as topsoil.. B. Identify off -site sources for backfill material at least fourteen (14) days ahead of intended use so that the Engineer may obtain samples fro verification testing. C. Obtain approval for each material source by the Engineer before delivery is started. If sources previously approved do not produce uniform and satisfactory products, furnish materials from other approved sources. Materials may be subjected to inspection or additional verification testing after delivery. Materials which do not meet the requirements of the specifications will be rejected. Do not use material which, after approval, has become unsuitable for use due to segregation, mixing with other materials, or by contamination. Once a material is approved by the Engineer, expense for sampling and testing required to change to a different material will be at the Contractor's expense with no additional cost to the Owner. 3.2 MATERIAL HANDLING A. Establish temporary stockpile locations as practical for material handling and control. B. Cement stabilized backfill shall be consolidated upon placement by using concrete vibrators to ensure filling of voids, filling around and under haunches of pipe and filling of spaces between corrugations. Vibration shall not be applied to the utility pipe itself. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Quality Control (1) The Engineer may sample and test backfill at: i. Sources including borrow pits, production plants, and Contractor's designated off -site stockpiles. ii. On -site stockpiles. iii. Materials placed in the Work. (2) The Engineer may resample material at any stage of work or location if changes in characteristics are apparent. B. Production Verification Testing: The Owner's testing laboratory will provide verification testing on backfill materials, as directed by the Engineer. Samples may be taken at the source or at the production plant, as applicable. Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner and Engineer in allowing access to materials. END OF SECTION Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 023204 March 2012 i SECTION 02530 SANITARY SEWER PIPING PART 1 GENERAL fifiWiffoI,kri �1 A. This section of the specifications covers sanitary sewer piping and manholes that are to be installed through the open cut method. The term piping as used herein shall include all piping, fittings, and accessories as shown on the plans and/or as specified herein. B. Section Includes: (1) Definitions (2) Submittals (3) Delivery, Storage, and Handling (4) Project Conditions (5) Manufacturers (6) Piping Materials ' (7) Non -pressure Type Pipe Couplings (8) Manholes (9) Concrete (10) Earthwork (11) Piping Installation (12) Sewer Line Crossing Water Line (13) Pipe Joint Construction (14) Manhole Installation (15) Concrete Placement (16) Closing Abandoned Sanitary Sewer Systems (17) Identification (18) Field Quality Control (19) Cleaning C. Related Sections: (1) Section 01010 — Summary of Work (2) Section 01300 — Submittal Procedures (3) Section 01400 — Quality Requirements (4) Section 02082 — Pre -Cast Concrete Manholes (5) Section 02200 — Demolition, Removal, and Salvaging of Existing Materials_ (6) Section 02260 — Excavation Support and Protection, (7) Section 02320 — Utility Backfill Materials (8) Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities D. Related Documents: _ (1) Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 specification sections apply to this section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS r` Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02530-I March 2012 4? i l _ A. Fusion: Connecting pipe lengths into a continuous length using elevated temperatures and pressure B. Launch Pit: An access excavation or existing access structure to an existing pipe for the insertion of pipe bursting head and new piping. C. Pipe Bursting: The construction technique of replacing an existing, underground pipe system in situ by simultaneously "bursting" the existing pipe and installing a new pipe in its place. D. Pit: All excavation required per manhole location. E. Pull: The installation of one continuous reach of new piping from the launch pit to the pull pit. F. Pull Pit: An access excavation or existing access structure to an existing pipe for receiving of the new pipe or pipe bursting head or both. G. PVC — Polyvinyl chloride plastic. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals, in accordance with Section 01300 —Submittals, are required from the Contractor for the following materials and products: (1) Sanitary sewer pipe and fittings, ASTM D 3034 and ASTM F 679. (2) Manholes, frames, covers, joint sealant, and joint primer. (3) Laboratory analysis of rock embedment including sieve analysis. (4) Trench safety system. (5) Membrane curing compound. (6) Manhole Vacuum Test or Leakage Test Procedure or Method. l (7) Submittals shall be reviewed and approved by the Engineer prior to the incorporation of any materials and products into the project. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect pipe, pipe fittings, and seals from dirt and damage. B. Handle manholes according to manufacturer's written rigging instructions. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by the Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary service according to requirements indicated: (1) Notify the Engineer no fewer than five (5) days in advance of proposed interruption of service. (2) Do not proceed with interruption of service without the Engineer's written pernussion. B. The Contractor shall prepare a proposal to maintain sewer flow during construction of the new line. PART PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. -s Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02530-2 March 2012 C. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 PIPING MATERIALS A. Acceptable materials (1) PVC Sewer Pipe (Type PSM, SDR 35, or SDR 26) (2) Components shall conform to ASTM D 1784 (3) Materials shall conform to ASTM D 3034 (4) Must meet dimensional, chemical, and physical requirements outlined in ASTM D 3034 and F 679. (5) Shall be installed according to ASTM D 2321. B. Each joint of pipe shall be marked with the following information: (1) Manufacturer's name. (2) Nominal pipe size. (3) PVC cell classification. (4) SDR. (5) ASTM D 3034 or F 679. 2.3 NON -PRESSURE TYPE PIPE COUPLINGS A. Comply with ASTM C 1173, elastomeric, sleeve -type, reducing or transition coupling, for joining underground non -pressure piping. Include ends of same sizes as piping to be joined and corrosion -resistant -metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. B. Sleeve Materials: (1) For Plastic Pipes: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal or ASTM D 5926, PVC. (2) For Dissimilar Pipes: ASTM D 5926, PVC or other material compatible with pipe materials being joined. 2.4 MANHOLES A. Standard Pre -cast Concrete Manholes: ASTM C 478, pre -cast, reinforced concrete, of depth` indicated, as specified in Section 02082 — Pre -cast Concrete Manholes, with provision for sealant joints. B. Diameter — sixty (60) inches minimum, unless otherwise indicated. C. Base Section — six (6) inch minimum thickness for floor slab and four (4) inch minimum thickness for walls and base riser section, and having separate base slab or base section with integral floor. D. Rise Sections — four (4) inch minimum thickness, and of length to provide depth indicated. E. Top Section — Eccentric or Concentric cone top as indicated on the Drawings. F. Joint Sealant — ASTM C 990, bitumen or butyl rubber. G. Resilient Pipe Connectors — ASTM C 923, cast or fitted into manhole walls, for each pipe- connection. H. Steps — Omit steps in sanitary sewer manholes. l I. Grade Rings — Reinforced concrete rings, 6 to 9 inch total thickness, to match diameter of manhole frame and cover. J. Protective Coating — Refer to Section 02082 — Pre -Cast Concrete Manholes. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02530-3 March 2012 is K. Manhole Frames and Covers — Ferrous, Refer to Section 02084 — Frames, Grates, Rings, and Covers. L. Manhole Cover inserts: Manufactured, plastic form, of size to fit between manhole frame and cover and designed to prevent stormwater inflow. Include handle for removal and gasket for gastight sealing. (1) Manufacturers: (a) FRW Industries: a Syneco Systems, Inc. Company (b) Knutson Enterprises (c) L.F. Manufacturing, Inc. (d) Parson Environmental Products, Inc. (2) Type: With drainage and vent holes. 2.5 CONCRETE A. General: Cast -in -place concrete according to Section 03300, ACI 318, ACI 350R, and the following: (1) Cement: ASTM C 150, Type H. (2) Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33, sand. (3) Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33, crushed gravel. (4) Water: Potable. (5) Portland Cement Design Mix: 4000 psi minimum, with 0.45 maximum water/cementitious materials ratio. (6) Reinforcement Fabric: ASTM A 185, steel, welded wire fabric, plain. (7) Reinforcement Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed steel. B. Manhole Channels and Benches: Factory or field formed from concrete. Portland cement design mix, 4000 psi minimum, with 0.45 water/cementitious materials ratio. Include channels and benches in manholes. C. Channels: Concrete invert, formed to same width as connected piping, with height of vertical sides to three -fourths of pipe diameter. Form curved channels with smooth, uniform radius and slope. D. Invert Slope: two (2) percent through manhole E. Benches: Concrete, sloped to drain into channel. F. Slope: four (4) percent G. Ballast and Pipe Supports: (1) Portland cement design mix, 3000 psi minimum, with 0.58 maximum water/cementitious materials ratio. (2) Reinforcement Fabric: ASTM A 185, steel, welded wire fabric, plain. (3) Reinforcement Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed steel. .. = 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Paint: SSPC —Paint 16. B. PE Sheeting: ASTM D 4397, with at least eight (8) mil thickness or other equivalent, imperious material. PART 3 EXECUTION [jIiA.171it:VMS) 9:� Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02530-4 March 2012 t 3 A. Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Division 2 Section 02317 — Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION A. General Locations and Arrangements: (1) Drawing plans and details indicate general location and arrangement of sanitary sewer piping. (2) Location and arrangement of piping layout take design considerations into account. (3) Install piping as indicated, to extent practical. (4) Where specific installation is not indicated, follow piping manufacturer's written instructions. (5) Install piping beginning at low point, true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. (6) Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. (7) Install gaskets, seals, sleeves, and couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions for using lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. (8) Install manholes for changes in direction, unless fittings are indicated. Use fittings for branch connections, unless direct tap into existing sewer is indicated. (9) Install proper size increasers, reducers, and couplings where different sizes or materials of pipes and fittings are connected. Reducing size of piping in direction of flow is prohibited. B. Tunneling or Boring: In areas that cannot be disturbed by open trench installation, or if the Contractor elects, approved pipe may be installed by tunneling or boring. C. Clear interior of piping and manholes of dirt and superfluous material as work progresses. Maintain swab or drag in piping, and pull past each joint as it is completed. D. Place plug in end of incomplete piping at end of day and when work stops. 3.3 SEWER LINE CROSSING WATER LINE A. Where a new sewer line crosses a waterline, the wastewater line shall be embedded in cement -stabilized sand for the total length of one (1) pipe segment plus twelve (12) inches beyond the joint on each end as shown on the drawings. 3.4 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join gravity -flow, non -pressure, drainage piping according to the following: (1) Join PVC sewer piping according to ASTM D 2321 and ASTM D 3034 for elastomeric- seal joints or ASTM D 3034 for elastomeric-gasket joints. 3.5 MANHOLE INSTALLATION A. Install manholes complete with appurtenances and accessories indicated. B. Install pre -cast concrete manhole sections with sealants according to ASTM C 891. C. Install PE sheeting on earth where cast -in -place concrete manholes are to be built. D. Form continuous concrete channels and benches between inlets and outlet. E. Set tops of frames and covers flush with finished surface of manholes that occur in pavements. Set tops three (3) inches above finished surface elsewhere, unless otherwise indicated. F. Install manhole cover inserts in frame and immediately below cover. 3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02530-5 March 2012 i i A. Place cast -in -place concrete according to Section 03300 —Cast-in-Place Concrete. 3.7 CLOSING ABANDONED SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS A. Plug and abandon in place existing sewer line as shown on plans. 3.8 IDENTIFICATION A. Materials and their installation are specified in Division 2 Section — Earthwork. B. Arrange for installation of green warning tapes directly over piping and at outside edges of underground manholes. C. Use detectable warning tape over nonferrous piping and over edges of underground manholes. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect interior of piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage has occurred. B. Inspect after approximately 24 inches of backfill is in place, and again at completion of Project. C. Submit separate report for each system inspection. D. Defects requiring correction include the following: (1) Alignment: Less than full diameter of inside of pipe is visible between structures. (2) Deflection: Pipe deflection exceeding 5% shall be replaced by the Contractor. (3) Crushed, broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged piping. (4) Infiltration: Water leakage into pipe. (5) Exfiltration: Water leakage from or around piping. E. Replace defective piping using new materials, and repeat inspections until defects are within allowances specified. F. Reinspect and repeat procedure until results are satisfactory. G. Test new piping systems and manholes in accordance with Section 02533 — Acceptance Testing for Sewers. H. Do not enclose, cover, or put into service before inspection and approval. I. Test completed piping systems according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. J. Schedule tests and inspections by authorities having jurisdiction with at least 24 hours advance notice. K. Submit separate report for each test. L. Manholes: Perform hydraulic test according to ASTM C 969. M. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. N. Replace leaking piping using new materials, and repeat testing until leakage is within allowances specified. 3.10 CLEANING A. Clean interior of piping of dirt and superfluous material. END OF SECTION Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02530-6 March 2012 t , SECTION 02533 ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SEWERS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SLTN0IARY A. This section includes acceptance testing requirements for sanitary sewers. B. Section Includes: (1) References (2) Performance Requirements (3) Submittals (4) Gravity Sewer Quality Assurance (5) Sequencing and Scheduling (6) Low Pressure Air Test (7) Ground Water Determination (8) Deflection Test (9) Preparation (10) Leakage Testing of Gravity Sewers (11) Test Criteria (12) Deflection Testing (13) Leakage Testing of Manholes (14) Adjustment and Cleaning C. Related Sections: (1) Section 01300 — Submittal Requirements (2) Section 01700 — Contract Closeout D. Related Documents: (1) Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 828 — Low -Pressure Air Test of Sewer Lines. B. ASTM C 1244 — Standard Test Method for Concrete Sewer Manholes by the Negative Air Pressure (Vacuum) Test. C. ASTM F 1417 — Standard Test Method for Installation Acceptance of Plastic Gravity Sewer Lines Using Low -Pressure Air. D. UNI B 6 — Recommended Practice for Low Pressure Air Testing of Installed Sewer Pipe. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Perform air testing in accordance with requirements of this section and the referenced standards in paragraph 1.2. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of Section 01300 —Submittal Procedures. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02533-1 March 2012 B. Test Plan: Before testing begins and in adequate time to obtain approval through the submittal process, prepare and submit a test plan for approval by the Engineer. Include testing procedures, methods, equipment, and tentative schedule. Obtain advance written approval for deviations from the Drawings and Specifications. C. Test Reports: Submit test reports for each test on each segment of sewer. 1.5 GRAVITY SEWER QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Repair, correct, and retest manholes or sections of pipe which fail to meet specified requirements when tested. 1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Perform testing after installation is complete. B. Coordinate testing schedules with the Engineer. C. Perform testing under observation of the Engineer or his designee. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 LOW PRESSURE AIR TEST A. Minimum Requirement for Equipment: (1) Control panel. (2) Low-pressure air supply connected to control panel. (3) Pneumatic plugs: Acceptable size for diameter of pipe to be tested; capable of withstanding internal test pressure without leaking or requiring external bracing. (4) Air hoses from control panel to: (a) Air supply (b) Pneumatic plugs (5) Sealed line for pressurizing (6) Sealed line for monitoring internal pressure. (7) Testing Pneumatic Plugs: Place a pneumatic plug in each end of a length of pipe on the ground. Pressurize plugs to 25 psig; then pressurize sealed pipe to 5 psig. Plugs are acceptable if they remain in place against the test pressure without external aids. 2.2 GROUND WATER DETERMINATION A. Pipe probe or small diameter casing for ground water elevation determination. 2.3 DEFLECTION TESTING A. Go — No Go Device (mandrel)1.5x pipe diameter in length per the City of Lubbock specifications. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Notify the Owner's Representative a minimum of 24 hours prior to conducting any testing. B. Provide labor, equipment, tools, test plugs, risers, air compressor, air hose, pressure meters, pipe probe, calibrated weirs, or any other device necessary for proper testing and inspection. C. The selection of test methods and pressures for storm sewers shall be determined based on ground water elevation. Determine ground water elevation using equipment and procedures Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02533-2 March 2012 t conforming to Section 02240 — Dewatering. If no ground water control is required for pipe installation, then ground water will not be considered a factor. D. Components to be tested will be thoroughly cleaned to remove debris, gravel, grit, dirt or other foreign material prior to performing any tests. E. The Engineer will approve equipment used for testing. The Contractor at no expense to the Owner will replace testing equipment rejected by the Engineer. F. The Contractor is responsible for all costs associated with testing. 3.2 LEAKAGE TESTING FOR GRAVITY SEWERS A. Test Options: B. Test gravity sewer pipes for leakage by low pressure air testing. C. Test new manholes with water or low pressure air. Manholes tested with low pressure air shall undergo a physical inspection prior to testing. D. Leakage testing shall be performed after backfilling of a line segment. E. If no installed piezometers or monitoring well is within 2,000 feet of the sewer segment, the Contractor shall provide a temporary piezometers or monitoring well for this purpose. If no groundwater is encountered during pipe installation, then this requirement will be waived. F. Compensating for Ground Water Pressure: (1) Where ground water exists, install a pipe nipple at the same time sewer line is placed. Use a %Z inch capped pipe nipple approximately ten (10) inches long. Make the installation through manhole wall on top of the sewer line where line enters manhole. (2) hnmediately before performing line acceptance test, remove cap, clear pipe nipple with air pressure, and connect a clear plastic tube to nipple. Support tube vertically and allow water to rise in the tube. After water stops rising, measure height in feet of water over invert of the pipe. Divide this height by 2.31 feet/psi to determine the ground water pressure to be used in line testing. G. Low Air Pressure Test: When using this test conform to ASTM C 924, ASTM C 1103, or ASTM F 1417, as applicable. (1) For six (6) inch diameter pipe: (a) Determine ground water level. (b) Plug both ends of pipe. (c) Pressurize pipe to 4.0 psig. (i) Increase pressure 1.0 psi for each 2.31 feet of ground water over highest point in system. (d) Allow pressure to stabilize for two (2) to four (4) minutes. (e) Adjust pressure to start at 3.5 psig (plus adjustment for ground water level). (f) To determine air loss, measure the time interval for pressure to drop to 2.5 psig. (g) The time must exceed that calculated in Section 3.3.A. (2) The test may be stopped at the discretion of the Engineer and considered successful if zero pressure loss is observed in the first 25 percent of the calculated total test time. (3) Retest: Any section of pipe which fails to meet requirements shall be repaired and retested. 3.3 TEST CRITERIA A. Low Pressure Air Test: Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02533-3 March 2012 (1) Time Allowed for Pressure Loss From 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig, at the end of this Section, are based on the equation: (a) T = 0.0850(D)(K)/(Q) (i) where: 1. T = time for pressure to drop 1.0 pounds per square inch gauge in seconds 2. K = 0.000419 DL, but not less than 1.0 3. D = average inside diameter in inches 4. L = length of line of same pipe size in feet 5. Q = rate of loss, 0.0015 $3/minute/square foot internal surface 3.4 DELFECTION TESTING A. Test each pipe segment for maximum deflection in accordance with the requirements of the TCEQ Chapter 317.2(a)( 4)(C) by passing a manually pulled mandrel through the pipe segment. B. Test pipe after it has been installed and completely backfilled to finished grade for a minimum of 30 days. C. Test will be considered successful if the mandrel passes through the pipe segment unhindered. D. The Contractor must repair any pipe segment that does not pass the mandrel test as necessary such that it will pass the mandrel test. Any expense for such repairs are at sole expense of the Contractor. E. Use a mandrel that has a diameter of no less than ninety-five (95) percent of the inside diameter of the pipe. F. Mandrel will be provided by the Contractor and will be design to withstand a pressure of 200 psi without being deformed. G. The mandrel will have an odd number of legs and have at least nine legs. The barrel section of the mandrel will have a length of at least seventy-five (75) percent of the inside diameter of the pipe. 3.5 LEAKAGE TESTING FOR MANHOLES A. Test each manhole independently of the pipe using a negative pressure test in accordance with the latest version of ASTM C 924. B. A negative pressure of ten (10) inches of mercury (Hg) will be applied to the manhole. C. Test will be considered successful if there is less than one (1) inch of mercury (Hg) vacuum loss over the specified test time period. D. The testing period is five (5) seconds for each two (2) feet of manhole depth for forty-eight (48) inch diameter manholes. 3.6 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. Contractor will return areas disturbed by the Work to the conditions existing prior to commencement of the work. B. Contractor will grade disturbed areas to the preexisting grade. C. The Engineer will determine if adequate adjustments and cleaning have been performed. D. The Contractor will leave the construction site clean, neat, and free of construction debris. tt E. Areas that have established turf will have sod placed in the excavated areas. I- ' Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02533-4 March 2012 t F. Paved areas will have pavement replaced in accordance with the City of Lubbock Street Engineering Standard Paving Specifications. END OF SECTION Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02533-5 March 2012 r [ - 2 1; SECTION 02665 WATER PIPING, VALVES, AND FITTINGS PART GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section of the specifications covers all water piping, valves, and fittings required for the project. B. Section Includes: (1) Material Schedule (2) Submittals (3) References (4) Materials (5) Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe (6) Ductile Iron Pipe (7) Concrete Cylinder Pipe (8) Pipe Fittings (9) Flexible Couplings and Flanged Coupling Adapters (10) Pipe Joints (11) Steel Casing (12) Valves (13) Fire Hydrants (14) Polyethylene Wrap (15) Joint Restraints (16) Concrete (17) General (18) Inspection (19) Responsibility for Materials (20) Handling Pipe and Accessories (21) Alignment and Grade (22) Manner of Handling Pipe and Accessories in Trench (23) Cleaning and Inspecting (24) Laying and Jointing PVC Pipe (25) Plugging Dead Ends (26) Fittings (27) Setting Valves, Valve Boxes, Fire Hydrants and Fittings (28) Thrust Restraint (29) Excavation, Trenching and Backfilling (30) Line Testing (31) Disinfection of Pipelines (32) Installation of Steel Pipe Casing and Pipe in Casing Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02665-1 March 2012 (33) Pipe Identifiers (34) Cleanup 1.2 MATERIAL SCHEDULE A. 6", 8", 10" and 12" lines shall be AWWA C 900, DR 18 PVC pipe. B. Ductile Iron Fittings (AWWA C 153) C. Tapping Sleeve (ductile iron or stainless steel) D. Gate Valves E. Valve Boxes F. Fire Hydrants (AWWA C 502) G. Mechanical Joint Restraints 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit all manufacturers' data for all pipe and fittings including all pipe thickness class calculations, steel casing, and casing spacers. B. Submit affidavits of compliance with appropriate standards. C. Submit product warranties. D. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. E. Submit manufacturer's loading, unloading, and storage requirements. F. Submit product information for pipe identification tape. G. Submit concrete mix design for concrete thrust blocking. 1.4 REFERENCES A. AWWA C 104 — Cement Mortar Lining for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. B. AWWA C 110 — Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings, 3 inch through 48 inch, for Water. C. AWWA C 111— Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile lion Pressure Pipe and Fittings. D. AWWA C 104 — Rubber Seated Butterfly Valves. E. AWWA 509 — Resilient Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply. F. AWWA C 900 — Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 4 inch through 12 inch, for water distribution. G. AWWA C 905 — Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 14 inch through 48 inch, for water transmission and distribution. H. AWWA C 301— Prestressed Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel Cylinder Type, for Water and other Liquids. I. AWWA C 303 — Concrete 7ressure Pipe, Bar Wrapped, Steel Cylinder Type J. ANSUAWWA C-200 Standard for Steel Water Pipe 6 Inches and Larger K. ANSI/AWWA C-205 Standard for Cement -Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe - 4 in. and Larger -Shop Applied L. ANSI/AWWA C-206 Standard for Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe M. ANSI/AWWA C-207 Standard for Steel Pipe Flanges for Water Works Service, 4" -144" N. ANSIIAWWA C-208 Standard for Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings O. ANSI/AWWA C-209 Standard for Cold -Applied Tape Coatings for the Exterior of Special Sections, Connections, and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02665-2 March 2012 P. ANSVAWWA C-210 Standard for Liquid -Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines Q. ANSIIAWWA C-214 Standard for Tape Coating Systems for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines R. ANSI/AWWA. C-216 Standard for Feat -Shrinkable Cross -Linked Polyoiefin Coatings for the Exterior of Special Sections, Connections, and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines S. ANSI/AWWA C-218 Standard for Coating the Exterior of Aboveground Steel Water Pipelines and Fittings T. ANSI/AWWA C-219 Standard for Bolted Sleeve -Type Couplings for Plain -End Pipe U. ANSI/AWWA C-222 Standard for Polyurethane Coatings for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines and Fittings V. AWWA M-11 Steel Pipe - A guide for Design and Installation W. ASTM A 106 Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High -Temperature Service. X. ASTM A 53 Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc Coated Welded and Seamless Y. ASTM E 165 Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination Z. ASTM E 709 Guide for Magnetic Particle Examination AA. ASME Section V Nondestructive Testing Examination BB. ASME Section IX Welding and Brazing Qualification. CC.AWS B2.1 Standard for Welding Procedure and Welding Qualifications. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All pipe, fittings, and valves shall be new and of the best quality in material and workmanship. B. All pipe, fittings, and valves shall conform to American National Standards Institute/National Sanitation Foundation (ANSI/NSF) Standard 61. C. In areas where natural gas lines exist, and are cathodically protected by means of impressed current, only electrically non-conductive pipe shall be allowed. 2.2 POLYVIl4YL, CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE A. PVC pipe 12 inches and smaller shall be AWWA C-900, DR-18. B. PVC pipe 14 inches and larger shall be AWWA C-905, DR-21. The outside diameter of the PVC pipe shall be cast iron equivalent. C. PVC pipe shall be formed with an integral bell and shall be joined using a gasketed bell and spigot joint. Spigot ends shall be beveled and reference marked to facilitate joining and insure proper seating depth. Gaskets shall conform to ASTM F 477. The nominal joint length shall be twenty (20) feet. D. AWWA C-900 and C-905 pipe shall be marked as prescribed by AWWA standards including nominal size, dimension, ratio, AWWA pressure class, manufacturer's name and code, and seal of testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe material for potable water. E. Pipe shall meet all additional test requirements as described in AWWA C-900 or C-905, as applicable. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02665-3 March 2012 F. All PVC pipe shall be approved by the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) for use in the transportation of potable water and shall bear the NSF seal of approval. 2.3 DUCTILE IRON PIPE A. Ductile Iron pipe 12" shall be Class 200. B. Ductile iron pipe to be furnished shall conform to the following standard specifications or latest revisions: (1) ANSI/AWWA C150/A21.50-81 (2) ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4-80 (3) ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.4-80 C. All ductile iron pipe shall be cement lined in accordance with AWWA C104-80 (ANSI A21.4) specifications. The external surface shall be coated with an asphalt base paint. D. All joint for ductile iron pipe shall be of the rubber gasket bell and spigot type, except where connecting flanged fittings, and shall otherwise conform to the base specifications to which the pipe is manufactured. E. The joint shall be latest approved type of rubber gasket joint for ductile iron pipe. F. All joints of ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be sealed with a continuous ring rubber gasket meeting standards specified by AWWA C11-72 (ANSI A21.11) or its latest revision. 2.4 CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE A. Prestressed Concrete Embedded Cylinder pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with the latest revision of AWWA C-301. B. Pretensioned Concrete Cylinder Pipe (PCCP) shall be manufactured in accordance with the latest revision of AW WAS C303-78 C. Concrete Cylinder Pipe shall withstand a minimum pressure of 150 p.s.i. longitudinally and helically. D. The joints of the pretensioned concrete cylinder pipe and fittings shall be sealed with a continuous ring rubber gasket meeting standards specified in AWWA C303-78. E. A Portland cement mortar shall be used to fill the annular space both inside and outside of joints in the pretensioned concrete cylinder pipe. (1) Portland cement used in the mortar shall conform to "Standard Specifications and Test for Portland Cement" A.S.T.M. serial designations C150 and C77. (2) Sand for the mortar shall conform to A.S.T.M. designation C-33-52T for fine aggregate. (3) The exterior joints on pretensioned concrete cylinder pipe shall be poured with a heavy duty diaper. (a) The width of the diaper shall be nine inches. (b) The band shall be provided with 3/8 inch x 0.20 steel straps on each side. 2.5 PIPE FITTINGS A. General: Pipe fittings shall be of a type and design especially suitable for use with the type of piping with which they are installed. Pressure rating of fittings shall not be less than that of the pipe. B. All ductile iron fittings shall have an external bituminous coating and shall be cement lined in accordance with AWWA C 104. C. Fittings shall be ductile iron and shall be mechanical joint or push -on joint unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02665-4 March 2012 D. Ductile Iron Fittings — Ductile iron fittings shall conform to AWWA C153 110. Fittings shall be mechanical joint or push -on joint unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings- E. All fittings shall have a pressure rating equal to that of the pipe with which they are used but in no case less than 150 psi. F. Unless otherwise indicated, all ductile iron fittings shall have an external bituminous coating and shall be cement -lined in accordance with the specifications for coating and lining the pipe. G. All ductile iron fittings shall be cast from the same quality of metal used in casting ductile iron pipe and shall be subjected to the same test requirements. Marking and weighing shall be as required for ductile iron pipe. H. Where flanged fittings are used, the flanges shall be of the same material as the fitting. Where bell or mechanical joint fittings are used, the bells shall be cast integrally with the fitting. Screwed -on bells will not be acceptable. 2.6 FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS AND FLANGED COUPLING ADAPTERS A. Flanged coupling adapters and flexible couplings shall be provided at the locations shown on the Drawings and at other locations required for installation of the piping system. B. Flanged coupling adapters will be provided with anchoring studs to provide thrust restraint. Epoxy coated sheet construction shall be used for all couplings. All bolts, nuts, and washers shall be stainless steel. 2.7 PIPE JOINTS A. Push -on Joints — Push -on joints shall be as specified in AWWA Standard CI It. B. Mechanical Joints —Mechanical joints shall be as specified in AWWA Standard Cl 11. 2.8 STEEL CASING A. Steel casing shall be new welded steel pipe with minimum yield strength of 35,000 psi meeting ASTM A36. The exterior of the casing pipe shall have a bituminous coating. B. Casing wall thickness for installation shall be in accordance with the City of Lubbock Design Standards and Specifications. C. Casing spacers shall be used to install carrier pipe inside the encasement pipe and to provide support around the periphery of the pipe should the pipe twist as it is pushed through the casing. D. The spacers shall be of a projection type that has a minimum number of projections around the circumference totaling the number of diameter inches. For example, eight (8) inch pipe shall have a minimum of eight (8) projections and eighteen (18) inch pipe shall have a minimum of eighteen (18) projections. E. Casing spacers shall use double backed tape, provided with the spacers, to fasten tightly onto the carrier pipe so that the spacers do not move during installation. Installation instructions shall be provided with each shipment. F. Casing spacers shall have a span of ten (10) feet to six (6) feet dependent on the total load anticipated with the pipe full of liquid. The maximum load shall not exceed the load limits per spacer listed in the brochure. G. These values in the brochure include conservative safety factors for class spacer used. Spacers shall have minimum height that clears the pipe bell or as otherwise indicated on plans. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02665-5 March 2012 H. Casing spacers shall be projection type totally non-metallic spacers constructed of preformed sections of high -density polyethylene. Spacers shall be ISO 9002 certified for strength and quality. I. Manufacturer. Projection type spacers shall be Raci type spacers, or equal approved by the Engineer, along with wrap around end seal made of 1/8" think rubber with stainless steel bands. A. Valves that are twelve (12) inches and smaller shall be gate valves unless otherwise noted on the plans or specified herein. All valves shall be designed for a working pressure of at least 150 psi unless otherwise noted. B. Gate Valves: (1) All gate valves shall be resilient seat or double disk parallel seat, iron body; bronze mounted throughout and shall meet all requirements of AW WA C 509. (2) The valves shall be of the type of joint used in the piping. (3) All valves shall open by turning to the left, and unless otherwise specified, shall have non -rising stem when buried and outside screw and yoke when exposed, and be furnished with a two (2) inch operating nut when valves are buried and shall be furnished with hand wheels when exposed. (4) Gate valves shall be furnished with O-ring stem packing. (5) All gate valves shall be designed to withstand a working pressure of 200 psi unless otherwise noted. (6) Gate valves shall be meet the City of Lubbock Design Standards and Specifications. (7) All ductile iron shall conform to A536 Grade 65-45-12. Castings shall be clean and sound without defects that will impair their service. No plugging or welding of such defects will be allowed. (8) Bolts shall be electro-zinc plated steel with hex heads and hex nuts in accordance with ASTM 307 and A563, respectively. (9) All parts for valves furnished must be standard and completely interchangeable with valves of the same brand. Successful bidder to furnish to the Owner, upon request, a letter stating the type of valves to be installed and a letter from the manufacturer stating that the parts are standard and interchangeable. C. Valve Boxes and Extension Stems: (1) Extension stems shall be furnished on buried valves where the top of the operating nut is more than ninety (60) inches below finished grade. Top of the extension stern shall not be more than thirty-six (36) inches below the top of the valve box. (2) Buried valves shall be provided with cast iron valve boxes. (3) The boxes shall be designed to fit over a section of six (6) inch C 900 PVC riser pipe, which will be used, as an extension from the top of the valve to within six (6) inches of the ground surface. (4) The box shall have a heavy cast iron cover marked "Water". (5) The box shall have a flange type base, with the base being approximately four (4) inches larger in diameter than the outside diameter of the barrel of the box. (6) The necessary length of the six (6) inch C 900 PVC riser pipe required for the extension shall be considered as a part of the box. (7) Valve boxes shall be East Jordan Iron Works No. 8453, or approved equal. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02665-6 March 2012 D. FIRE HYDRANTS (1) Hydrants shall meet the City of Lubbock Design Standards and Specifications (2) Hydrants shall meet AW WA C-502 (3) Hydrants shall have an iron body, bronze mounted throughout and be designed for working pressure of 150 psi. (4) Hydrants shall be traffic model type with a 5-1/4-inch valve opening, two (2) 2-1/2-inch hose nozzles, and one (1) 4-inch steamer nozzle. (5) The hydrant shall be for a 6-inch main. 2.10 POLYETHYLENE WRAP A. All buried valves and fittings shall be thoroughly wrapped prior to installation with a polyethylene material meeting the requirements of ASTM D 1248. B. The polyethylene material shall have a minimum thickness of eight (8) mils. C. The wrap shall be secured by two (2) inch duct tape. 2.11 JOINT RESTRAINTS A. Uniflange series 1500 joint restraint for PVC pipelines or approved equal. B. Must meet all pressure testing requirements of ASTM F-1674. C. Materials must meet requirements of ASTM A-536. D. Install per manufacturer's recommendations. 2.12 CONCRETE A. Concrete may be used for blocking the pipe and fittings and shall conform to the concrete specifications, as set forth in the Section 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete, except a minimum compressive strength of 2,800 psi will be acceptable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. All pipe and accessories shall be unloaded, handled, laid, jointed, tested for defects and for leakage, and disinfected in the manner herein specified. 3.2 INSPECTION A. The pipe, fittings, and accessories shall be inspected upon delivery and during the progress of the Work and any material found to be defective will be rejected by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall remove such defective material from the site of the Work. 3.3 RESPONSIBILITY FOR MATERIALS A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all material furnished and shall replace, at the Contractor's expense, all such material that is found to be defective in manufacture or has become damaged in handling after delivery. 3.4 HANDLING PIPE AND ACCESSORIES A. All pipe, fittings, and other accessories shall, unless otherwise directed, be unloaded at the point of delivery, hauled to and distributed at the site of the Work by the Contractor. B. In loading and unloading, they shall be lifted by hoists or slid, or rolled on skidways in such a manner as to avoid shock or damage to the materials. Under no circumstances shall they be Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02665-7 March 2012 dropped. Pipe handled on skyways must not be skidded or rolled against pipe already on the ground. C. The pipe, fittings, and accessories shall be placed along the site in such a manner as to be kept as free as possible from dirt, sand, mud, and other foreign matter. 3.5 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE A. All pipe shall be laid and maintained to the lines and grades shown on the plans or as established on the ground by the Engineer. B. The Contractor shall verify horizontal and vertical locations of items critical to the alignment and grade of the proposed water line. C. Confirm compliance with the Drawings and Specifications. D. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line either in a vertical or horizontal plane to avoid obstructions, to plumb valves, or where vertical or horizontal curves are shown or permitted, the degree of deflection at each j oint shall not exceed the maximum deflection noted on the Drawings. 3.6 MANNER OF HANDLING PIPE AND ACCESSORIES IN TRENCH A. After the trench grade has been completed, all bell holes dug and the grade inspected, the pipes and accessories may be placed in the trench. B. All pipe and fittings shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of derricks, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment, in such a manner so as to prevent damage to the material in any way. Under no circumstances shall pipe or accessories be dropped or dumped into the trench. 3.7 CLEANING AND INSPECTING A. Before lowering into the trench, the pipe shall be again inspected for defects and the pipe, while suspended, shall be lightly hammered to detect cracks. Any defective, damaged, or unsound pipe and materials shall be rejected. B. All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the inside of the pipe and from all bells, spigots, or parts of the pipe used in forming the joint, before the pipe is lowered into the trench, and it shall be kept clean by approved means during and after laying. C. At a time when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of the pipe shall be closed by approved means, and no trench water shall be allowed to enter the pipe. 3.8 LAYING AND JOINTING PVC PIPE A. General: Unless otherwise directed, pipe shall be laid with bells facing in direction of laying; and for lines on appreciable slopes, bells shall, at the discretion of the Engineer, face up grade. B. Cutting of pipe for inserting fittings or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or the cement lining. C. The jointing shall be completed for all pipe laid each day, in order not to leave open joints in the trench overnight. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of the pipe shall be closed by approved means, and not trench water shall be permitted to enter the pipe. D. No pipe shall be laid in water, or when the trench conditions or weather are unsuitable for such work, except by permission of the Engineer. E. Before laying the pipes, all lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot ends of each pipe; the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry. Pipe ends shall be kept clean until joints are made. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02665-8 March 2012 F. Defective joints shall be repaired as directed by the Engineer. G. Mechanical Joint Piping. (1) The last eight (8) inches outside of the spigot and inside of the bell of mechanical joint pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove oil, grit, excess coating, and other foreign matter from the joint, and then painted with lubricant recommended by the pipe manufacturer. (2) The cast iron gland shall then be slipped on the spigot end of the pipe with the lip extension of the gland toward the socket or bell end. (3) The rubber gasket shall be painted with lubricant recommended by the pipe manufacturer and placed on the spigot end with the thick edge toward the gland. (4) The entire section of the pipe shall be pushed forward to seat the spigot end in the bell. (5) The gasket shall then be pressed into place within the bell; care shall be taken to locate the gasket evenly around the entire joint. (6) The gland shall be moved along the pipe into position for bolting, all of the bolts -inserted, and the nuts screwed up tightly with the fingers. (7) All nuts shall be tightened with a suitable torque limiting wrench. (8) Nuts spaced 180 degrees apart shall be tightened alternately in order to produce an equal pressure on all parts of the gland. H. If water gets in the trench before the joint is completed, or if the pipe is disturbed from line and grade after being laid, the pipe shall be taken up, the joints cleaned and the pipe re-laid. 1. Immediately after completion of the jointing, sufficient bedding and backfill material shall be placed around and over the pipe to hold the pipe to line and grade. J. Pre -molded joints shall be made in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the pipe. K. The surfaces of the jointing material on both the bell and spigot afeach joint shall be wiped with the solvent recommended by the pipe manufacturer. L. The spigot shall then be firmly forced into the bell using a bar or other similar lever and a block of wood to prevent damage to the pipe. 3.9 PLUGGING DEAD ENDS A. Standard plugs shall be inserted into the bells of all dead ends and pipes, tees, or crosses and spigot ends shall be capped. B. Plugs or caps shall be jointed to the pipe or fittings in the same manner used in jointing the pipe. �- C. All plugs and caps shall have horizontal thrust blocks. 3.10 FITTINGS A. Fittings shall be set at the locations shown on the plans or at locations as established by the Engineer, and shall be set and jointed to the pipe in the manner heretofore specified for pipe installations. Concrete blocking shall be provided for all buried fittings. 3.11 SETTING VALVES, VALVE BOXES, FIRE HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS A. Valves and fittings shall be set at the locations shown on the Drawings and shall be set and jointed to the pipe in the manner heretofore specified for pipe installations. -- B. All valves shall be hub end as required and all valves buried in the ground shall have a cast iron or precast concrete valve box set over the valve. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02665-9 March 2012 C. All valves shall be set vertical, unless otherwise specified, and shall be thoroughly checked for operation prior to installation. D. After pressure has been applied to the line, stuffing boxes shall be checked for operation prior to installation. E. After pressure has been applied to the line, stuffing boxes shall be checked and tightened if necessary. F. Valve Boxes: (1) Valve boxes shall be firmly supported and maintained centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the ground or at such a level as directed by the Engineer. (2) All valve boxes under pavement shall be adjusted to finished pavement grades. G. Fire Hydrants: (1) Fire hydrants shall be located at the points shown on the Drawings. (2) All fire hydrants shall be set plumb, to the grade established on the Drawing, and with the steamer nozzle at right angles to the street. (3) Hydrants shall be supported in such a manner as not to cause a strain on the fire hydrant lead or branch. (4) The bowl of the hydrant shall be well braced against unexcavated earth at the end of the trench with concrete blocking. (5) The concrete blocking shall be placed so as not to interfere with the hydrant drains and so that the joints of the flanges are accessible. (6) Blocking of gate valves on fire hydrants leads shall be with concrete as shown on the Drawings. (7) The hydrants shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt or foreign matter and checked for operation prior to installation. Drain holes shall not be blocked or sealed. (8) Fire hydrants shall be installed and maintained so that the center of the lowest water outlet shall be eighteen (18) inches from the ground. (9) Fire hydrants shall be installed with the four (4) inch nozzle facing the required access way. 3.12 THRUST RESTRAINT A. All fittings, valves and fire hydrants, unless otherwise specified, shall be provided with suitably restrained joints per the manufacturer's recommendation. B. Restrained push -on or mechanical joints, mechanical joint anchoring fittings, and mechanical joints utilizing setscrew ductile iron retainer glands shall be used in lieu of concrete thrust blocking. Thrust blocking will be allowed under only under special circumstances as approved by the Engineer. 3.13 EXCAVATION, TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING. A. Backfill and compaction shall be performed in accordance of COL Ordinance 2007-00122. B. Backfill around pipe with specified granular bedding material that is free of large rocks, topsoil, debris or other unacceptable material. C. The backfill around the pipe shall be shovel sliced around the haunch of the pipe and mechanically compacted or hand tamped to a point 12 inches above the top of the pipe. D. Backfill from 12 inches above the pipe to the finished grade will be as follows: (1) For unpaved areas: Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02665-10 March 2012 (a) Use excavated material that is free of large rocks, debris or other material determined unsuitable by the Owner's Representative. Backfill shall be placed in maximum six (6) inch lifts and compacted to 95% Standard Proctor Density at +/- 2% optimum moisture content. (b) Each lift shall be tested at a maximum of 500 feet intervals according to ASTM �6 designation D-698. (c) These tests shall be performed by a reputable contractor specializing in geotechnical work and will be at the successful bidder's expense. (d) Copies of these tests shall be provided to the Owners Representative. (2) For paved areas: (a) Place Cement Stabilized Backfill (CSB) meeting City of Lubbock Standards under the bottom of the pavement in a minimum of thickness of 12". (b) The backfill from 12-inches above the top of pipe to the CSB shall be in placed in maximum 6 inch lifts and compacted to 95% Standard Proctor Density. (c) Each lift shall be tested at a maximum of 500 feet intervals according to ASTM designation D-698. (d) These tests shall be performed by a reputable contractor specializing in geotechnical work and will be at the successful bidders expense. (e) Copies of these tests shall be provided to the Owners Representative. (3) The City of Lubbock will perform random spot testing at no expense to the contractor. 3.14 LINE TESTING A. After the pipe is laid and the joints completed, each section or run of piping, shall be tested as specified herein. The Contractor shall bear all costs of providing all equipment, materials, labor, and other incidentals required to test pipe lines as specified herein. B. The Contractor shall provide suitable means for filling the lines and developing the required pressure in the lines. C. Testing procedure shall be as follows: (1) Duration — The duration of the hydrostatic test shall be a minimum of four (4) hours. (2) Pressure — The pipeline shall be tested so that the pressure at the lowest point in the test section is at least 100 percent, but not greater than 120 percent of the pressure class of the pipe, and the minimum pressure at the highest point in the test section is not less than 85 percent of the pressure class of the pipe. D. Allowable Leakage — The maximum allowable leakage for push -on joints is the number of gallons per hour as determined by the following formula(s): E. PVC: Ductile iron: (1) L = ND(P)'/2 L = SD(P)'/z (2) 7,400 133,200 (3) where: (a) L = allowable leakage in gallons per hour (b) N = number of joints in length of pipe tested (c) S = length of pipe (d) D = nominal diameter of the pipe in inches (e) P = average of the maximum and minimum pressures within the test section in psi Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02665-11 March 2012 F. Any leakage which becomes evident prior to final acceptance of the project shall be found and repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer even though the particular line has been previously accepted and tested. 3.15 DISINFECTION OF PIPELINES A. The Contractor shall fiunish all labor, equipment, and materials necessary for the disinfection of all pipe lines, which shall be disinfected before being placed in service. B. The lines shall be disinfected by the application of a chlorinating agent in accordance with the requirements of AW WA C 651, include the placement of hypochlorite granules in the pipe during construction. C. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer 48 hours in advance of disinfection so that the Engineer or Owner's Representative may witness the disinfection activities. D. Quality Assurance: (1) Bacteriological sampling and test will be performed in accordance with the latest requirements of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater. (2) The City of Lubbock laboratory will be used for bacteriological testing. E. Chemicals: (1) Acceptable disinfectants are liquid and solid forms of hypochlorites. Liquid chlorine gas is not acceptable. (2) Acceptable chemicals for neutralizing chlorinated water are liquid and solid forms of sodium bisulfate, sodium sulfite, and sodium thiosulfate. (3) The water being used to fill the line shall be controlled to flow into the section to be sterilized very slowly, and the rate of application of the chlorinating agent shall be proportioned at least fifty (50) parts per million in the water entering the pipe. F. Temporary Facilities: (1) Provide temporary taps or blowoffs as required. As a minimum, use a two (2) inch diameter steel pipe and fittings with isolation valves and sampling taps. (2) Water used for the initial flushing as well as the final chlorination shall be introduced into the pipeline through a corporation stop or other approved connection inserted in the horizontal axis of the newly laid pipe. (3) No connection to the existing distribution system is allowed until the pipeline has passed all bacteriological testing. G. Final Flushing: (1) Flush the water system of the highly chlorinated water within twenty-four (24) hours of initial chlorination. (2) Flush water in a location and manner approved by the Engineer. (3) Neutralize the highly chlorinated water to a maximum free chlorine residual of 1.0 mg/L. H. Sampling and Analysis: (1) Collect bacteriological samples at intervals no more than 1000 feet and one (1) sample from each end of the pipeline in the presence of the Engineer or Owner's representative. (2) The Owner's representative or the Engineer shall deliver the samples to the City of Lubbock Health Department or the City of Lubbock Water Treatment Laboratory for analysis. (3) Collect samples after the initial disinfection and after the facilities have been filled with chlorinated water and a free chlorine residual of at least 0.5 mg/L has been detected. I. Acceptance: Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02665-12 March 2012 (1) Facilities will be considered properly disinfected when two (2) consecutive sets of acceptable bacteriological samples, taken at least twenty-four (24) hours apart, have indicated the absence of coliform organisms. J. After acceptance by the Engineer, remove all temporary facilities and properly plug test taps. The pipeline may then be connected to the City of Lubbock water distribution system. 3.16 INSTALLATION OF STEEL PIPE CASING AND PIPE IN CASING A. Installation of the casing pipe sleeves shall be accomplished by boring as specified herein. B. Equipment used shall be such size and capacity as to allow the placement of the casing to proceed in a safe and expeditious manner. Installation of the casing and the excavation and removal of the materials within the casing shall proceed simultaneously. C. The boring shall proceed from a pit provided for the boring equipment and workers. D. Excavation and location of the pit shall be approved by the Engineer and County as appropriate. E. Boring without the concurrent installation of the casing pipe will not be permitted. F. The use of water or other fluids in connection with the boring operation will be permitted only to the extent of lubricating cuttings. G. Jetting will not be permitted. H. Overcutting in excess of one (1) inch shall be remedied by concrete pressure grouting the entire length of the installation. I. All casing pipe joints shall be welded. J. Care shall be taken to keep the pipe sleeve on the proper line and grade. K. After the casing pipe has been jacked and bored and is accepted by the Engineer, the pipe shall be shoved through the casing. L. The pipe shall be pushed or pulled through the casing by exerting pressure on the barrel of the pipe and not on the bell, and shall be done in such a manner that the joint is always in compression during the shoving operation. 3.17 PIPE IDENTIFIERS A. Marking Tape: (1) All pipes installed in an open trench will be identified with the appropriate color and description of three (3) inch wide pipe identification tape. (2) Install the tape parallel to the pipe it identifies at a distance above the pipe of twelve (12) to eighteen (18) inches. (3) Above non-metallic (PVC) pipe material, install a tape detectable with a metal detector from the top of finished grade. (4) Install detectable tape as deep as it can be detected but no closer to the non-metallic pipe than twelve (12) inches. B. Locator Wire: (1) On non-metallic (PVC) pipe material, install twelve (12) gauge minimum solid copper with 30 mil HDPE thermoplastic insulation directly above piping. 3.18 CLEANUP A. The backfill shall be rounded up over the trench sufficiently to allow for future settlement and any excess dirt shall be removed from the site. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02665-I3 March 2012 B. The Contractor shall maintain the trench surfaces in a satisfactory manner until final completion and acceptance of the Work. C. The maintenance. shall include blading from time to time as necessary, filling depressions caused by settlement, and other work required to keep areas in a presentable condition. END OF SECTION Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02665-14 March 2012 SECTION 02732 GLASS -FIBER REINFORCED POLYESTER (FRP) MANHOLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The work covered by this section of the specifications includes that necessary for furnishing and installing glass -fiber reinforced polyester (FRP) manholes. B. Section Includes: (1) References (2) Submittals (3) Quality Assurance (4) Certification (5) Handling (6) Manufacturer (7) Materials (8) General Description (9) Fabrication (10) Rejection of Manholes (11) Installation (12) Quality of materials and Installation C. In general the FRP manholes shall be a one-piece monolithically designed unit manufactured of glass -fiber reinforced, supplier certified, unsaturated commercial grade polyester resin containing chemically enhanced silica to improve corrosion resistance, strength and overall performance. FRP manholes shall be manufactured in strict accordance with ASTM D 3753 and will include a manufacturer's 20-year corrosion and structural warranty. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 3753 — Standard specification for glass -fiber reinforced polyester manholes and wet wells. B. ASTM C 581— Practice for determining chemical resistance of chemical thermosetting resins used in glass -fiber reinforced structures intended for liquid service. C. ASTM C 582 — Plastic Laminate. D. ASTM D 695 — Test methods for compressive properties of rigid plastics. E. ASTM D 2583 — Test method for Indentation Hardness of Rigid Plastics by means of Barcol Impressor. F. ASTM D 2584 — Test method for ignition loss of cured reinforced resins. G. ASTM D 790 — Test method for flexural properties of unreinforced and reinforced plastics and electrical insulating materials. H. AW WA C 950 — Glass -fiber reinforced thermosetting resin for pressure pipe. I. AASHTO H 20 — Axial loading _ 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of Section 01300 —Submittal Procedures. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02732-1 March 2012 B. Submit manufacturer's data and details of following items for approval: (1) Shop drawings of manhole sections and base units and construction details, including reinforcement, jointing methods, materials, dimensions, method of assembly and qualifications of personnel to perform field assemblies (if field assembly is required). (2) The FRP manufacturer shall finish and submit for approval complete fabrication drawings and calculations for all structures. All inserts, pipe sleeves and other accessories indicated on the Contract Drawings shall be illustrated and dimensioned on the fabrication drawings. (3) Provide manufacturer's literature including recommended installation procedures, instructions, certificates of material conformance with all parts of the specifications, test reports demonstrating conformance with ASTM D 3753 and to the requirements of these specifications. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer shall examine the FRP manhole, prior to shipment, for dimensional correctness, hardness and workmanship. - B. Controls on glass and resin content shall be maintained for all manufacturing procedures and for each portion of manhole fabrication. (1) Records shall be maintained of the control and checks. (2) Proper glass content may be shown by glass usage checks or by glass and resin application rate checks, in accordance with the material composition tests in ASTM D 3753. C. All required ASTM D 3753 testing shall be completed and records of all testing shall be kept by manufacturer. At the request of the Engineer these records shall be mailed for review within five (5) working days of receiving the request. This material shall be included with literature and other documents specified for Submittal materials. 1.5 CERTIFICATION A. Manufacturer shall certify that material and workmanship comply with the provisions of ASTM 3753. This certification shall consist of a statement by the manufacturer accompanied by a copy of the test results, that the manholes(s) has been sampled, tested, and inspected in accordance with the provisions of ASTM 3753 and this specification, and meets all requirements. An authorized agent of the manufacturer shall sign each certification. B. Testing documents shall be no older than three (3) months earlier than the Contract Notice to j Proceed. J 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING i A. Deliver number of units needed in a timely manner to the project site to ensure installation I It continuity. (1) Deliver anchorage items that are to be embedded in other construction before starting such work. B. Store and handle the units at the project site in such a manner to prevent cracking, distortion, staining, or other physical damage, and so that markings are visible. (1) FRP manholes may be stored upright or horizontally, however, the manholes vertical deflection shall not exceed 4% of the diameter when stored on its side. C. Lift and support units at designated lift points. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02732-2 March 2012 (1) FRP manholes shall be lifted with two (2) slings on spreader bar in horizontal position or by a 4"x4" timber inserted crosswise inside the manhole to the underside of the collar with a rope or chain attached to lifting device. (2) Manholes may also be equipped with lifting lugs. (3) Use of chains or cables in contact with the manhole surface is prohibited. D. The manholes shall not be dropped or impacted. E. Provide setting diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions, as required, for installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTUER A. Fiber -reinforced polyester (FRP) manhole(s) shall be manufactured by LF Manufacturing or approved equivalent. B. FRP manholes shall be cylinders made of composite laminate. The laminate shall consist of thermo-setting chemical resistant polyester resin, fiberglass reinforcement, and additions as required. C. Manholes shall be manufactured in strict accordance with ASTM D 3753, and will include a manufacturer's 20-Year Corrosion and Structural Warranty. D. The manufacturer of the manholes shall be able to show experience in the manufacture of FRP manholes, in scope to that required for the project, for a continuous, uninterrupted period of at least five (5) years. References shall be provided to the Engineer up request. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Resin: Unsaturated commercial grade polyester resins shall be used and they must meet the requirements listed below: (1) The same supplier shall supply all resin. (2) Mixed lots or "odd lots" of resin from different vendors shall not be used and will be grounds for rejection. (3) Manufacturer shall document the lot number of the resin used for this project and include same with submittal information. (4) UV inhibitors/stabilizers shall be added directly to resins system to prevent photo - degradation of laminate. (5) Exterior gel -coating or painting shall not be permitted. B. Reinforcing Materials: The reinforcing materials shall be commercial grade "E" type glass in the form of mat, continuous roving, chopped roving, roving fabric, or both, having a coupling agent that will provide a suitable bond between the glass reinforcement and the resin. (1) The interior reinforcing surface layer shall have a thickness of between 0.25 mm to 0.50 mm (10 to 20 mils). (2) Reinforcement materials shall include chemically resistant surface mat compatible with raw sewerage and organic surfacing veil. C. Fillers and Additives: Fillers, when used, shall be inert to the environment and manhole construction and not in any way effect the performance of the manhole for its intended purpose. D. Additives, such as thixotropic agents, catalysts, promoters, etc., may be added as required by the specific manufacturing process to be used to meet the requirements governing standards. (1) Calcium carbonate shall not be permitted. (2) The resulting reinforced plastic material must meet the requirements of this specification. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02732-3 March 2012 E. Laminate: The laminate shall consist of multiple layers of glass matting and resin. (1) The surface exposed to the sewer/chemical environment shall be resin righ and shall have no exposed fiber. (2) Cured laminate shall meet the following conditions: Property Test Method Requirement Glass Content (% by wt) ASTM D 2584 9% - 20% Compressive Strength D 695 Min 12,000 psi Flexural Strength D 790 Min 12,000 psi Flexural E-Modulus D 790 Min 700,000 psi Surface Hardness D 2583 Min 9% of Resin's Normal Value 2.3 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. Dimension: The manhole shall be a circular cylinder, reduced at the top to a circular manway not smaller than 30" inside diameter. (1) Manholes shall be produced in half -foot increments of length +/-2". (2) Nominal inside diameters shall be as indicated on the Contract Drawings but no less than 48 inches. (3) Tolerance on the inside diameter shall be +/-1%. (4) The minimum wall thickness for all FRP manholes at all depths shall be 0.480 inches. (5) Wheel loading and all static and dynamic loads shall be considered in final wall thickness. B. Configuration: (1) Cone Sections: The manway reducer must provide a bearing surface on which the specified ring and cover shall be supported and adjusted to grade (2) Adjacent height shall not exceed one (1) foot. (3) The reducer shall be concentric and shall be joined to the barrel section at the factor with resin and glass fiber reinforcement, thus providing required monolithic design to prevent infiltration and/or exfiltration through the manhole. (4) Manway reducer cone section shall be self -centering to permit vertical height adjustment of manhole utilizing manufacturer provided materials and detailed written instructions. (5) Butt -joint attachment of cone to pipe is not permitted. C. Class: (1) The manhole shall comply with H-20 wheel loading (minimum 16,000 pounds dynamic wheel load) and be able to support said loading without benefit of backfill. (2) AASHTO H-20 as required by ASTM D3753 Latest Edition. D. Stubouts and Connections: (1) Inserta-Tee: Joints for sewer pipe line and drop connections sized 4" —12" shall be made by means of Inserta-Tee watertight compression connection. (a) Installation shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's written instructions utilizing installation equipment approved for use by the manufacturer of the Inserta- Tee fitting. (b) Use of equipment which does not meet this requirement is expressly prohibited. (2) Pipe Stubouts: Install rubber gasketed PVC sewer pipe stubouts to manhole with resin and glass -fiber reinforced lay-up Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02732-4 March 2012 (a) Gaskets shall meet the same performance requirements of the sewer pipe to be installed unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. (b) Resin and fiberglass shall be of the same type and grade as used in the fabrication of the fiberglass manhole (c) Attachment of PVC stubout to manhole wall shall be done using non -pigmented resins to allow for easy field inspection (d) Install resilient rubber pipe -to -manhole connectors (boots) which conform to the performance requirements of ASTM C 923. (e) Resilient rubber pipe -to -manhole boots shall be attached using fiberglass lay-ups directly to manhole wall by manufacturer. (f) Manholes for large diameter FRP pipe installations may have either factory installed FRP pipe stub -outs identical to the pipe used for the project, or a factory installed coupling to bottom of the manhole for T-base style installation. E. Manhole Bottom: (1) Resin and glass -fiber reinforced manhole bottoms may be provided, at Contractor option. (2) Manholes shall be provided with glass -fiber reinforced bottom section designed to withstand hydrostatic head pressure, empty water to grade, of units at 25-$ burial depth. (a) Units deeper than 25-ft shall be reinforced as necessary to sustain HZo wheel loading status and all other induced static and dynamic loads. (3) Fiberglass ribs or fiberglass structural members may be utilized to meet the design criteria. (4) Stiffeners shall be of non -corrosive materials encapsulated in fiberglass. (5) FRP encapsulated wood or lumber will not be permitted. (6) Bottom sections shall be furnished with integral 3" wide anchoring flange. (7) Invert and bench may be factor installed utilizing non -corrosive materials encapsulated in fiberglass minimum of 1/4" thick. F. Marking and Identification: All manholes shall be marked in letters no less than 1" in height with the following information: (1) Manufacturer's Identification (2) Manufacturer's Serial Number (3) Manhole Length (4) ASTM Designation (5) Installation assist marks (vertical lines 900 apart at base of manhole). (6) Project station location G. Manhole cylinders, manway reducers, and connectors shall be produced from glass -fiber reinforced polyester resins. (1) Manhole cylinders to 72" ID to be manufactured by "computer controlled Drosthohn" continuous band mandrel process". (a) Larger diameters to be manufactured by computer regulated steel mandrel process utilizing structural rib design. H. Interior Access: All manholes shall be designed so that a ladder or step system can be supported by the installed manhole. (1) Manway opening to accommodate 30" specified ring and cover. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02732-5 March 2012 I. Manway Reducer: Manway reducers shall be concentric with respect to the larger portion of the manhole diameter through 92". J. Cover Ring and Support: The manhole shall provide an area from which a typical ring and cover plate can be supported without damage to the manhole. K. Assembly Joints: Product components, i.e., cylinders, reducers, bottoms, and connectors, may be joined together to form a complete manhole 2.4 FABRICATION A. Exterior Surface: The exterior surface shall be relatively smooth with no sharp projections (1) Hand -work finish is acceptable if enough resin is present to eliminate fiber show. (2) The exterior surface shall be free of blisters larger than 0.5" diameter, delamination and fiber show. B. Interior Surface: The interior surface shall be resin rich with no exposed fibers. (1) Interior surface shall be smooth for improved corrosion resistance and reduced sludge build-up. (2) The surface shall be free of crazing, delamination, blisters larger than 0.5" diameter, and wrinkles of 0.125" or greater in depth. (3) Surface pits shall be permitted up to 6'2" if they are less than 0.75" in diameter and less _ than 0.0625" deep. (4) Voids that cannot be broken with finger pressure and that are entirely below the resin surface shall be permitted up to 4'2" if they are less than 0.5" in diameter and less than 0.0625" thick. C. Repairs: Any manhole repair is required to meet all requirements of this specification. D. Manhole Lengths: Manhole lengths shall be in whole or 1/2-foot increments +/- 2".. ' E. Load Raring: The complete manhole shall have a minimum dynamic load range of 16,000 pounds, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 3753. (1) To establish this rating, the complete manhole shall not leak, crack, or suffer other damage when load tested to 40,000 pounds and shall and shall not deflect vertically downward more than 0.25" at the point of load application when loaded to 24,000 pounds. (2) When installed and without the benefit of backfill around the manhole as support the complete manhole shall be H-20 rated, no exceptions. F. Stiffness: The cylindrical portion of the manhole is to be tested in accordance with ASTM D 2412. (1) The manhole cylinder shall have the minimum pipe -stiffness values shown below, when tested in accordance with ASTM 3753, Section 8.5, (note 1): Manhole Length (ft) PSI 3-6 0.72 7-12 1.26' 13-20 2.01 21-25 3.02 26-35 5.24 G. Soundness: In order to determine soundness, an air or water test is to be applied to the U manhole test sample. While holding the pressure between 3-5 psig, the entire manhole must be inspected for leaks. Any leakage through the laminate is cause for failure of the test. Refer to ASTM 3753, Sec. 8.6. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02732-6 March 2012 H. Chemical Resistance: Per ASTM C 581, flexural strength, felxurale modulus, and barcol hardness are plotted versus time on log -log coordinates. The line defined by these points is extrapolated to 100,000 hours. The minimum extrapolation retention allowed for any of these properties is 50%. Test samples used are actual pieces of manhole or samples of manufactured in a manner consistent in every way with the manhole component construction. I. Physical Properties: (1) Flexural Strength (cone): Hoop: 15.4x103 psi Axial: 17.2xI03 psi (2) Flexural Strength (pipe): Hoop: 22.5x103 psi Axial: 14.3x103 psi (3) Compressive Strength: 18.9x103 psi 2.5 REJECTION OF MANHOLES A. Manholes are subject to rejection on account of any of the following visual defects: (1) Fuzz: Glass fibers loosely adhering to manhole, which are not wet out with resin. (2) Protruding Fibers: Glass fibers sticking out from pipe surface that is not wet out with resin. (3) Resin Runs: Runs of resin and sand on surface of manhole. (4) Dry Areas: Areas in laminate with glass to wet out with resin. (5) Delamination: Separation in the laminate. (6) Blisters: Light (straw) colored areas resulting from too hot a cure. (7) Craze: Crack usually star shaped; caused by sharp impact. (8) Surface Pits or Voids: Small air pockets on the surface or directly beneath the surface mat. (9) Wrinkles: Smooth irregularities on the surface. (10) Tom Edges, End Delamination and End Gauges: Tears or rips in the edge of cuts. (11) . Ground Area: Area around lay-up, which have been abraded and not covered by lay-up. (12) Hand Lay-up Ragged Edges: Areas at the edge of hand lay-up that are not rolled down property and that are rough. (13) Painted or get -coating of exterior or interior laminate. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The manhole(s) installation shall strictly follow the manufacturer's recommended installation procedures. B. General Installation Outline: Manufacturer's complete manhole installation instructions must be consulted before actual installation is performed. C. Setting Manhole: (1) To lift manhole, insert 4"x4" timber crosswise inside the manhole to the underside of the collar with a rope or chain attached to backhoe or other lifting device. (2) Lower manhole into wet concrete base to a minimum depth of 4". - (3) Minimum 2" thick concrete bearing surface beneath bottom edge of the manhole is required. (4) Plumb manhole using standard bubble level and by moving manhole with hands. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02732-7 March 2012 (5) Work concrete around manhole base and 6 inch minimum over incoming lines. (6) Inverts and laterals are made following stand procedures. (7) Do not pick up fiberglass manhole by cone if concrete slab is attached above ground. Install lifting lugs into concrete slab for handling. Lift manhole with slab attached by the slab not the manhole. D. Backfill: Backfill FRP manholes with flow fill to within two (2) feet of finished grade for manholes located in non paved areas. Backfill with flowable fill to bottom of base course elevation or top of Subgrade in paved areas. E. Bring to Grade: Construct chimney on flat shoulder of manhole using precast concrete rings. Chimney shall not exceed 12 inches including ring and cover. 3.2 QUALITY OF MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION A. The quality of all materials, the process of manufacture, and the finished sections shall be subject to review and approval by the Engineer, or other representative of the Owner. (1) Such review shall be made at the place of manufacturer, or at site of delivery, and the sections shall be subject to rejection on account of failure to meet any of the specification requirements as specified herein. (2) Sections rejected after delivery to the job site shall be marked for identification and shall be removed from the job at once. (3) All sections which have been damaged after delivery will be rejected, and if already installed shall be acceptable if repaired or removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. (4) Removal or replacement shall be subject to Engineer review and approval. END OF SECTION Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02732-8 March 2012 i' SECTION 02733 ` POLYMER CONCRETE MANHOLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The work covered by this section of the specifications includes that necessary for furnishing and installation of polymer concrete manholes. B. Section includes: (1) References (2) Submittals (3) Tolerances 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 6783 - Standard specification for polymer concrete pipe. B. ASTM C 418 - Standard specification for precast reinforced concrete manhole sections. C. ASTM C 443 - Standard specification for joints for concrete pipe and manholes using rubber gaskets. D. ASTM C 923 - Standard specification for resilient connectors between reinforced concrete manholes structures, pipes, and laterals. E. ASTM C 33 - Standard specification for concrete aggregates. F. ASTM C 497 - Standard test methods for concrete pipe, manhole sections, or tile. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to the requirements of Section 01300 — Submittal Procedures. B. Submit shop drawings for each manhole. Drawings shall include manhole number, location, rim and invert elevations, dimensions, reinforcing details, joint details, and component parts. C. Submit calculations signed by a Professional Engineer demonstrating the manhole meets the design criteria established. D. Submit Manufacturer's certification and load test data for manhole steps (if applicable). E. Submit Manufacturer's certification for each type of cast iron frame, grate, and cover. 1.4 TOLERANCES A. Departure from and return to true vertical from the established manhole alignment shall not exceed'/2 inch per 10 feet, up to 2 inches for the total manhole depth. B. Manufacturing tolerances shall be per ASTM C 478. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Polymer concrete manholes shall be manufactured by U.S. Composite Pipe, Inc. (www.uscompositepipe.com) or approved equal. 2.2 MATERIALS (per ASTM D 6783) A. Resin: The manufacturer shall use only polyester or vinyl ester resin systems designed for use with this particular application. Resin content shall be a minimum of 7% by weight. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02733-1 March 2012 B. Filler: All aggregate, sand and quartz powder shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 33, where applicable. C. Additives: Resin additives, such as curing agents, pigments, dyes, fillers and thixotropic agents, when used, shall not be detrimental to the manhole. D. Elastomeric Gaskets: Gaskets shall be suitable for the service intended. All gaskets shall meet the requirement of ASTM C 443. 2.3 MANUFACTURING AND PRODUCT CONSTRUCTION A. Manholes: Manhole components shall be manufactured by the vibratory vertical casting process resulting in a dense, non -porous, corrosion -resistant, homogeneous, composite structure. Manholes shall be steel reinforced per ASTM C 478. B. Joints: The manhole components shall be connected with an elastomeric sealing gasket as the sole means to maintain joint water -tightness. Joints at pipe tie-ins shall use resilient flexible pipe to manhole connectors per ASTM C 923. In cases where ASTM C 923 connectors can not be used, the pipe shall be grouted into the manhole wall using a corrosion resistant grout and rubber water stop grout ring. C. Fittings: Cones, reducer slabs, base slabs and adjusting rings shall be of the same material as adjoining riser sections. Fittings shall be manufactured elastomeric gaskets, epoxy bonding or fiberglass overlay. D. Invert Channels: Invert channels may be built in the field after the manhole and pipe have been installed. If Portland cement concrete is used to form the bench and channel it shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi. The exposed Portland cement concrete shall then be lined with either sewer grade brick or epoxy. Epoxy shall be Sauereisen Sewergard #210T, or approved equal, and applied per the manufacturer's recommendation. (1) Brick shall be sewer grade brick SS in accordance with ASTM C32-05. Mortar shall be furan resin -based brick mortar. Mortar shall be 100% carbon filled and have the following physical properties: Physical Property Min Value Test Method Compression Strength 14,500 psi ASTM C579 Tensile Strength 1,400 psi ASTM C307 Flexural Strength 3,900 psi ASTM C580 Bond Strength to Bricks 750 psi Pull Blocks Water Absorption .15% ASTM C413 (2) Concrete surfaces that have a furan resin mortar placed against them much be coated with the furan resin mortar manufacturer's recommended primer and prepared in accordance with the furan resin mortar manufacturer's recommendations. (3) The bench and channel brick mortar components shall be free of cracks, holes, delaminations, foreign inclusions, blisters, or other defects that result in a variation of inside diameter of more that 1/8 inch from that obtained on the adjacent unaffected Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02733-2 March 2012 portions of the surface or defects that would, due to their nature, degree, or extent, have a deleterious effect on the manhole performance as determined by the ENGINEER. (4) Mortar Manufacturers: Furalac Green Panel Mortar by Henkel, or approved equal. E. Acceptable manufacturer: Manufacturer of manholes shall employ manufacturing methods and material formulation in use for a minimum of 5 years. Manufacturer of manholes shall have been actively producing manholes under current name for a minimum of 4 years with no more than one year between manhole projects. References demonstrating this requirement shall be submitted for review. Polymer concrete manholes shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM C 478. 2.4 DESIGN A. Manholes shall be designed to withstand all live loads and dead loads as described in project plans and specifications. Dead loads shall include overburden load, soil side pressure and hydrostatic loading conditions. Manhole shop drawings shall be sealed by a licensed Professional Engineer. B. Manholes wall thickness shall be designed to resist hydrostatic pressures with a minimum safety factor of 2.0 for full depth conditions from grade to invert. In no cases shall the wall thickness be less than 3 inches. C. Manholes shall be designed with sufficient bottom anchorage and side friction to resist buoyancy. D. The manhole shall be manufactured in one class of load rating. This class shall be H-20 wheel load (minimum 16,000 pounds dynamic wheel load). 2.5 TESTING A. Manholes: Manholes shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM C 478. B. Joints: Joints shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 443. C. Compressive strength: Polymer concrete shall have a minimum unconfined compressive strength of 9,000 psi when measured in accordance with ASTM C 497. D. Manhole Leakage: Manhole shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C 1244 Standard Test Method for Concrete Sewer Manholes by the Negative Air Pressure (Vacuum) Test. 2.6 CUSTOMER INSPECTION A. The Owner or other designated representative shall be entitled to inspect manholes and witness the manufacturing process. 2.7 HANDLING AND SHIPPING A. Handling and shipping shall be performed in accordance with the Manufacturer's instructions. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation: The installation of manholes shall be in accordance with the project plans and specifications and the manufacturer's recommended practices. B. Handling: Properly rated slings and spreader bar shall be used for lifting. The type of rigging used shall be per the manufacturer's recommendation. C. Jointing: (1) Sealing surfaces and joint components shall be inspected for damage and cleaned of all debris. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02733-3 March 2012 (2) Apply joint lubricant to elastomeric seals. Use only lubricants approved by the manufacturer. (3) Use suitable equipment handle and set manholes. (4) Placement and compaction of surrounding backfill material shall be applied so as to provide sufficient and equal side pressure on the manhole. 3.2 FIELD TESTS A. Infiltration / Enfiltration Test: Maximum allowable leakage shall be per local specification requirements. B. Low -Pressure Air Test: Each section may be tested with air pressure (5 psi max). After allowing the pressure to stabilize, the system passes the test if the pressure drop, due to leakage, is equal to or lesser than that specified. END OF SECTION Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02733-4 March 2012 SECTION 02734 CURED -IN -PLACE FIBERGLASS / EPDXY RESIN LINER PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The work described within this specification details a complete manhole rehabilitation using a cured -in -place, fiberglass reinforced epoxy resin liner system. The complete system will provide a corrosion resistant liner to rehabilitate deteriorated manholes and prevent any further deterioration from hydrogen sulfide and other corrosive gasestacids caused by the wastewater stream. The completed system will also eliminate all ground water infiltration into the existing manholes. Spray applied coatings shall not be considered for use on this project. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C-633 — Standard Test Method for Adhesion or Cohesion Strength of Thermat Spray Coatings B. ASTM D638 —Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. C. ASTM D695 — Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics. D. ASTM D790 — Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials, E. ASTM D2240 — Standard Test Method for Rubber Property; Durometer Hardness. F. ASTM D4787 — Standard Practice for Continuity Verification of Liquid or Sheet Linings Applied to Concrete Substrates. G. ASTM G62 — Standard Test Methods for Holiday Detection in Pipeline Coatings. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of Section 0 13 00 — Submittal Procedures. B. All permits must be obtained by the Contractor, submitted to and approved by the owner prior to beginning any work; with any material. C. Product Data: Technical data sheet for each product used; Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS); design thickness. D. Design Variations: Description of variations from application procedures, surface preparation, application equipment, or testing. E. Applicator Qualifications: (1) Manufacture Certification that the Applicator has been trained and approved in the handling, mixing and application of products to be used. (2) Certification that the equipment to be used for applying the products has been manufactured or approved by the protective coating manufacture and Applicator personnel have been trained and certified for proper use of the equipment. (3) Five (5) recent references for the Applicator (projects of similar size and scope) indicating successful application of cured -in -place, fiberglass reinforced epoxy resin liner system. (4) Proof of federal, state or local permits or licenses necessary for the project. F. Design details for any additional ancillary -systems and equipment to be used on site and surface preparation, application or testing. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02734-1 March 2012 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator shall initiate and enforce quality control procedure consistent with applicable ASTM. All quality control testing is at the Contractor's cost unless otherwise noted. B. An inspector provided by the owner will observe surface preparation, application and material handling procedures to ensure adherence to the specifications. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Materials are to be kept dry, protected from weather and stored under cover. B. All materials should be stored in accordance with manufacture's recommendations. Do not store near flame, heat or strong oxidants. Keep epoxy away from excessive heat to prevent curing. C. Protective coating materials are to be handled according to their material safety data sheets. PART PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTUER A. Cured -in -Place Fiberglass Reinforced Resin Liner System: The Liner Manufacture shall be as noted below, or an approved equal: (1) Poly -Triplex of Texas (2) 401 Edwards St. Suite 2100, Shreveport, Louisiana 71101 (3) Phone: (888) 227-5485 (4) Fax: (800) 340-2672 B. Manufacture shall warrant the performance of the CIPP materials for 10-years and certified installer shall provide 5-year labor warranty to repair or replace any failing conditions of the liner in the structure. Certification of the conforming warranty shall be provided prior to approval of the submittals and awards of contract. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Liner material and components shall have been custom fabricated to fit the specific configuration of each structure prior to the commencement of the liner installation. Liner shall be the type that allows rehabilitation of concentric, eccentric or flat top manholes without removing manhole ring, top section, flat top or corbel. B. Cured -in -place structural liner shall completely seal the manhole, shelf, pipe inlet and outlets, and the lid ring frame in a monolithic method so that no holes, cracks or seams in the liner are left unsealed. C. PTLS-6800 series is a three -layered composite system with a total pre -saturated fabric weight of 68 oz. per square yard. PTLS-6800 is designed for structures up to 24 feet in depth. Layer #I is 24 oz. structural fiberglass, impregnated with a modified epoxy resin and bonded to the existing structure. Layer #2 is a 20 - 24 oz. non -porous membrane of special synthetic materials bonded between layer # 1 and layer #3. Layer #3 consists of 24 oz. structural fiberglass saturated with epoxy and bonded to the nonporous membrane, forming a smooth interior wall to the host structure. For structures deeper than 24 feet, or for structures experiencing heavy infiltration, additional layer(s) of fiberglass may be added as needed. D. PTLS-11600 series is a three -layered composite system with a total pre -saturated fabric weight of 116 oz. per square yard. PTLS-I 1600 is designed for culvert pipe and structures over 24' in depth. Layer #1 is (2) 24 oz. structural fiberglass, impregnated with a modified epoxy resin and bonded to the existing substructure. Layer #2 is a 20 oz. non -porous membrane of special synthetic materials bonded to layer # I and layer #3. Layer #3 consists of Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02734-2 March 2012 (2) 24 oz. structural fiberglass saturated with epoxy and bonded to the nonporous membrane, forming a smooth interior wall to the host structure. Additional layer(s) of fiberglass may be added as needed. E. The standard resin is a modified Polyamide Bisphenol "A" Epichlorodhydrin system that is field applied and supplied by the manufacture. F. Where active infiltration flows are more severe, pressure grouting may be required. 2.3 EQUIPMENT A. Equipment used shall be as recommended by the liner manufacture and adequate in size and capacity to accomplish the rehabilitation work in a timely manner. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Application shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions (Refer to manufacturer's application instructions for additional details and recommendations not included herein). This shall include re -grouting all inlet and outlet lines and benches as needed, plus the preparation, installation, curing and finishing operation. B. Use only skilled workmen who are trained and experienced in the installation of cured -in - place fiberglass reinforced epoxy resin liners for manhole rehabilitation. Contractor shall identify qualified personnel and ensure that these people are on site during each liner installation from start to finish. C. No application shall be made to frozen surfaces or if freezing is expected to occur within 24 hours after application of product. No liners will be installed if outside air temperature exceeds 95 degrees F. D. Do not allow extraneous material from entering sewer lines. Contractor will be fully responsible for any damage caused due to debris entering the sewer line during preparation work and/or liner installation activity. E. Clean surface to be rehabilitated with high-pressure water spray (minimum 3500 psi) to remove loose concrete or brick, biological growths, and other contaminants. If surface cannot be cleaned sufficiently with high-pressure water spray, then use means necessary, as recommended by manufacture. Surfaces may require the application of a 10% muriatic acid or the use of a detergent or degreaser. If an acid or detergent solution is used, the surface shall be thoroughly rinsed and neutralized prior to the installation of the liner system. All surfaces shall be clean and structurally sound. Loose and protruding brick, mortar, concrete and roots shall be removed. F. Repair mortar shall be used to fill voids, structurally reinforce or rebuild surfaces. Rebuild bench and channel areas after cleaning using mortar or other approved material to ensure adequate surface prior to liner installation. G. Stop all active hydrostatic infiltration with cementitious grout. Excessive infiltration may require the use of pressure grout and/or heavier liner. H. Remove manhole steps by cutting flush with vertical face of manhole wall prior to the rehabilitation product application. 1. Contractor shall make a reasonable effort to minimize odors emitting from open manholes during preparation work, liner installations and inspections. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02734-3 March 2012 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Rehabilitate manholes as identified on the drawings. Proper equipment shall be used at all times. Contractor shall observe OSHA confined space and safety requirements during all manhole entries. B. The liner shall be installed and cured in place via a pressurization blower system with steam heat injection or equivalent process. Pressure shall be approximately 500 to 100 lbs. per sq. ft. and steam at approximately 250 degrees Fahrenheit. Curing time shall be a minimum of two (2) hours or as recommended by the manufacture. Liner may be rejected at the sole discretion of the Owner if curing process fails to meet manufacture recommended procedures, or if installation bladder fails more that once during curing process. C. Do not install cured -in -place fiberglass epoxy resin liner in non -round structures. Alternative lining methods will be required for the rehabilitation of vaults, diversion structures, or rectangular shaped manholes. D. Repair any defects or irregularities in final product prior to acceptance. 3.3 TESTING A. Contractor shall perform visual inspection and necessary quality control testing. A Holiday test shall be performed according to ASTM standards. All test and reports shall be in accordance with ASTM G62 and be submitted to the Owner prior to final product acceptance. All hollow spots, holes, tears, or delaminations shall be promptly repaired using mastic epoxy or another method approved by the Owner. Eli END OF SECTION i� G i Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02734-4 March 2012 t_ SECTION 02750 BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SANITARY SEWERS PART 1 GENERAL no Julu_._: A. The work covered by this section of the specifications includes that necessary for furnishing, installing, and maintaining bypass pumping capabilities for existing sanitary sewer systems. B. Section Includes: (1) References (2) Administrative Requirements (3) Submittals (4) Action Submittal/Information Submittal (5) Equipment (6) Preparation (7) Installation (8) Field or Site Quality Control (9) Closeout Activities 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time that these Specifications were released. 1.3 ASMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination (1) Schedule meeting with Engineer to review sewer shutdown two weeks prior to replacing or rehabilitating any facilities. (2) Engineer reserves the right to delay schedule due to weather conditions or other unexpected conditions within the existing sanitary sewer system. (3) Review bypass pumping arrangement or layout in the field with Engineer prior to beginning operations. Facilitate preliminary bypass pumping run with Engineer present to affirm the operation is satisfactory. (4) After replacement or rehabilitation of facilities, coordinate the reestablishment of sewer flow with Engineer staff. (5) Provide onsite continuous monitoring during all bypass pumping operations using one of the following methods: (a) Personnel on site (b) Portable SCADA equipment 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of Section 01300 —Submittal Procedures. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Submit a detailed plan and description outlining all provisions and precautions that will be taken with regard to handling of sewer flows. Submit the plan to the Engineer for approval a minimum of 7 days prior to commencing work Include the following details: Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02750-1 March 2012 (1) Schedule for installation and maintenance of bypass pumping system. (2) Staging areas for pumps (3) Pump sizes, capacity, number of each size, and power requirements (4) Calculations for static lift, friction losses, and velocity (5) Pump curves showing operating range and system head curves (6) Sewer plugging methods (7) Size, length, material, joint type, and method for installation of suction and discharge piping (8) Method of noise control for each pump and/or generator, if required (9) Standby power generator size and location (10) Suction and discharge piping plan (11) Emergency action plan identifying the measures taken in the event of a pump failure or sewer spill (12) Staffing plan for responding to alarm conditions identifying multiple contacts by name and phone numbers (office and mobile) (13) A contingency plan to implement in the event the replacement or rehabilitation has unexpected delays or problems. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT A. Pumping (1) Provide equipment that will convey 100 percent of wet weather peak flow conditions. (2) Provide fully automatic self -priming pumps. Foot -valves or vacuum pumps are not permitted for priming reasons. (3) Pumps must be constructed to allow dry running for periods of time to account for the cyclical nature of sewer flow. (4) Provide 1 stand-by pump for each size to be maintained on site. Place backup pumps on line, isolated from the primary system by valve. (5) If multiple pumps are required to meet the flow requirements, provide the necessary fittings and connections to incorporate multiple discharges. (6) Noise levels of the pumping system must follow the requirements of the City noise ordinance for gas wells. B. Piping (1) Install pipes with joints which prevent the incident of flow spillage C. Plugs or Stop Logs (1) Plugs (a) Select a plug that is made for the size and potential pressure head that will be experienced. (b) Provide an additional anchor, support or bracing to secure plug when back pressure is present. (c) Use accurately calibrated air pressure gauges for monitoring the inflation pressure. (d) Place inflation gauge at location outside of confined space area. Keep the inflation gauge and valve a safe distance from the plugs. (e) Never over inflate the plug beyond its pressure rating. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02750-2 March 2012 (2) Stop Logs (a) Use stop log devices designed for the manhole or sewer vault structure in use. (b) If applicable, obtain stop logs from City that may be used on specific structures. - PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Locate the bypass pipelines in area to minimize disturbance to existing utilities and obtain approval of those locations from the Engineer. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install and operate pumping and piping equipment in accordance to the submittals provided per this Specification. B. Sewer Flow Stoppage (1) Plugging (a) Use confined space procedures and equipment during installation when necessary. (b) Thoroughly clean the pipe before insertion of plug. (c) Insert the plug seal surface completely so it is fully supported by the pipe. (d) Position the plug where there are not sharp edges or protrusion that may damage the plug. (e) Use pressure gauges for measuring inflation pressure. (f) Minimize upstream pressure head before deflating and removing. C. Sewer flow control and monitoring (1) Take sufficient precautions to ensure sewer flow operations do not cause flooding or damage to public or private property. The Contractor is responsible for any damage resulting from bypass pumping operations. (2) Begin continual monitoring of the sewer system as soon as the sewer is plugged or blocked. Be prepared to immediately start bypass pumping if needed due to surcharge conditions. (3) Sewer discharge may be into another sewer manhole or appropriate vehicle or container only. Do not discharge sewer into an open environment such as an open channel or earthen holding facility. (4) Do not construct bypass facilities where vehicular traffic may travel over the piping. (a) Provide details in the suction and discharge piping plan that accommodate both the bypass facilities and traffic without disrupting either service. 3.3 FIELD OR SITE QUALITY CONTROL A. Field or Site Tests and Inspections (1) Perform leakage and pressure tests of the bypass pumping pipe and equipment before actual operation begins. (2) Have Engineer on site during tests. 3.4 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 02750-3 March 2012 A. Once plugging or blocking is no longer necessary, remove in such a way that permits the sewer flow to slowly return to normal -- preventing surge, surcharging and major downstream disturbance. END OF SECTION Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 027504 March 2012 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes, but is not limited to cast -in -place concrete, including formwork, reinforcing, mix design, placement procedures, curing, and finishes. B. Section Includes: (1) Definitions (2) Submittals (3) Quality Assurance (4) Deliver, Storage and Handling (5) Form -Facing Materials (6) Steel Reinforcement (7) Reinforcement Accessories (8) Concrete Materials (9) Admixtures (10) Curing Materials (11) Repair Materials (12) Concrete Mixes (13) Fabricating Reinforcement (14) Concrete Mixing (15) Formwork (16) Embedded Items (17) Removing and Reusing Forms (18) Shores and Reshores (19) Steel Reinforcement (20) Joints (21) Concrete Placement (22) Miscellaneous Concrete Items (23) Concrete Protecting and Curing (24) Field Quality Control 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of blended hydraulic cement, fly ash or other pozzolans, ground granulated blast -furnace slag, and silica fume. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of manufactured material and product indicated. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 03300-1 March 2012 B. Design Mixes: For each concrete mix, include alternate mix designs when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. C. Indicate amounts of mix water withheld for later addition at Project site. Water added at project site will not be permissible without paperwork showing how much water has been withheld. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed concrete work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. C. Manufacturer must be certified according to the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association's Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities. D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, each aggregate from one source, and each admixture from the same manufacturer. E. ACI Publications: Comply with the following, unless more stringent provisions are indicated: (1) ACI 301— Specification for Structural Concrete (2) ACI 117 — Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. B. Avoid damaging coatings on steel reinforcement. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM -FACING MATERIALS A. Smooth -Formed Finished Concrete: Form -facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. B. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel material. C. Rough -Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, earth, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. D. Chamfer Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, % by % inch, minimum.\ E. Form -Release Agent: Commercially formulated form -release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. F. Formulate form -release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form -facing materials. G. Form -Ties: Factory -fabricated, removable or snap -off metal or glass -fiber -reinforced plastic form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. H. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than one (1) inch to the place of the exposed concrete surface. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 03300-2 March 2012 I. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes less than one (1) inch in diameter in concrete surface. J. Furnish ties with integral water -barrier plates to walls indicated to receive damp proofing or waterproofing. 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, deformed 2.3 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. B. Manufacture bar supports according to CRSI's Manual of Standard Practice from steel wire, plastic, and as follows: (1) For concrete surfaces exposed to view, where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic -protected or CRSI Class 2 stainless -steel bar supports. (2) For slabs -on -grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs. (3) Wood, concrete, or clay blocks are not permissible. C. Joint Dowel Bars: Plain -steel bars, ASTM A 615, Grade 60. Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. 2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. B. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C. C. Normal -Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33, uniformly graded, and as follows: D. Class: Moderate weathering region, but not less than 3M. E. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C 94. 2.5 ADMIXTURES A. General: Admixtures certified by manufacturer to contain not more than 0.1 percent water- soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious material and to be compatible with other admixtures and cemenritious materials. Do not use admixtures containing calcium chloride. B. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. C. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A. D. High -Range, Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F. E. Water -Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E. F. Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D. G. Moisture Retaining Film: Dayton Superior — Sure Film J-74. 2.6 CURING MATERIALS A. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B. B. Curing blankets approved by the Engineer. 2.7 REPAIR MATERIALS A. Repair Underlayment: Cement -based, polymer -modified, self -leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/8 inch and that can be feathered at the edges to match adjacent elevations. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 03300-3 March 2012 B. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, Portland Cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219. C. Primer: Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. D. Aggregate: Well -graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch, or coarse sand as recommended by underlayment manufacturer. E. Compressive Strength: Not less than 4100 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109. 2.8 CONCRETE MIXES A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete determined by either laboratory trial mix or field data bases, as follows: (1) Proportion normal -weight concrete according to ACI 211.1 and ACI 301. (2) Standard design mix to be used unless noted otherwise, provide normal weight concrete with the following properties: (3) Compressive Strength (28 days): 3000 psi (4) Type I cement (5) Fly Ash: Allow up to 25% of cementitious material (6) Minimum Slump: 4 inches (7) Maximum Slump: 6 inches (8) Maximum Slump for Concrete Containing High -Range Water -Reducing Admixture: 8 inches after admixture is added to concrete with 2 to 4 inch slump. (9) Maximum Water/Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.55 (10) Add air -entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having an air content of five (5) to seven (7) percent, unless otherwise indicated. B. Cementitious Materials: (1) For concrete exposed to deicers, limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than Portland cement according to ACI 301 requirements. (2) Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than Portland cement in concrete as follows: (a) Fly Ash: 20 percent (b) Do not air entrain concrete to trowel -finished interior floors and suspended slabs. Do not allow entrapped air content to exceed 3 percent. (c) Admixtures with chloride ions are prohibited. C. Admixtures: (1) Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. (2) Use water -reducing admixture or high -range water -reducing admixture (superplasticizer) in concrete, as required, for placement and workability. (3) Use water -reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. (4) Use water -reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy -use industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a water/cementitious materials ratio below 0.50. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 03300-4 March 2012 2.9 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's Manual of Standard Practice. 2.10 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94, and as specified. B. When air temperature is between 85 degrees Fahrenheit and 90 degrees Fahrenheit, reduce mixing and delivery time from ninety (90) minutes to seventy-five (75) minutes, and when air temperature is above 90 degree Fahrenheit, reduce mixing and delivery time to sixty (60) minutes. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until concrete structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, as follows: (1) Class B, 1/4 inch (2) Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. (3) Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. (4) Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. (5) Provide top forms for included surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. Kerf wood inserts form forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. (6) Do not use rust -stained steel form -facing material. (7) Set edge of forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. (8) Provide and secure units to support screed strips, use strike -off templates, or compacting type screeds. (9) Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. (10) Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. (11) Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. (12) Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. (13) Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. (14) Coat contact surfaces of forms with form -release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 03300-5 March 2012 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast -in -place concrete. B. Use Setting Drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. C. Install anchor bolts, accurately located, to elevations required. 3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. Formwork, for sides of beams, walls, columns and similar parts of the Work, that does not support weight of concrete maybe removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 degree Fahrenheit for 52 hours after placing concrete provided concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by form -removal operations and provided curing and protection operations are maintained. B. Leave formwork, for beam soffits, joist, slabs, and other structural elements, that supports weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved the following. (1) At least 70 percent of 28-day design compressive strength. C. Determine compressive strength of in -place concrete by testing representative field or laboratory cured test specimens according to ACI 301. D. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form -facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form -release agent. E. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Architect. 3.4 SHORES AND RESHORES A. Comply with ACI 318, ACI 301, and recommendations in ACI 347R for design, installation, and removal of shoring and reshoring. B. Plan sequence of removal of shores and reshore to avoid damage to concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support construction without excessive stress or deflection. 3.5 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Comply with CRSI's Manual of Standard Practice for placing reinforcement. _ B. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repaid damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. C. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials. D. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and ! support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. E. All reinforcement to be in place prior to placing of concrete. Equipment will not be allowed to drive over reinforcement. 3.6 JOINTS A. Construction joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 03300-6 March 2012 C. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. D. Form from preformed galvanized steel, plastic keyway -section forms, or bulkhead forms with keys, unless otherwise indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete. E. Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans. Offset joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam -girder intersection. F. Locate horizontal.joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs. G. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls, near corners, and in concealed locations where possible. H. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. I. Contraction Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: Form weakened -plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one- fourth of concrete thickness, as follows: (1) Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond -rimmed blades. Cut 1/8 inch wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. (2) Curb and Gutter Joints: Curbs and gutter shall be constructed with an expansion joint at the tangent point on each return at intersections and at the end of each day's concrete pour. (a) A construction or contraction joint shall be located at intervals corresponding to the joint interval of the adjacent concrete pavement or as directed by the Owner's Representative. (b) Joints in the new concrete pavement shall extend through the new curb and gutter unless otherwise directed by the Owner's Representative. (c) All joints shall be perpendicular to the surface of the concrete and to the axis of the section. (d) The contraction joints shall be made by cutting into the curb and gutter sections with a trowel a depth of 22 inches; these joints shall be finished as specified under finishing. (e) Expansion joint material shall be an approved preformed bituminous impregnated non -extruding type jointing material, meeting the requirements of AASHTO M 213. The joint material shall be 1/2 inch thick, and shaped to the section of the curb and gutter or other work. (3) Sidewalk Joints: Space contraction joints at 4 feet and expansion joints every 20 feet. Expansion joints shall be placed between existing and new setting of concrete. (4) Dowel Joints: Install dowel sleeves and dowels or dowel bar and support assemblies at joints where indicated. (a) Use dowel sleeves or lubricate or asphalt -coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. 3.7 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 03300-7 March 2012 r B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement, unless approved by the Engineer. C. Before placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301. D. Do not add water to concrete after adding high -range water -reducing admixtures to the mix. E. Water may not be added beyond the limit of water withheld from the plant. F. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. G. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified. H. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. I. Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic, to avoid cold joints. J. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment. Use equipment and procedures for consolidating concrete recommended by ACI 309R - (1) Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Inset and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the vibrator. (2) Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. (3) Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. (4) At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix constituents to segregate. K. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete. L. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. M. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. N. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. O. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. P. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open -textured surface plane, free of humps or hollows, before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. Q. Cold Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. (1) When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 degree Fahrenheit, uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mix temperature of not less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit and not more than 80 degrees Fahrenheit at point of placement. (2) Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. (3) Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators, unless otherwise specified and approved in mix designs. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 03300-8 March 2012 R. Hot Weather Placement: Place concrete according to recommendations in ACI 350R and as follows, when hot weather conditions exist: S. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature below 90 degrees Fahrenheit at time of placement. T. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. U. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. V. Cover steel reinforcement with water -soaked burlap so steel temperature will not exceed ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. W. Fog -spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. 3.8 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures, unless otherwise indicated, after work of other trades is in place. B. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in -place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete Work. 3.9 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A. Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold -weather protection and with recommendations in ACI 305R for hot -weather protection during curing. B. Formed Surfaces: Cured formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. (1) Leave forms in place for a minim of 3 days. (2) Upon removal of forms, apply approved curing compound. C. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. (1) Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces, by the following method: D. Concrete shall be wet cured for 3 days after concrete placement. Wet curing shall begin immediately after final finishing of slab surface and shall consist of continuous misting by sprinkler or wet burlap. (1) No work will be permitted on the slab during wet curing. E. Immediately after removal of sprinkler or burlap, Contractor shall apply approved curing compound. F. During cold weather concrete placement, in lieu of wet curing, the Contractor shall place plastic sheets over the concrete surface with blankets over the plastic. Plastic shall remain in place for 3 days. G. Sealing Coat: Uniformly apply a continuous sealing coat of curing and sealing compound to hardened concrete by power spry or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device will be permitted by the Engineer. END OF SECTION Sanitary Sewer Manhole Rehabilitation 03300-9 March 2012 DRAWING CITY OF LUBBOCK SANITARY SEWER 1-B-959 REHABILITATION PROJECT LEGEND SANITARY -- -- -- `� dl SEWER MANHOLE k r.• FLOW •,.� �_ � .oi -.. i.. .. .p .., .. DIRECTION (> EXISTING WATER _ N DIG-TESS NOTE: 1.�tr i 1 SHALLACONTACT i rr .,•.,. D G-TESS , TESS) r I FOR UTILIT LOCATES NO LATER THAN TWO FULLg WORKING Intl". Y,;t i t COMMENCING TO GRApING/ PAVING #12 /CONSTRUCTION ','v �}.,-�� ',�• ti._'":2` -_ .. #7 1.0.212007 } 4 t " I #11 C.LP.•91038.9242.30000 A" G i_ 'rt T. .'.S- i r.. #8 DRRAAWNEBY: LY.4:CP a}'ZF IT .. r. , tc-,y , hi t• til o f }'-,.., r.,�l_, , '} SCALE: BID• 00' #9 ...,t t , !. 'fi t t,.> ;'�' .n �'_ � ^..� •...I ... ... ,. � . DATE:3/01/12 t t1 t n � .,.�ri i � - i • , . ( Y i � R `r t , . , t�c.._�-?<s i i t .-: , i ' on..• �f P�'ilI.P01•r ho- ]1 l y 111637 r 1 „ g• z1.1 GENERAL NOTES: 4. CONTRACTOR WILL COORDINATE SCHEDULING WITH Tqg CITY OF I UBBOCK TRAFFIC vk 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL CpN?AC� DIC TESS 1t-800-DIG-TESS) FOR UTILITY LOCATES PRIOR ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT FOR ANY ACTIVITIES THAT MAY DISRUPT NORMAL TRAFFIC. Of TO COMMBNCINO CONSTRUCTION. 5. WHENEVER TRENCH DEPTH$ EXCEED 48" RR WHEN TRgVCH PROTECTION IS REQUIRED lubb�ick ��� g o FOLOCATED FROM FIELDR ANY REASON TRENCH PROTECTION SHALL BE PROV DED HY MEETING THE 2 SURVB f'_$NPORMATIONG ANDN EX[gT'�1'LNG OTNOCOISfPRISEEALt!N9UCHMAKES INB3 12Ui RRBTEE SAFETYE AND HEALTH PSTANDARDSF EXCAVA7lONS�. 29 CER PART 1826. "OCCUPATIONAL TARJAJHAT gTFC1T6 UNDERGROUND UTILITI) gp Epp N AT ALL 9q' p yp AT WORK IS �EggI�gg TRACTOR SHALL H AVE A ACT1V THIBSNP11A)RSTONBEGIRN NGOPRO, ECTEAND TORFO O IBALLOLTA LI AB ERTBXA3N E 8 SU�PERYtSEI GCTHEEfORK AENND MHOSg DUTY O SING THE HALLBE OREPPgONSIIBBI, FOR SAFETY COVER SHEET EXCAVATTSISONgg SAFETYggSYSTEM RULESRTOCOMMENCAVIgOD UTILITY DISRUPTION. INLSPECTIONS ANjD TO DIRBLT ALL REQUIRED CONSSUCTION SAPBPY ACTIVITIES. T�KE CONTRACTOR WILL THAT PROPER TPDES GENERAL PERMIT TX 7. pN SHALL BE TY OF AS B TIP Alf OBTAINED 3 STOR�RIlA'ATBR POLLUTION PT EOR VENTfONOPLRNY �Ce gSUCONSTRUCTION UC �N pIMRO,IA,HN INr 7HE TPp�0000 8. ALL IVITY.ICONSTRUCTiON INSPECTION NEERING UANDMTTMENT NESTINC TtN DW LL BE PERFO, ACCORD WITH DTH RMED IBM CITY LUBBOCK GENERAL PERMIT AND THE SEPERATE SWP3 PLAN. RES LUBBOCK PERSONNEL. 1026'TO NORTH MANHOLE RIM:3200.00 FL: 3193.37 _ 9 .. ... 18TH ST `, "IlI J f -INSTALL CURED -IN- ;: PLACE FIBERGLASS/BPDXY = j LJ iI RESIN LINER I ? > ALT. •I: REMOVE EXISTING MANHOLE Q INSTALL:48" CONCRETE TO I JJ •,.• ITARY SBWBB IN- 0 I I ggMAAA�N1NHOLB. TIB -.._. _. ...._.. .! _J•... - jyb 1'OiRS:.,ALLBY - aop: 3202.80 3199.40N 19TH ST US 62 SH 114 urfo .. LLJ iv I i �;rvcnorn rK3 � ° S „'f.., ._ . ". ..... \.... c ... prrknoa-.......... k GENERAL NOTES-* 20TH ST' , I' I.PRIGgg TTO ANY CONSTRUCTION �,, ••„ :. r T 4 ti +: ?'' Q�'eLt•_• p U�•90 DIFFERENT FROM 41S PLAN, CALL JOSH FLUD o 648-41E2. >' Q! :: n - )I-• '- 94. 33G �'7 2. MANDATORY: CALL FOR LINE- LOCATES EEGG IfIC OF OCONNS'TRUCTION - t9 ' .. .. _. ..... 1 Tip F+ ANY ACtIVI 3. FOLLOW BEST MANAGEMENT'�PRACTICES g 0 COMPLY WITH EPA3 STORM WATER PREVENTION REQUIREMENTS.V NT10N PLAN 1 " 1 4.PIELD VERIFY ALL ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. DRAWING I-B-959 LEGEND STING IITADV MANHOLE D�RECTION L' EXISTING WATER DIG-TESS NOTE. J.O. 212D07 C.I.P. •910SB.9242.30000 DESIGNED BY:CP DRAWN BY:LS CHECKED BY: ZF JT SCALE: 1"4001 DATE: 3/01/12 111837 b•�raz ►1ubb%& resAs •1 1820 19TH ST. ALLEY SHEET i OF 15 I 0' 50' LOW �I 21STrjT --------- 6-=------- -------- 'I r----•------------------- _I Of INSTALL CURED -IN- 1 3203.57 —i 6&9AICN L�INEE LA83/EPDXY i, 3197.75 ALT.•1 REMOVE BXU3TING °( — — MANHOLE (-STALL:48- 3200.75W I �Ai 3208. 87 TONBXI�STIN6: 9ANI RYE i i• --- -- I - 1 3201-28 SS>rBR 1N DIRT A BY. V 1 rI 1 1 �1 3207.t2 — W es� 3198.97 W it 3202.42 Q T; : 3198.87E I 319 . / 10- >--------•-------- i rI - --- 22NE)-Si ---;ia 77.063—--D r f iiW 1 --� 1(Q I( ------ -- PYC p n 1 • 6' vf_r 420.40, - 22N0 PL - GENERAL NOTES — -- r. 1. PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION DIFFERENT FROM THIS PLAN. CALL JOSH FLUD 0 548-4152. 1 2. MANDATORY: CALL FOR LINE LOCATES 1 t - i 46 HOURS PRIOR TO BEGINNING OF 1 i ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY. ' �I. 1 mt-'"----------- 4'PVE 3-C-$31 i0I@ I ---------- -- ------ N A'SESTORItACTIC POLLUTION P WITHMAT R EETpION PLAN REQUIREMENTS. ~( 1-------------- ------ ------- 4.FIELD VERIFY ALL ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. DRAWING 1-B-959 LEGEND SANITARY — -- SEW ER MANHOLE 0 DIRECTION TERNC DIG-TESS NOTE: J.0.212007 C.1.P.•91038.9242'30000 DESIGNED BY: CP DRAWN BY:LS CHECKED BY: ZP JT SCALE:1"-100' DAT& 3/01/12 Cu;.b'bVk .2 2418 22ND ST. SHEET 2 OF 15 !--^. !'--� �-.. •---'� �'—. .-1 �--� r� t"'r� � �� r�� ram. r— J r� ^1 DRAWING —' I ( 1-B-959 —4--. •---5'V�.T.t&mo -----------.� 3209.34----•--- pLEGEND 3201.61W 201.61W SAN TIG — — - SEIIE NMANHOLE O j p FLOW G i ggFIRggECTION j MATERNC 21ST ST D DIG-TESS NOTE: 21ST ST QW r ` CONTRACTOR INSTALL -14•I SHALL CONTACT PLACE FIBBRGLASS/BPDXY I DIG-TESS SIN Li R CUT AND PLUG BA3T t1-800IC-T p ALT.-I: REMOVE EXISTING j LEAD DIRECTLY OUTBIDS FOR U [LIT MMANNOLB IN3TALI:48' MANHOLE.00TES NO Y CONCRB�B DROP MANHOLE i 1 ATLRIITORKINCYO Q TIE TO :BXI8TIH0 3A 1TARY LEY. j DAYS PRIOR TO 6MBR 1 CONC E A L j GRAD11EHHNGCINppAVINC /CONSTRUCTION - -- — — -&' Yl T 'pE_yi3{. 7.0. 212007 • 3210.3T - -_ — - — — — — -- — - ���{{{ -- — — — C.I.P. •91038.9242.30000 3202.29 _ . DESIGNED BY: CP 3210.3 3208.87 201.28 DRAWN BY LS .3202.05W 3207.12 CHECKED BY:ZF n 3197.74N j W 3198.97 DATB•3/01/12 3197.64S 3197.74W DRP.i Q 4 } OF 22ND ST of w _ U` j WNTPHiLPOTT ( 3209.45 - - — -- — I' -- — GENERAL NOTES: �u��dlypf� 3194.37N o' 1. PRIOR TO AVY CONSJUCTlON & ( 3201.05W a4 4e DIFFERENT ROM THIS PLAN, CALL TEAS a i - JOSH FLUD 0 U8-4152. •3 7 2. MANDATORY: CAt,L FOR LINE LOCATES 4B�}iouRs PRIOR' O0 BEGINNING OF ALLEY BETWEEN (' AN LL coxsrRppUUcttrlo ACTIVITY. EE�S 21ST & 22ND ST. 3. TOLCooxpLY�MITH MEpGA 3ESq06lIAYASBR ALONG • u. ^j WIRT OMEASEVENT[ON PLAN UNIVERSITY AVE. 23RD ST �( 4. I COI ERIFY IUN ELEVATIONS PRIOR SHEET 3 OF 15 &--&'n0WVv0 MAIDAIDU KANnUL, V IiTALL* 60" FIBER GLASS OR 0 LYMER-CONCRETE DROP A NHOLE. TIE To EXISTING ANITARY SEWER. REPAIR ONCRETE ALLEY. 211Jc` �209. 63 i3,99-6F �320.7.8.7� 3194.58 3194.485 3199.8aw 319,4. 50 ORP ui > 77" -7 24TH ST cr > 3209.6 N 71 09 '331 24TH ST 32 31,94.23N \I j S 31 4- 3194.13S 32 73W L 3202.73� 3.194. 2 D 7 7. 319�4-23WDRP 77 - GENERAL NOTES: > 1. PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION DIFFERENT F laz ORO? JOSH FLUD 48THIS PLAN.CALL .7 -4152. 2. MANDATORY: CALL FOR LINE LOCATES 48 HOURS PRIOR TO BEGINNING OF ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY. 3. FOLLOW BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES TO COMPLY WITH EPA'S STORM WATER _,.e. TH ST POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN •1�9 L .34% REQUIREMENTS. s9L > ll 4.FIELD VERIFY ALL ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. DRAWING I-B-959 LEGEND SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE FLOW DIRECTION EXISTING W ATER DIG-TESS NOTE: CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT J.0. 212007 C.I.P. -91038.9242.30000 DESIGNED BY: C? DRAWN BY: LS CHECKED BY: ZF JT SCALE: 1"-100' DATV. 3/01/12 hibbo city ;ak, -4 ALLEY BETWEEN 23RD & 24TH ST. ALONG SHEET 4 OF 15 77 7- DRAWING DRAWING > S' VCT I-B-959 3209.33 LEGEND 3 94 3N 3194:1ISTING 131 SEgXNITARY 1 3202,73W r\7 S WER 3194.23W DRP MANHOLE 0 ol so, 100, FLOW DIRECTION EXISTING E 25TH ST L WATER 7, DIG-TESS NOTE- INSTALL CURED -IN CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT PLACE PIBERGLASS/BPDXY DIG-TESS RESIN LINER (2-800-DIG-TESS) 7 FOR UTILITY ALT.-I: REMOVE EXISTING MANHOLE CUT AND PLUG EAST OCATES NO INOTALK.:60" FIBER GLARR OR 47 LEAD DIRECTLY OUTSIDE i LATR THtN TWO POLYMER CONCRETE DROP MANHOLE FULLWOR INC I G L MAN 0 N MANHOLE C L AND N RIP MEAD DIRECT �NHOLL ABS R DROP MANHOLE. TIC TO EXISTING DAYS PRIOP TO P SANITARY SEWER, REPAIR 3208.97 3?53 IC COMUENCI G ICONCRRT2 AL RY G/ NG V� /CR OA� I : STRUcpTfo 3?11.53: J.O. 212007 7 q tT-TaO.pol/, -91038.9242.3MO C.I.P. DESIGNED SY:CP ' 09 DRAWN BY: LS 3209-36 1 Y i CHECKED BY: ZF JT 3IJ92.96N SCALE: I'-100' 302,865 DATE: 3/0t/12 3202*.'86W 3192.964 DRP 2 TH ST 26TH ST A -'J'% N NTPH&PO TT \32011.'15 - 3191-82N 111637 tl 6-21- 77-. 7 IT, Li > p GENERAL NOTES: citof , <E 1. PRIOR TO APY CONSTRUCTION►IiibW& c JODIFFERENTLUD ROM HIS PLAN, PLAN,CALL SH F0 2.M ANDATORY: CALL FOR LINE �OCATZS ALLEY BETWEEN 48 HOURS PRIOR 10 G OF cr inns j- ANY CONSTRUCTIO A TI 25TH & 26TH ST. w 1 3. FOLLOW BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES ALONG 27TH ST ES TO COMPLY WITH EPA'S STORM WATER z• POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN UNIVERSITY AVE. REQUIREMENT$. 4,FIELD VERIFY AELEVATIONS PRIOR SHEET 6 OF I TOLD 151 7-7 77 7-7 77 7-7 - DRAWING I-B-959 T LEGEND 7 EXISTING SANIT ARY LLJ SERER > MANHOLE 0. 50, 100, EIRITION VATETRIN 1J., DIG-TESS NOTE- 133195.99* _ST CONTRACTOR % 3119-5273T SHALL CONTACT �j INSTALL CURED -IN _ DIG-TESS PLACE PIB9RGLa*6PDXy (1-800-DIG-TESS) EXISTING MANI NCRP NETUS FOR UTILITY RESIN LINES I c &a NO ALT.-V REMOVE EXISTING MANHOLE I I EM AT THAN TWO i ULL WO KING NSTALL. W CONCRETE L 7 MANHOLLTIR TO EXISTING DAYS PRIOR TO S NIT R " TO C MENCING ANITARY SW"W GRADING/ W A, ST A REPAIR ZXWTING HALT DING/ PAVING J EXISTING ASPHALT STREET. /CONSTRUCTION C> ;L6 po, LFL J.0. 212007 ;> 9 C.I.P. -91038.9242.30000 3184. XN;31§7. DESIGNED BY:CP 7 '7 1, 1� '— — DRAWN BY: IS :3185.21N .7 75 5 CHECKED BY: ZF JT 3185-215 319 SCALE: 1"-IOW 3 82 07 3 84 11 DATE: 3/01112 3 es 99 I :366EW.. 3 8,4 r co Opil .7 .7 7- ;4 CLINTPHILPOTT 9 .3 185 - 61SN 637 4 Lu v 71 > 1Z 6- ZI- 27TH ST >1 GENERAL NOTES: ftof 1. PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION DIFFERE NT L�j FROMTHISPLAN. CALL Itlis Lu JOSH D a 54 -4152. > 1,. i i p.' ! 32. MANDATORY: CALL FOI LI, JN CATES 48 HOURS PRIOR TO EG I NILNOG OF 47 ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTI ITY. 26TH & AVE. S 3. FOLLOW BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES j.• TO COMPLY WITH EPA'S STORM WATER POLLUUTPN PREVENTION PLAN IR ME REO NTS. YTION. 4.FID VER ELIUFAELEVATIONS PRIOR SHEET 7 OF 15 TO CONSTRCLL i I. DRAWING k 1-B-959 �- — -- — — —A vi T LEGEND — — -- — — —_ — EXISTING — — — SEWER r,— SANITARY — -- -- — -- — — -- — — -... v[ T a047, _ ` — —�— MANHOLE O 0' 50, 100' FLOW DIRECTION I' ` EXISTING � e WATER. -• _ K DIG-TESS NOTE- 29TH ST CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT �D1IGg--TEES Egg - W FpOR-DD�IG-7pY 1 29TH ST iA$ATES AN TWO . - FULLL WORKING • DAYS pRIOR TO INSTALL CURED -IN- GRADMINNO/INPAVINC PLAIN F INS LASS/EPDXY CO RUCTION ALT.11' REMOY/E EXISTING MANHOLE D INSTALL'•48" CONCRBTE MANIEOLB. r, J•0.212007 TIE -TO EXISTING SANITARY SSEWER _ - — "—' —' — -- — — — P C.I.P. •91038.9242.30D00 REPAIR ASPHALT STREET. y �''1CT Q,% ''— —. rT DESIGNED BY:CP r DRAWN BY: C• �,57 CHECKED BY:2P JT G' VCT �• I'' 319t.6 i SCALE I'•100' _ — — — -- — — -- — _. __ J u. DATE; 3/01/12 \_319 .17 — — -- - _ 197.17 3195.04 3194.22E 3195.125 - �PS6 OF`�11i 29TH PL 7 lt co - CUNT MiUsoTT Ott,• 111637 9 �S•y/��O ra�� w a 30TH STr.lub ; GENERAL NOTES: L 1. PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION l)lllilt — " —' — - - -- -- • — _ . 6' �� 7 96.c6% — — DIFFESRENT FROM TH PLAN: CALL lilts` — JOSH PLUD o 548-41. 2. MAN? CALL FOR LINE LOCATES • \`^ 48 HORS PWOR TO BEGINNING OF .8 AH CONSTR CT10 ACTIVITY. sl 1 3. FOLLOW BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES 2906 AVE. P TO COMPLY WITH EPA'S STORM WATER - — _ REQ 1R6MEN45gVENTION PLAN . S' vCT 4• I CONSTRUCTION ELEVATIONS PRIOR SHEET 8 OF 15 7-� DRAWING i>• I-B-959 LEGEND 1> EXISTING S SEWER 7. 3ii� - Ory 3 2 3 2 0 3 5. 32 5. s MANHOLE 0 7.37-W 32 0. 50, too, FLOW DIRECTION C, o EXISTING 55TH ST WATER DIG-TESS NOTE: Z3 61 kc C N CZOR SgAIN NTACT 55TH ST DIG-TESS 0200-FIG-TESS) ry CURED -IN- YNNICABLIFIBERGLASS/EPDXY I FOR UT LIT OC TES NO TWO FULL WORKING RESIN LINER ALT.-1: REMOVE EXISTING MANHOLE D_ DAYS PRIOR TO COM E CING 3224.43 INSTAWW FIBERGLASS OR 0 " POLYMER CONCRETE DROP MAN OLL 4! HOLM EIEE 41 SEVER 61 VCT 00.30% 2087- ORA I G/ PAVING /Co RUCTION 3ANITARY , ............... 0 Tic To M(ISTINO AND CONCRETE ISLAND 3219.0 3219.0 REPAIR J.0.212007 PHA�j STREET.' C.P. -91038.9242-30000 DESIGNED BY: CP .4 I-F,62 25503- % DRAIN BY: LS CHECKED BY:ZF JT 3 24 54 SCALE: 1"400* 3207.345 E: DAT3/01/12 3207.24N I w 321t.34V < 3207.34W DRP 56TH ST L LO 0_ OF CC 56TH ST w > 0 z cL1NT;P;NjL;0TT 2 77 T A0, 6-v-1z [> r k"50T_Z2 :322i3Y. 83 3206.38: 12; GENERAL NOTES: IfiblWek 3217-99 61 TION�ALL I. P N DFIOR TO ANY CONSTRUC FFER FROM THIS PLA . TEXAS FENT JOSH LUD 6 5484152. 57TH ST Z. MANDATORY: CALL FOR LINE LOCATES 11%NG OF 48YKOURS PRIOR TO t8(y A IVI Y. .9 BETWEEN 55TH AN CONSTRUCTION BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES & 56TH ST. ALONG IFOLLOW ITH EPA'S S WATER EVENTION P AN$ POLLUTIONPREVENTION POLLUTION PR UNIVERSITY AVE. 57TH ST REQUIREMENTS. 4.FIELD ELEVATIONS PRIOR SHEET 9 OF I TO CONSTRUCTION� CONSTRUCTION -------_ _ ' — _` DRAWING i 1-B-959 G V— _ - a' PVC Cr0.a4r i o 5�ai. 2a5032 3223.83 I ST�LEGEND SAN 32 .3ow'a % SANITARY — — — SEVER 3217.9 N MANHOLE 0' 50, 100• FLOW DIRECTION i 57TH ST PAYSBRTtNG AT _ 577H ST . r NP� , DIG-TESS NOTE: CONTRACTOg SHAL CONTACT DIG-TLB� a-B00-DIG TESS) ' " INSTALL CURBD•lN- PLACE FIBERGLASS/EPDXY RESIN LINER FOR UTILITY ALT.A REYOYB EXISTING MANHOLB INSTALW 80" FIBBRCLA83 FULLRWTORKIING WO . NQ_TTj OR I _- — -- _ — �, yC i D@ 3��b 407 " POLYMER CONCRETE DROP, MANHGL& ` ILOQTES D YS PRIOR TO a TO EXISTING SANITARY SEWER 1 — -- ^- — _ REPAIR CONCR�TE AND AND ASPHALT STRPBT. asMF�ciNP vr►rc /CONSTRUCTION _—.9•--_^__—.--.__.----.---.._— -- 8' Yr i 9La.°i': 1•D-6P 25E+03 •. ! "' .. 3225. 6 J.0.212007 C.I.P. 91038.9242.30000 DESIGNED BY: CP 3219.3208.165 K DRAWN BY:LS 3219.86 86 3208.06N CHECKED B 2F JT SCALE:1"•100' 32194 46W.; . ' DATE 3/01/12 3208.86W DRP 1 I 58TH ST Ira cw SA, CUNTPHILPOTT JI r I Jjs 111637 i e' yr T C? 3% 2 i 31,07.76N > 6• Misr q.3E 3219.12W Q 62F�Z -'rVCT nN. 8'vCT 00.1x 0. U1 1 ' Co W GENERAL NOTES:�7,�������,ii�� > 'Y 1tZfJl)lJl:1C �• 1. PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION DIFFERENT FROM TH S PLAN. ntAs CALL cr z JOSH FLUD O 548-41 2. •10 BE11iYEEN 57TH lN� �l0 2. MANDATORY: CALL FOR LINE LOCATES 48 HOURS PRIOR Tp BEGINNING OF a I�� ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY. -• °_ w' "' m�� 3. FOLLOW BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICE� 6+ I TO COMPLY WITH EPA'g STORM WATER 4 JN t r POL1 UT10N PREVENTION PLAN & 58TH 'ALONG UNIVERSITY AVE. REQUIREMENTS. 4.FIELD VERIFY ALL ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. SHEET 10 OF 15 7- 77 77 7-7 DRAWING I-B-959 LEGEND SANITARY SEWER 3182.11 MANHOLE .0 uj 0. 50, 100, F D RECTION F RJW > IX" ING WATER _j Ld oc, Lu E DIG-TESS NOTE: 17 w CONTRACTOR SD HM L T ACT T 0 UT LIT IRSTALL CURW-IN- PLACE FIBERGLASS EPDXY OCATES NO Efffft RESIN LINER THAN TWO WORKING E PRIOR LL 26TH ST 3184.70 m 6 83, " 9.83E 17 ALT.-I. REMOVE EXISTING MANHOLE INSTALL:60 FIBER GIA OR POLYMER CONCRETE DROP MANHOLE. TIE " -EXISTING SANITARY OEM I YS TO C' 19MENCING 3AXjfRGU,&VN1NG I 10 1� IS REPAIR ASPHALT STREET. J.O. 212007 FyCT C.I.P. -91038.9242.30000 t /* 21-'vc. L0.18% �11'*.' DESIGNED BY:C? DRAWN Brits 3179.36N 184. CHECKED BY:ZF JT 3177 41S 31 69:61 E 3168. SSW j SCALE: 1"-100' DATE; 3/01/12 316971W j 3169.7 IN DRP 3169. 71S DRP ilk I jpp10_ OF P LAI > t SO LL GENERAL NOTES: of co 1. PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION DIFFERENT FROM THIS PLAN, CALL J S FLUD 0 548-4152. Oil 2. HAND CALL FOR LINE LOCATES WARY: .48 HO PRIOR TO BEGVI NING OF ALLEY BETWEEN ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTI ITY. EL)[ & FIR ALONG 3. FOLLOW !YPST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES TO EPA'S STORM WATER E-26TH ST. PREVENTION POLLOU PLAN REQUIR MENTS. RbIL 4.FIECONSTRUCTION ELEVATIONS PRIOR rSHEET 11 OF 15 TO 0' 50, 100, C,� ' 3724 18. 3179.405 2 -) 0 M Y INSTALL CURBD-IN- ' m PLACE FIBERGLASS/EPDXY x� Ltl , RESIN LINER u( 2 ALT.•1:REMOVE EXISTING MANHOLE r "r ' INSTAL1660" CONCRETE MANHOLE. TIC TO EXISTING .SANITARY' SSrBR i 5 RR RASPHIALT'OStBBBTB ISLAND ANDeJ. _dp-�,� r fS 6 i ' `c 3181.31 S 3174.3TN . .. �,� ..r • 3174.05W lui• ! 1p''(N r • k ! .. '� ... L �� 1 VET —--'----- 3184.00 E 19TH ST 3IT3.47E ' qG' 3177.28N 3173.57V . A•�tDS� �. 3180.58 3176.08E GENERAL NOTES: u6 318 3176.13M 3 58 1 DRFFERTO gVTAFROM TH S PLANNCALL F • .. a� 3179.27NE JOSH FLUD 4 548-4152, '+ p i 2. MANDATORY: B N OURBR PRIOR TOR EC NE ILO LOCATES ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY. 3 FOLLOWBESTMANAGEMENT AIL►A7BR > �4�'/ TORM RSQUIREYENTSVENT[ON PLAN Q �r 4.1'0 LD VERIFY AL ELEVATIONS PRIOR r DRAWING 1-B-959 LEGEND DIG-T= NOTE: J.O.212007 C.1,P.•91038.9242,30000 DESIGNED BY: CP DRAWN BY:LS CHECKED BY:ZF JT SCALE: I'•100' DATE 3/01/12 f1iibl5Za •12 EAST 19TH AND MLK BLVD. SHEET 12 OF 15 --- PLANT NOTES i i�� "`' 18• 3158.45 MH •19.19. 20 WORK IS TO BE DONE ON THE WEEKEND. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH PLANT STAFF. y NH •19.20 CONTRACTOR SHALL _ ti COORDINATE WITH ARCHER/WESTERN.:. DIGESTER CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO y� < •t .r . �' CONSTRUCTION :- ALT.•1: REMOVE EXISTING MANHOLE INSTALL: SO- FIBER GLASS OR POLYMER , CONCRETE DROP MANHOLE. TIE TO EXISTING SANITARY SHOWN FOR THIS SHEET.ES I } a, (MH•13-MH•20) J j+• .t.• VC�;..— • k., 3140.34 N---•...:;ti;•- -, + ,�- y�. „c as ,—^14L. 3140.44E •' °''' '� ^'f� 3140.44 511 q 3164.53 31419NE ��: • t 3145:63S 3142.73E 4_ — 3140.83M 3140.93$ DRP 14 INSTALL CORED -IN• �13 II NSTALL 110 ;. i • `�` ti 3142.12 E 3142.12 11 DRAWING 1-B-959 LEGEND SIN STNG TI RY — S�Weii� NMANHOLE O 0• S0• 100• FLOW D DIRECTION ATE u_ 1 ntr__Tccc NrnT�� J.D. 212007 C.I.P. •9103&9242.90000 DESIGNED BY: CP DRAWN BY: LS CHECKED BY:ZF JT SCALE: 21.100' DAT& 3/02/12 m p a r 470 Ar* 070 V UL4r wr to VIEN awlw Allow SUED" AU SW MKW rrs "F" MOWKE FAME AW CWO a1w &WM PAM FM AOMWIW am In soce"m cxf socrim SEaX xNwAn" Au joars pArowrurarrs bra VTMW NOR =Orr 6 awav Ira "ow "o, raux aAlf awnw or POE I PRECAST REINFORCED CONCRETE MANHOLE DRAWING I-B-959 LEGEND MANHOLE 0 m4w9w FLOW DIRECTION jx ING --T5 b '. -. M ---- I �sg —COOMYE AW Ulu-Ir--la MuTro; AAMW /AV W CONT SD%LE AWD MM SECM k &own ww sw T;FNofACT Ac sreft AS VUWW 0 " D6goffSS) F68R LOCAT 0 AM" Saw* Y. ATERWT N TWO FULL pop I PRIOR DAYS PR OR TO COMMENCING AW s" awmm mr GRADING/ PAVING ICONS4U fo nc pm WX AW00 NWX M8W AW 7.0. 21=7 OUr Ar &W AW 1W AM% so C.I.P. -91038.924P-30DOD DESIGNED BY: CP DRAWN BY: LS aw ws Jww. CHECKEDBY: ZF JT SCALE-* 1"-100' DATE: 3/01/12 f, OF NM3 206 am are A NK CLINT PHlLi7OTr VXWOM VI& WSW Or RAWaZ 6 r Aw avm $rfzon CF 111637 UAW MY WX FWW&t M im PA OUTSIDE DROP MANHOLE (PVC) 11 FIBER CLASS (NEW MANHOLE INSTALL) MANHOLE -fl , t 1414 -lPbb*6& ilili SANITARY SEWER DETAILS SHEET 14 OF 15 _71 7-7 nrE Lo.Drfrr Auvn.>ra—� r� rsato mE nIEPAtfrAlr ; AltaY PAAL faOAi tAglD sAMArI — — — ----- --- -- — — — AWN 4wTMEwfA� tfartomm ON rAVOSWAsf AIAE" P �t cowAcrwtALa4M1' rT ,= L AAr "emwV W r0 STAND&V PAXM afMSaY - 7w NKr Pww trrrnl m SAW aE A DYA"m To oerAr � NAr D aArt >K or LPraIAI w D m 2% o. tar A&Z F tAOCAK trtarAef! PMtlrrx wrr a 6A0 ti M o"m !SC SrA41Ao mwm oPA6v1' ADi PfA OLV" aSM culn,Ivm eADlrat avow cowvw. 4ASro a m ax w 4"Aw Mrcrtr sjmix duro AlE r ca raper P sus rw mAf er PAS eftar t2' aAo1SrAt%eAlva'o 70 tC s w dp dl AR M Atrfrfprf eA(RfaJ. PrL 1CWIt Gi lAaACN aw. nPE aum rr ADtaoAlu O NAY o a dw z aOQIYi C917fB/WRl i ACV"r!j SAOI COMM= tar AVr TW tMNrEW Am A/Lal7M ALQ£iK fPIC�ARf rr gg SrAEAi7•r O A ML D 6CWalf (5— WWAMMRS NWWVbV0U faAle4r PEA 0"%6 1 Fwwx PEA MAU AVE afAW Or A%VROACE rrr aP AS Ol AQK f A ME t9r AC11tfR AIJf1MOYf M70raf. �fLJf, ME [ADNEEIS A10 rn4•ACrORM nu W.M or rAffow 6�P OR AS AIMCrm PEAR OKOU . Ar TA[ arr vaw xn AarE 1°rwc ALL s Ap L»rSTAo AaoElrrs A V Nmmenm 71= S aves snerf of r CDIIOWOYAIC! err MY a tumm pow c avers nMCrCfS VW of r CorarwtE AAr my a use= puac wow [ADICflllii aEAAAr AAAprDS Ab qq=W CC= SrA%WW AID SPmrCrteS . TREACH BAWiU RE&MV.11 ENT TRRNgI DA=fILL RDOUIRMCM OA A OS TO BE PAVED ON UNtAYRD iT11M AND AQM WffMW AXW-OF*AY rRNNI RNiNToF-rAT CLOD P9p am AO OWE ACtM: "mm rAOQRDArAI[ ; 6m - "a ow rwo EAAArC sue ar rs.Aae% Cress V 0e0Afrf . AIL CDADWE vV SM 2oC M 9r C TO AC SAN= r AmAI ol@rd6 [ am ADM/s 70 aE FV" Iwo Alrr SI VA'4EN r p A SOSD cmcRar CA- 4 � AS AVMMIV Sr ME 1 rm afMW a amD PFp rawt 1 AVPu. o71VA1Tm ro rsmo clswr (AS A0 OW xHtV T r AvmmDWM KAaCOMM • 1 rwcrtrrSA Prf aft0A0 A rAcs'It+c r Amom«of .rn aorr 011Cr rnewr . rw fl fAf I AWAWWfadpisC atAfaLlSj SOr ACr AlrarMr. w ro �. ar �W FAU •�rw ATOM PfA aALwa lest PfA OW& t Do ow....e.� or ..... .190ar T 1 Wr AV rK EILAFOU IM rome �6MEpfll TMAIi rrwr Art OODOe w aw 0rrA6 wr A6�eeoS ,Now A mw SI IAg10 •S am WEM r• A!o Ar0 ELSAAr aD1IXErE SOL ASR A V <K ME OAI' At NOSS ft AID CamalCrLr PPJCrA= Srrt. of r 1A4'AIffR . (AIVOaeA1Cf err CAR' Lr as = SrAMW Prw YEOMtoom CONCRETE OR BRICK STREET AND ALLEY CUT REPAIRS. DRAWING • rApc oor. 1-B-959 RL w �.ro S6X�PARY — — — MANHOLE O I&ECTIoN D ttATEB 0 RIGHT OF WAY DETAILS + SHEET 15 OF 15